This is a modern-English version of The Crystal Palace : its architectural history and constructive marvels, originally written by Fowler, Charles, Jr., Berlyn, Peter. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Transverse Section of the Building,     showing the Interior completed.

Transverse Section of the Building, showing the Interior completed.

Transverse Section of the Building, showing the completed Interior.

Title Page in Gothic Type.

PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION BY

GETTING READY FOR PUBLICATION BY

JAMES GILBERT, 49 PATERNOSTER ROW,

JAMES GILBERT, 49 Paternoster Row,

(UNIFORM WITH THE PRESENT VOLUME),

(MATCHING THE CURRENT VOLUME),

The Curiosities and Wonders contained     within The Crystal Palace.

BY

BY

PETER BERLYN, ESQ.

PETER BERLYN, ATTORNEY AT LAW.

Illustrated by Several Hundred     Engravings.

Prince Albert's Coat of Arms.

TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCE ALBERT,

TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCE ALBERT,

The Following Pages,

DESCRIPTIVE OF

DESCRIBING

THE ARCHITECTURAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE MARVELS OF

THE ARCHITECTURAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE MARVELS OF

THE STOREHOUSE OF THE WORLD'S WONDERS

OF ART, SCIENCE, AND MANUFACTURE,

Art, science, and manufacturing,

ARE, BY PERMISSION, MOST HUMBLY DEDICATED,

ARE, BY PERMISSION, MOST HUMBLY DEDICATED,

AS A SLIGHT TRIBUTE

AS A SMALL TRIBUTE

OF THE ADMIRATION AND GRATITUDE

OF THE RESPECT AND THANKS

WHICH, IN COMMON WITH THE WHOLE CIVILIZED WORLD,

WHICH, LIKE THE REST OF THE CIVILIZED WORLD,

ARE AMPLY SHARED IN BY

ARE ABUNDANTLY SHARED BY

HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS'S

HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS

MOST DEVOTED, FAITHFUL, AND OBEDIENT SERVANT,

MOST DEVOTED, FAITHFUL, AND OBEDIENT SERVANT,

 THE PUBLISHER.

THE PUBLISHER.


Contents.
PAGE.
Opening Remarks 1
Building Affairs Committee 2
Building Committee's Efforts 3
The Competition Concepts 6
Buildings used for Past Exhibitions in France, Germany, and England 15
Description of the Building Committee's Design 21
Opposing this Design 24
The Bids 24
Mr. Paxton's Design History 27
Building Overview 33
The Paxton's Gutters 40
The Sash Bars 44
The Ridges 46
The Glass 46
The Box Gutters 47
The Roof Beams 47
The Iron Drill Machine 49
The Punch Machine 50
The Shaping and Planing Machine 51
The Columns and Connectors 52
The Base Pieces 53
The Steel Girders 54
The Galleries 55
Testing the Cast-Iron Beams 55
Transept Roof 58
The Facework 59
Diagonal Bracing 60

The Staircases

The Stairways

60
The Floor and Foundations 62
First Ground Operations 63
Setting the Ground Rules 64
Fixing the base plates 65
Henderson's Derrick Crane 67
Raising and Repairing the Columns and Girders 68
Lifting the Roof Trusses 69
Girders Expansion Provision 70
Roof Glazing 71
Stage for Repairing the Glass, and More. 73
Hoisting the Ribs for the Transept Roof 73
Glazing the transept roof 76
The Artwork 76
The Handrail Machine 78
Overview of the Works 79
Paying the Workers 80
Stats 82
The Colorful Painting 83
Water Supply 87
Building Stability 87
Testing the galleries 88
Benefits of the Building 89
Conclusion 89
Appendix:—
List of Competitors for the Building i
List A.—Competitors Eligible for Special Recognition vi
List B.—Competitors Eligible for Additional Higher Honorary Distinction viii
The Two Competition Designs Noted by the Building Committee ix
Memo on The Site xi
Report from the Royal Commissioners, Presented to Her Majesty at the Building Opening xvii
List of Illustrations.
PAGE.
Cross-Section of the Building, showing the Interior completed frontispiece.
Blueprint of the Building for the French Exposition in 1849 16
View of the Main Entrance of the same 17
Inside the "Palace" 18
Interior View of the Barn 19
View of Kroll's Wintergarten in Berlin facing 19
Kroll's Wintergarten Plan 20
View of the Birmingham Exposition Building 20
Layout of the Building Design Committee facing 22
Outside View of the same facing 24
Common Way to Glaze Roofs 28
Ridge and Furrow Method 29
Cutters for Mr. Paxton's Sash-bar Machine 30
The Victoria Regia House, Chatsworth 32
Same interior 33
Floor plan of the building for the exhibition 34
View of a partially completed 24-foot square bay of the roof. 36
Section of the Lower Floor of the Main Facades 37
View of the Inside of the Transept facing 38
View of the Glass Roof from the Lead Flat facing 39
Overview of the Building from the South-West facing 40
The Outside Railing 40
Section of Paxton's Gutter, featuring the Strong Sash-bar 41
The Circular Planing Machine 41
Part of the same showing detail 41
Parts of Paxton's Gutter, displaying various stages of the machine. 42
The Gutter Cutting Machine 42
Machine for finishing ends of gutters and ridges 43
Sash-bar Cutting Machine 44
The Sash-bar Drill Machine 45
Same part, Enlarged 46
Ridges Section, etc 46
48-foot Girder Diagram 48

Diagram of 72-feet Girder

Diagram of 72-foot Girder

48
The Iron Drill Machine 50
The Punching Machine and Shears 50
The Adzing Cutters 51
The Adzing and Planing Tool 52
Column Section 52
A Base Layer 54
View of the Interior from the Gallery Level facing 55
Frame and Hydraulic Press for testing the Girders 56
Interior View of Central Avenue Facing West facing 58
Louvre Frame 60
Staircase View 61
Repairing Cast Iron Drain Pipe 62
View of Crane and Test Press 66
Derrick Crane by Henderson 67
Same parts 67
Fixing the Beams 68
Overview of the Ongoing Projects facing 69
Hoisting the 72-foot trusses 70
Flat Roof Glazing Wagon 72
A set of ribs prepared for lifting 74
Raising the Ribs for the Transept Roof facing 75
Setup for Glazing Transept Roof 76
The Sash Bar Painting Machine 77
Part of the same in detail 77
The Handrail Cutting Machine 78
Same portion 78
The Brass Tickets for Workers 80
The Inside of the Pay Office 81
The guys getting paid 81
The Workers Waiting to Get Paid 82
View of the building from the north side of the Serpentine facing 86
Testing an Experimental Bay of the Gallery Floor facing 88
View of the Boiler Room, etc. facing 88
View of the South Front of the Building 92
 Appendix:—
Exterior View of Mons. Horeau's Design for the Building facing ix
Interior of the same facing ix
View of the Exterior from one end of Messrs. Turners' Design for the Building facing ix
Cross Section and Interior View of the Same facing ix
{1}
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.

SO much has already been said and written, both wisely and well, upon the marvellous edifice which has just been reared with such magical rapidity to enshrine the results of the skill and industry of all nations, that it would appear an almost hopeless task to present the subject in any new point of view to the reader.

SO so much has already been said and written, both wisely and effectively, about the amazing structure that has just been built so quickly to showcase the achievements of all nations' skills and hard work, that it seems like an almost impossible task to offer any fresh perspective on the topic to the reader.

If, therefore, the authors cannot lay claim to novelty or originality in the execution of the pleasurable work which they have undertaken, they are not without hopes that, from their having been connected with this gigantic undertaking during the greater part of its progress, they will be enabled to trace in a more detailed and consecutive manner than has yet been attempted the history of the design and execution of the building up to the period of its completion.

If the authors can’t claim to have created anything new or original in their enjoyable work, they still hope that because they've been involved in this massive project for most of its development, they'll be able to provide a more detailed and coherent account of the design and construction of the building up to its completion than anyone has done so far.

A great deal has been lately said upon the want of distinctive character in almost all the buildings of the present day; and it is certainly a striking fact that in scarcely any of our important modern structures does the exterior appearance in any way lead the spectator to form an idea of the purposes or arrangement of the interior, the former being apparently governed by fancy, or the fashion for some particular style, while the latter only, is accommodated to the peculiar requirements of the case. Thus we have porticos which do not shelter from the weather, or in which no one is allowed to walk; Venetian palaces appear piled upon a substructure of plate-glass; baronial castles prove to be model prisons; and richly-decorated mansions, from the time of "Good Queen Bess," or fanciful Italian villas, are made to serve for the accommodation of paupers.

A lot has been said recently about the lack of unique character in almost all today's buildings; and it's certainly striking that in hardly any of our significant modern structures does the outside appearance give the viewer any clue about the purpose or layout of the inside. The exterior seems to be based on whim or the trend of a specific style, while the interior is only adapted to the specific needs of the situation. For example, we have porticos that don’t protect from the weather or where no one is allowed to walk; Venetian palaces seem to be stacked on a foundation of plate glass; grand castles turn out to be model prisons; and beautifully decorated mansions from the time of "Good Queen Bess," or whimsical Italian villas, are used to house the needy.

The ancients appear to have been more careful in this respect, so that the form and external arrangement afforded in most cases a ready key to the purposes of their structures. Their temples, their fora, theatres and amphitheatres, baths, and other public edifices, seem each to have been stamped with their own characteristic features, at the same time without in any way producing a monotonous uniformity among the different examples of the same class of building.

The ancients seemed to be more thoughtful about this, so the design and layout of their structures often made it clear what they were used for. Their temples, public squares, theaters and amphitheaters, baths, and other public buildings each had unique features, while still avoiding a dull uniformity across similar types of buildings.

{2}

Now, if this criterion of excellence be applied to the remarkable building recently erected in Hyde Park, it will be found that the constructive arrangement of the interior is plainly expressed without, and it must be conceded that it possesses at least those elements of beauty arising from consistency and simplicity which, in combination with its vast size, give it also that of grandeur. That it is faultless it would be needless to assert, or to imagine that, from its example, a new style of architecture will originate; but that it is admirably suited to its purpose, that it is a remarkable specimen of the constructive skill of this country, and that it will certainly form one of the most interesting objects of the Great Exhibition by which it has been called into being, if not the most interesting of all, must, we think, be admitted by all candid observers.

Now, if we apply this standard of excellence to the impressive building recently constructed in Hyde Park, we can see that the layout of the interior is clearly reflected on the exterior. It must be acknowledged that it has at least those qualities of beauty that come from consistency and simplicity, which, combined with its massive size, also give it a sense of grandeur. It would be unnecessary to claim it is flawless or to suggest that a new architectural style will emerge from it; however, it is undoubtedly well-suited to its purpose, represents an impressive example of this country's construction skills, and will surely be one of the most fascinating features of the Great Exhibition that gave rise to it, if not the most engaging of them all, which we believe will be recognized by all impartial observers.

Although the building in its present form was designed, as well as carried out, in a singularly short space of time, this could not have been accomplished but for the great amount of thought and labour which had been previously bestowed upon the subject. In order, therefore, to trace the whole of the progress of the design, it will be necessary briefly to advert to the early labours bestowed upon the project.

Although the building in its current form was designed and constructed in an exceptionally short time, this wouldn’t have been possible without the substantial amount of thought and effort that had already been invested in the project. Therefore, to fully understand the evolution of the design, it’s essential to briefly mention the initial work done on the project.

On the 5th of January, 1850, the Royal Commission for carrying out this great scheme was gazetted; its first and second meetings, which were respectively held on the 11th and 18th of the same month, were entirely devoted to preliminary arrangements, and determining the mode of conducting its proceedings.

On January 5, 1850, the Royal Commission to implement this major plan was announced; its first and second meetings, held on the 11th and 18th of the same month, focused entirely on initial preparations and figuring out how to conduct its proceedings.

Among the most urgent matters calling for the attention of the Commissioners, the subject of the building early presented itself, as it was of the utmost importance that the longest possible time should be allowed for its erection; and, accordingly, at the third meeting, held on the 24th of January, the following noblemen and gentlemen were appointed to act as a

Among the most pressing issues requiring the Commissioners' attention, the topic of the building quickly came up, as it was crucial to allow the maximum time possible for its construction. Therefore, at the third meeting, held on January 24th, the following noblemen and gentlemen were appointed to act as a

Committee for all Matters relating to     the Building.

His Grace the Duke of Buccleuch, K.G., F.R.S.

His Grace the Duke of Buccleuch, K.G., F.R.S.

The Right Hon. the Earl of Ellesmere, F.S.A.

The Right Honorable the Earl of Ellesmere, F.S.A.

Charles Barry, Esq., R.A., F.R.S.

Charles Barry, Esq., R.A., F.R.S.

William Cubitt, Esq., F.R.S., Pr. of J.C.E.

William Cubitt, Esq., F.R.S., Pr. of J.C.E.

Robert Stephenson, Esq., M.P., F.R.S.

Robert Stephenson, Esq., M.P., F.R.S.

C. R. Cockerell, Esq., R.A.

C. R. Cockerell, Esq., R.A.

I. K. Brunel, Esq., F.R.S.

I.K. Brunel, Esq., F.R.S.

Thomas L. Donaldson, Esq., M.I.B.A.

Thomas L. Donaldson, Esq., M.I.B.A.

From which list it will be seen that some of the very highest professional talent in the country was enlisted on behalf of the undertaking.

From this list, it will be clear that some of the top professional talent in the country was brought on board for the project.

{3}
Labours of the Building Committee.

THE first point to be ascertained by this Committee was where to find an eligible site; for although they were not able at that early stage of their labours to determine the exact amount of space that would be required, they appear to have been of opinion that, from the general data before them, about sixteen acres would be necessary—an amount which has been subsequently considerably exceeded, but which was already an enormous area to be covered by one building; and in dealing with it the Committee must have felt that a very heavy amount of responsibility rested upon them, as appears, indeed, from their recommendation to the Royal Commission given below.

TTHE first thing this Committee needed to figure out was where to find a suitable site. Even though they couldn't yet decide the exact space needed, they seemed to think that about sixteen acres would be necessary—an amount that has since been significantly exceeded, but was already a huge area for a single building. The Committee must have felt a heavy responsibility while addressing this, as is evident from their recommendation to the Royal Commission listed below.

After about a month of attentive deliberation, the Committee made a report upon this part of their labours.

After about a month of careful consideration, the Committee submitted a report on this part of their work.

With regard to the site, it had appeared to the Committee that—firstly, the north-eastern portion of Hyde Park; secondly, the long space between her Majesty's private road and the Kensington road, in the southern part of Hyde Park; and thirdly, the north-western portion of Regent's Park, were the only available spaces about the metropolis which would afford the necessary accommodation; and it was believed that the order in which they were named represented also their relative eligibility. As regarded the first, the Committee had been informed by the Chief Commissioner of her Majesty's Woods and Forests that considerable objections would arise to its occupation for such a purpose, and that no such objections would be raised to the use of the second; and the Committee, therefore, recommended the adoption of this site, which, amongst other advantages, is remarkable for the facility of access afforded by the existing roads.

Regarding the site, the Committee believed that—first, the northeastern part of Hyde Park; second, the long stretch between Her Majesty's private road and Kensington road in the southern part of Hyde Park; and third, the northwestern part of Regent's Park—were the only available areas in the metropolis that could provide the necessary accommodation. It was also thought that the order in which they were listed reflected their relative suitability. For the first option, the Committee was informed by the Chief Commissioner of Her Majesty's Woods and Forests that there would be significant objections to its use for this purpose, while no such objections would arise for the second option. Therefore, the Committee recommended choosing this site, which, among other advantages, is notable for its easy access provided by the existing roads.

As regarded the extent of the building, the Committee were not yet in possession of sufficient data to enable them to determine this accurately, but, from such information as they had before them, they thought that it might be assumed, for the present, that about sixteen acres of covered space would be required.

As for the size of the building, the Committee didn't yet have enough information to determine it precisely, but based on the data they had, they believed it could be assumed, for now, that around sixteen acres of space would be needed.

And finally, as regarded the mode of proceeding to determine the general interior arrangements or ground-plan of the building, a subject to which they had given much consideration, they resolved, "That, in their opinion, it was desirable to seek, by public competition, for suggestions as to the general arrangements of the ground-plan of the building."

And finally, regarding the process to figure out the overall layout or floor plan of the building, a topic they had thought about a lot, they decided, "In our view, it makes sense to look for suggestions on the general layout of the building through a public competition."

It was deemed by the Committee that the peculiar object for which the building was required, namely, the encouragement of the widest and most liberal competition in all the branches of arts and manufactures—the circumstance of the cost of the erection being defrayed by the public—the {4}peculiar character of the building, for the designing of which were especially required judgment and contrivance in the detail of arrangement, and experience in the management of large crowds, and for the construction of which the mechanical skill and knowledge of the application and of the economical use of materials now so generally possessed by builders and practical men were necessary—all seemed, in the opinion of the Committee, to be reasons for recommending that the designs for the general arrangements should, as far as practicable, be the result of public competition, and that the actual construction should be so to the fullest extent. The Committee were, moreover, of opinion that the general design or arrangement of such a building was one of those subjects, perhaps few in number, on which many good ideas may be elicited by a general contribution of plans; and that a mode might be adopted of obtaining such plans, and collecting useful suggestions from them, which should not eventually lead to any loss of time, or be attended with those delays which too frequently render ordinary competition inconvenient.

The Committee believed that the unusual object for which the building was needed—specifically, to promote the broadest and most open competition in all areas of arts and manufacturing—combined with the fact that the public would cover the construction costs, the unique nature of the building—requiring special judgment and creativity in the layout and experience in managing large crowds—and the mechanical expertise and knowledge regarding the efficient use of materials typically held by builders and practical professionals were all valid reasons for suggesting that the designs for the overall arrangements should be, as much as possible, the outcome of public competition, and that the actual construction should be fully included too. The Committee also thought that the overall design or layout of such a building was one of those topics—perhaps rare—where many valuable ideas could emerge from a general pooling of plans; and that a method could be developed to gather these plans and collect useful suggestions without causing delays that frequently make ordinary competition impractical.

Great objections were made in some quarters to the proposed site in Hyde Park; but as they were not raised on really public grounds, they were gradually overcome by the interest which the public at large manifested in the success of the undertaking.

Many objections were raised in some areas regarding the proposed site in Hyde Park; however, since these concerns weren't based on genuinely public issues, they were eventually outweighed by the overall interest that the public showed in the success of the project.

In consequence of the latter recommendation in the Report which was adopted by the Royal Commissioners, the following document was published by them on March 13th, 1850, copies of which appear to have found their way into almost every corner of Europe:—

In response to the latter recommendation in the Report that was approved by the Royal Commissioners, the following document was published by them on March 13th, 1850, and it seems that copies have made their way into almost every corner of Europe:—

"The Committee appointed by the Royal Commission to advise on 'all matters relating to the building,' having received the sanction of the Commission, are desirous of obtaining from all parties who are disposed to assist them suggestions for the general arrangement of the buildings and premises required for this Exhibition. Upon the general form of the building in plan, the distribution of its parts, the mode of access, and the internal arrangements and contrivances, will depend the convenience and general fitness of such a building; and it is upon these points that the Committee seek information and suggestions, and wish to encourage the most extended competition in the preparation of plans. The Committee do not propose to offer any pecuniary reward for such plans—they rely upon the desire which men of all countries will feel to forward the objects of the proposed Exhibition. The Committee think it probable that, when the plans are received, they may not be limited to the selection of any one plan, but may derive useful ideas from many; and that the best plan may be determined upon by the help of this general assistance. As the credit of any such plan will be due solely to the contributors, the Committee propose to make a report, in which they will acknowledge by name those whose plans had been wholly or partially adopted, or who had afforded the most useful {5}suggestions; and the Committee hope to be able to offer such other honorary distinction to the successful contributors as the circumstances may appear to warrant. In order to guide the contributors in the preparation of such plans and designs, and to facilitate the examination and the comparison of them when received, the Committee have enumerated concisely the principal 'desiderata' for such a building, and have laid down certain rules and conditions to which they earnestly request the contributors to conform, as the Committee will be under the necessity of abiding strictly by the regulation of not acknowledging any plans which may be sent in a form inconsistent with these rules. Copies of the engraved plan of the ground referred to may be had on application to the secretaries of the Commission, at the New Palace at Westminster."

"The Committee appointed by the Royal Commission to advise on 'all matters relating to the building,' having received approval from the Commission, are eager to get suggestions from anyone willing to help with the overall layout of the buildings and grounds needed for this Exhibition. The building's layout, the arrangement of its sections, access points, and internal organization will impact its convenience and suitability; so, the Committee is looking for information and ideas on these aspects and wants to encourage broad competition in developing plans. They do not plan to offer any financial rewards for these plans—they trust that people from all countries will be motivated to support the goals of the Exhibition. The Committee believes that once the plans are submitted, they may not focus on just one plan but could gather valuable insights from several, allowing them to determine the best design with this collective input. Because any credit for a plan will go entirely to the contributors, the Committee intends to publish a report recognizing by name those whose plans were fully or partially used, or who provided the most helpful suggestions; they also hope to offer other forms of honorary recognition to the successful contributors if appropriate. To help contributors prepare their plans and designs, and to make it easier to review and compare them once received, the Committee has outlined the key requirements for such a building and established specific rules and conditions for contributors to follow. The Committee will strictly adhere to these regulations and won't acknowledge any plans submitted in a way that doesn't align with the rules. Copies of the engraved site plan can be requested from the secretaries of the Commission at the New Palace in Westminster."

An engraved plan of the site which had been fixed upon, together with the subjoined regulations, which all competitors would be expected to observe, were subsequently issued to all applicants:—

An engraved layout of the chosen site, along with the following rules that all participants were expected to follow, was later sent out to all applicants:—

"1. The communications from contributors must consist of a single sheet of paper, not larger than the accompanying engraving, with a simple ground-plan upon a scale of 1·1000 of the full size, with such elevations and sections only of the building, and on the same sheet, as may be necessary to elucidate the system proposed—such elevations and sections not being intended to convey more than a general idea of the building, and not entering into details of construction or of architectural decoration—to be accompanied by a short, clear-written explanation of the system recommended, on a separate sheet. Any contributor wishing to send two designs must send separate and distinct communications, each conforming to the above conditions. No communications made inconsistent with these conditions, or any plan prepared upon a different scale from that prescribed, can be received. The plans, &c., must be sent on or before the 8th of April next, addressed to the Secretaries of the Exhibition, New Palace at Westminster, London. It is suggested that the most convenient mode of preparing the plan, elevation, and section, would be to draw them upon one of the engraved copies of the plan of the ground which accompany these instructions.—2. The building is to be erected on the space marked A B C D, and must not extend beyond the boundaries of the shaded portion. The groups of trees shown on the plan must be preserved. The principal public approaches are by the roads E F and G H. The road K L will be available only for foot-passengers. There will be no objection to the formation of cross-roads between the two last, G H and K L, if the design of the building requires it.—3. The roofed portion of the building is to cover a space of 700,000 square feet, or about 65,000 square metres; and the whole building must not occupy, including open spaces, an area of more than 900,000 square feet, or about 84,000 square metres. The building generally will be of one storey only.—4. No space will be {6}required for cattle, or for shrubs or flowers.—5. It may be assumed, so far as it affects the ground-plan, that the light will be obtained entirely from the roof, and the building will be constructed of fire-proof materials.

"1. Communications from contributors must be on a single sheet of paper, no larger than the accompanying engraving, featuring a simple ground plan at a scale of 1:1000 of the full size, including only those elevations and sections of the building necessary to clarify the proposed system—these elevations and sections should only provide a general idea of the building and should not detail construction or architectural decoration. A brief, clearly written explanation of the recommended system must be included on a separate sheet. Contributors wishing to submit two designs must send separate and distinct communications, each following the above guidelines. Any communication that does not meet these conditions, or any plans created on a different scale than prescribed, will not be accepted. Plans, etc., must be submitted on or before April 8th, addressed to the Secretaries of the Exhibition, New Palace at Westminster, London. It is suggested that the best way to prepare the plan, elevation, and section would be to draw them on one of the engraved copies of the ground plan provided with these instructions.—2. The building is to be constructed within the area marked A B C D and must not extend beyond the boundaries of the shaded region. The clusters of trees shown on the plan must be preserved. The main public access points are via roads E F and G H. Road K L will be accessible only to pedestrians. Creating cross roads between G H and K L is allowed if the building design necessitates it.—3. The covered part of the building must encompass 700,000 square feet, or about 65,000 square meters; the entire building, including open areas, must not exceed 900,000 square feet, or about 84,000 square meters. The building will generally consist of a single story.—4. No space is required for livestock, shrubs, or flowers.—5. It can be assumed, regarding the ground plan, that light will come entirely from the roof, and the building will be made of fireproof materials."

"The general requirements are—simplicity of arrangement; economy of space; capability of extending or curtailing the building without destroying its symmetry as a whole, or interfering with the general arrangement, it being impossible to determine the exact extent of roof required until a late period of construction. Adaptation for the erection of separate portions of the building at different periods. Conveniences of ingress and egress, with facilities of access to all parts of the Exhibition, either from the exterior or interior. Means of classification of the various objects of different departments. Wall-space for the display of articles requiring it. Means of affording private access and accommodation for exhibitors, with counting-houses, if required. Committee-rooms, council-rooms, public refreshment-rooms, and all other public and private accommodation. (This portion of the building may be in two or more storeys if required.) Internal arrangements, by which, under proper regulations, large crowds of visitors may circulate freely, and have convenient access to all parts of the Exhibition, and uninterrupted means of examining the various objects exhibited."

"The general requirements are—simple layout; efficient use of space; ability to expand or reduce the building without disrupting its overall symmetry or interfering with the main setup, since it’s not possible to know the exact roof size needed until later in the construction. Capability to build separate parts of the structure at different times. Easy entry and exit points with access to all areas of the Exhibition, whether from the outside or the inside. Ability to organize different categories of objects from various departments. Wall space for displaying items that need it. Private access and facilities for exhibitors, including offices if needed. Meeting rooms, council chambers, public dining areas, and all other public and private amenities. (This part of the building can be two or more stories if necessary.) Internal setup that allows, under proper regulations, large groups of visitors to move around freely and have easy access to all areas of the Exhibition, with uninterrupted ways to view the different exhibits."

The Competition Designs.

THOUGH the time allowed for the preparation of drawings was but short, being only about one month, no less than 233 designs were sent in, many of them of an elaborate architectural character. Of these, thirty-eight, or one-sixth of the whole, were received from the different foreign countries of Europe (France, twenty-seven; Belgium, two; Holland, three; Hanover, one; Naples, one; Switzerland, two; Rhine Prussia, one; Hamburgh, one); 138, or more than half the entire number, from London and its vicinity, where the interest excited was naturally more immediate; fifty-one from the provincial towns of England; six from Scotland, and three from Ireland. Seven were sent anonymously. The small number contributed by the sister kingdoms seems rather remarkable.

TAlthough the time allotted for preparing the drawings was short—about a month—233 designs were submitted, many of them quite detailed in architectural style. Out of these, thirty-eight, or one-sixth of the total, came from various European countries (France, twenty-seven; Belgium, two; Holland, three; Hanover, one; Naples, one; Switzerland, two; Rhine Prussia, one; Hamburg, one); 138, or more than half of the total, were from London and its surrounding areas, where the interest was understandably stronger; fifty-one were from provincial towns in England; six were from Scotland, and three from Ireland. Seven were submitted anonymously. The relatively small number of contributions from the sister kingdoms is quite notable.

The greater part of these designs were, of course, contributed by members of the architectural and engineering professions, but some were the productions of amateurs, and one among them purported to be the suggestion of a lady. Here, then, was matter enough not only to assist, but even, from its great variety, to perplex the Committee, since at once every possible variety of style in decoration, material in construction, and system in arrangement, were strenuously recommended by the authors of the respective designs as the great ultimatum sought for.

The majority of these designs were contributed by professionals in architecture and engineering, but some came from amateurs, including one that claimed to be a suggestion from a lady. This provided the Committee with plenty of material to work with, which was not only helpful but also, due to the wide variety, quite confusing. Every conceivable style of decoration, construction material, and arrangement system was strongly advocated by the creators of the designs as the ultimate goal they were aiming for.

{7}

To Mr. Digby Wyatt, whose services were to a great extent withdrawn from the Executive Committee, in order that his professional knowledge of the subject might be placed at the disposal of the Building Committee, was intrusted the arduous task of examining and classifying these incongruous materials, and of eliminating from them such general principles of arrangement as seemed most worthy of the attentive consideration of the Committee. The result of this gentleman's minute examination was embodied in a Report, upon the basis of the recommendations contained in which the subsequent utilitarian portions of the design of the Building Committee would appear to have been founded.

To Mr. Digby Wyatt, who largely stepped back from the Executive Committee so his expertise could benefit the Building Committee, was given the challenging job of reviewing and organizing these mixed materials, and of identifying the general principles of arrangement that seemed most deserving of the Committee's attention. The outcome of this thorough examination by Mr. Wyatt was detailed in a Report, which served as the foundation for the practical aspects of the design put forth by the Building Committee.

After holding about fifteen protracted sittings, the Committee presented the following Report to the Royal Commission on the 9th of May:—

After having around fifteen lengthy meetings, the Committee submitted the following Report to the Royal Commission on May 9th:—

"May it please your Royal Highness,

"My Lords and Gentlemen,

"My Lords and Ladies,"

"We have the honour to report that we have examined the numerous plans so liberally contributed by native and foreign architects in accordance with the public invitation.

"We are pleased to report that we have reviewed the many plans generously submitted by local and international architects in response to the public invitation."

"Exhausting in their numerous projects and suggestions almost every conceivable variety of building, the authors of those designs have materially assisted us in arriving at the conclusions which we have now the honour to report.

"Exhausting in their many projects and ideas almost every possible type of building, the authors of those designs have significantly helped us reach the conclusions we are now honored to report."

"We have been aided in our analysis of this subject by a great amount of thought and elaboration thus brought to bear upon it from various points of view.

"We have benefited from extensive thought and detailed examination of this topic from different perspectives."

"We have, however, arrived at the unanimous conclusion, that able and admirable as many of these designs appeared to be, there was yet no single one so accordant with the peculiar objects in view, either in the principle or detail of its arrangements, as to warrant us in recommending it for adoption.

"We have, however, reached a unanimous conclusion that, although many of these designs seemed capable and impressive, there wasn't a single one that aligned well enough with our specific goals, either in its fundamental principles or in the details of its arrangements, to justify recommending it for adoption."

"In some of the least successful of the designs submitted, we find indicated errors and difficulties to be avoided, whilst in the abler and more practicable of them, there are valuable conceptions and suggestions which have greatly assisted us in framing the plan we have now the honour to lay before you. In preparing this design we have been governed mainly by three considerations:—

"In some of the least successful designs we received, we see errors and problems to avoid, while in the more capable and practical ones, there are valuable ideas and suggestions that have greatly helped us in developing the plan we are now honored to present to you. In creating this design, we were mainly guided by three considerations:—

"1. The provisional nature of the building.

"1. The temporary nature of the building."

"2. The advisability of constructing it as far as possible in such a form as to be available, with the least sacrifice of labour and material, for other purposes, as soon as its original one shall have been fulfilled, thus insuring a minimum ultimate cost.

"2. It's advisable to build it in a way that can easily be adapted for other uses once its initial purpose has been achieved, ensuring the least loss of labor and materials, which will lead to the lowest eventual cost."

"3. Extreme simplicity, demanded by the short time in which the work must be completed.

"3. A high level of simplicity is required due to the limited time available to finish the work."

{8}

"For the arrangements of the plan we rely for effect on honesty of construction, vastness of dimension, and fitness of each part to its end.

"For the plan's layout, we depend on honest construction, large scale, and the suitability of each part for its purpose."

"The principal points of excellence we have endeavoured to attain are—

"The main points of excellence we have tried to achieve are—

"1. Economy of construction.

"1. Cost-effective construction."

"2. Facilities for the reception, classification, and display of goods.

"2. Amenities for receiving, sorting, and showcasing products."

"3. Facilities for the circulation of visitors.

"3. Visitor access facilities."

"4. Arrangement for grand points of view.

"4. Setup for dramatic angles."

"5. Centralisation of supervision.

5. Centralization of supervision.

"6. Some striking feature to exemplify the present state of the science of construction in this country.

"6. A notable aspect that illustrates the current state of construction technology in this country."

"The first of these, ECONOMY, is attained by doing away with any internal walls (all divisions being made by the necessary stalls), by reducing the whole construction, with the exception of the dome, to cast iron columns, supporting the lightest form of iron roof in long unbroken lines, and by the whole of the work being done in the simplest manner, and adapted in all respects to serve hereafter for other purposes.

"The first of these, ECONOMY, is achieved by eliminating any internal walls (with all divisions made by the necessary stalls), reducing the entire structure, except for the dome, to cast iron columns that support a lightweight iron roof in long, unbroken lines, and by carrying out all the work in the simplest way, making it suitable for other purposes in the future."

"The second, facilities for the RECEPTION, CLASSIFICATION, and DISPLAY of goods. The main central entrance for the reception of objects for exhibition will probably be that most approachable from the public road. All cases accompanying goods will be examined, registered, catalogued, &c., in the offices of the Executive; the packing-cases will then be put upon a truck running on a line of rails laid down temporarily, and conveyed to the centre turn-table, from which they may be carried by a line of rails at right angles to the first, to the end of the transverse gallery, in which they may be destined to be placed.

"The second is the facilities for the CHECK-IN, CATEGORIZATION, and DISPLAY of goods. The main entrance for receiving items for exhibition will likely be the most accessible from the public road. All cases that accompany the goods will be checked, registered, catalogued, etc., in the Executive's offices; the packing cases will then be loaded onto a truck running on a temporarily laid track and taken to the central turntable, from which they can be moved along a perpendicular track to the end of the transverse gallery, where they are meant to be placed."

"The most important condition to insure successful classification is, that those to whom the duty of arrangement may be confided should be hampered by no fixed limits of space, such as would have been the case had the building been divided into a number of halls, sections, or chambers. The plan submitted fulfils this condition perfectly; as objects can be arranged just as they are received, and moved, if necessary, from gallery to gallery with great facility.

The most important condition to ensure successful classification is that those assigned the task of organizing should not be restricted by fixed space limitations, like what would happen if the building were divided into several halls, sections, or rooms. The proposed plan meets this condition perfectly, as items can be arranged as they come in and easily moved between galleries if needed.

"The successful display of the goods would be best insured by leaving, under certain general restrictions, the fitting up of each stall to the Exhibitor or his Agent, floor-space only being allotted to each; and stands, frames, brackets, shelves, &c., being put up by a contractor's carpenter, at a fixed tariff.

"The best way to ensure the effective presentation of the products would be to allow the Exhibitor or their Agent to set up each stall, within some general guidelines, with only the floor space allocated to them; meanwhile, stands, frames, brackets, shelves, etc., would be installed by a contractor's carpenter at a set rate."

"The best light is provided, and the most economical wall-space is proposed to be furnished by connecting pillar to pillar transversely, on the extreme north and south sides of the building, by rods, from which draperies, &c., can be suspended.

"The best light is provided, and the most efficient use of wall space is suggested by connecting pillars across the extreme north and south sides of the building with rods, from which drapes and other items can be hung."

"The third, FACILITIES FOR THE CIRCULATION OF VISITORS, is thus attained. The visitor, on arrival at the central hall, proceeds at choice to any one {9}of the four sections. He will, most probably, desire either to follow the whole course of the section selected, or will wish to go at once to some particular class or object. He will be enabled to do either the one or the other, without interfering with the general current, by means of gates or other arrangements, which shall insure the current of visitors passing in one direction. If he desire to proceed rapidly from one end of the building to the other, and finds the great central gangway at all blocked up, he will, no doubt, be able to get on by either the north or south corridors, fifteen feet wide. Numerous doors of egress in these latter afford ready means of exit for a large number of persons. Seats are provided in the middle of the great central gangway for those who may desire to rest.

"The third, FACILITIES FOR VISITOR FLOW, is thus achieved. When visitors arrive at the central hall, they can choose to go to any one {9} of the four sections. They will likely want to either explore the entire section they selected or head straight to a specific class or exhibit. They will be able to do either without disrupting the flow of visitors, thanks to gates and other arrangements that keep the flow of people moving in one direction. If they want to move quickly from one end of the building to the other and find the main central pathway blocked, they can easily navigate through the north or south corridors, which are fifteen feet wide. Multiple exit doors in these corridors provide convenient exit options for a large number of people. There are also seats placed in the center of the main central walkway for those who need to take a break."

"The fourth, ARRANGEMENT FOR GRAND POINTS OF VIEW. The view from or to the centre of the building will, from its extent, be necessarily imposing. The seats and main avenues are arranged so that, on the occasion of the distribution of the prizes, an immense number of persons may be accommodated. Most interesting views might be obtained from galleries constructed at either end of the building and around the dome, for the admission of the public to which some small charge might be made.

"The fourth, ARRANGEMENT FOR GRAND PERSPECTIVES. The view from or to the center of the building will, due to its size, be quite impressive. The seating and main pathways are designed to accommodate a large number of people during the prize distribution. Fascinating views could be gained from galleries built at both ends of the building and around the dome, for which a small fee could be charged for public access."

"The fifth, CENTRALISATION OF SUPERVISION. All the business of the Exhibition will be carried on in one spot, and be readily under control. The Royal Commission, the principal Committees, Clerks, Accountants, Police, &c., would be together, and in so large an establishment it would be absolutely necessary, or much time would be wasted in walking from one point to another. Passages running behind the money-takers' boxes, with glazed doors into them, would enable each accountant to detect anything improper that might be going on, and to exchange and balance checks, money, &c., at any moment. Telegraphic communication with each of the four pay-places will permit orders to be given, cash accounts, &c., to be issued and returned, from and to the head-accountant's office, as often as may be necessary.

"The fifth, Centralized supervision. All the activities of the Exhibition will take place in one location, making it easy to manage. The Royal Commission, the main Committees, Clerks, Accountants, Police, etc., will all be together, and in such a large operation, this is essential; otherwise, a lot of time would be lost moving from one place to another. Walkways behind the ticketing booths, with glass doors leading into them, will allow each accountant to spot any suspicious activity and to exchange and balance checks, cash, etc., at any time. Telegraphic communication with each of the four ticket booths will enable orders to be given along with cash accounts, etc., to be sent to and from the head accountant's office as often as needed."

"Four Committee-rooms, one for a Jury in each section, have been provided at the extreme east and west ends. The duties of such Committees being deliberative, and not executive, it is not necessary that they should be accommodated in the Central Establishment, where they would be more liable to be disturbed than at the extremity of the building.

"Four committee rooms, one for a jury in each section, have been set up at the far east and west ends. Since the duties of these committees are deliberative rather than executive, it's not necessary for them to be located in the central establishment, where they would be more likely to be disturbed than at the ends of the building."

"A policeman stationed in each gallery would, from his elevated position, be enabled to observe much which might escape detection if he mingled only with the crowd.

A police officer in each gallery would be able to notice a lot more from his high vantage point than if he just blended in with the crowd.

"The sixth, SOME STRIKING FEATURE TO EXEMPLIFY THE PRESENT STATE OF THE SCIENCE OF CONSTRUCTION IN THIS COUNTRY. In order that the building, in which England invites the whole world to display their richest productions, may afford, at least in one point, a grandeur not incommensurate with the occasion, we propose, by a dome of light sheet iron 200 feet {10}in diameter, to produce an effect at once striking and admirable. From calculations which have been made of the cost of so grand a Hall, we have reason to expect that it may be executed for a sum not greatly exceeding the cost of the simplest form of roof likely to be adopted to cover the same area.

"The sixth, A REMARKABLE FEATURE THAT SHOWS THE CURRENT STATUS OF THE CONSTRUCTION SCIENCE IN THIS COUNTRY. To ensure that the building, in which England invites the entire world to showcase their finest products, provides at least one aspect of grandeur fitting for the occasion, we propose a dome made of lightweight sheet iron, 200 feet {10}in diameter, to create an effect that is both striking and impressive. Based on cost calculations for such an extravagant Hall, we believe it can be built for a price not much higher than the cost of the simplest roof design that could cover the same space.

"It is to be borne in mind that a considerable amount of any such difference may be recovered, should this portion of the building be converted hereafter to other purposes, which is more than probable. This vast dome it is proposed to light mainly from one circle of light in its centre, and thus the sculpture will be pleasingly and suitably lit.

"It’s important to remember that a significant part of any difference could be recovered if this section of the building is repurposed in the future, which is quite likely. This large dome is set to be mainly illuminated by a single circle of light in the center, making the sculpture look attractive and appropriately lit."

"Six out of the eight openings in the cylinder of the dome would be well adapted for the exhibition of stained glass windows of great extent, while the two remaining arches will open to the main central gallery. The lower part of some of the voids will admit the eye to turf and shrubs, and produce a great freshness of effect.

"Six out of the eight openings in the dome's cylinder would be perfect for displaying large stained glass windows, while the two remaining arches will lead to the main central gallery. The lower part of some of the openings will allow a view of the grass and shrubs, creating a refreshing effect."

"The immense continuity of the Central Avenue will be broken and relieved by a variation in the roof opposite the openings to the second and third sets of refreshment-rooms, and windows for the reception of Stained Glass may be placed at the ends of each transverse gallery, thus terminating the vista for each.

"The long stretch of Central Avenue will be interrupted by a change in the roof across from the entrances to the second and third sets of refreshment rooms, and windows for stained glass can be added at the ends of each cross gallery, finishing the view for each section."

"It now only remains to explain the course of action we would recommend for adoption as soon as the principles of the plan, &c., shall be positively decided.

"It only remains to explain the course of action we recommend for adoption as soon as the principles of the plan, etc., are definitely decided."

"We consider this to be an occasion upon which the greatest amount of intellectual and commercial ingenuity and ability should be called out; and that a generous rivalry among those best fitted to execute the principal portions of this vast structure may lead to results which no amount of detailed study that we could possibly give to this matter would supply.

"We see this as an opportunity to bring out the most intellectual and commercial creativity and skill. A healthy competition among those most capable of executing the key parts of this large project may lead to outcomes that no amount of detailed study could provide."

"We would therefore recommend that every advantage should be taken of the accumulated and experimental knowledge and resources of intelligent and enterprising contractors, and that every opportunity should be afforded to them of DISTINGUISHING THEMSELVES. We would therefore recommend as the best means of enlisting their services the following course of action:

"We recommend taking full advantage of the skills and resources of smart and proactive contractors, and giving them every chance to SHINE BRIGHT. Thus, we suggest the best way to engage their services is to follow this course of action:

"Adopting the approved design as a basis, we would proceed immediately to prepare such working-drawings and specifications as may be necessary, and to issue invitations for tenders to execute Works in accordance with them, requesting from competitors, in addition, such suggestions and modifications, accompanied with estimates of cost, as might possibly become the means of effecting a considerable reduction upon the general expense.

"Using the approved design as our foundation, we would quickly start creating the necessary working drawings and specifications, and send out invitations for bids to carry out the work based on those. We would also ask competitors for any suggestions or modifications, along with cost estimates, that might help significantly lower the overall expenses."

"W. Cubitt, Chairman."

"W. Cubitt, Chairman."

The following Report of the Committee on the competition plans submitted, and which was so unfavourably received by the public, and more {11}particularly by the profession, was presented to the Royal Commission on the 16th of May:—

The following report from the Committee regarding the competition plans that were received poorly by the public, especially by professionals, was submitted to the Royal Commission on May 16:—

"May it please your Royal Highness,

"My Lords and Gentlemen,

"Esteemed Guests,"

"Your Committee beg leave to report, that the invitation issued by the Commissioners, requesting information and suggestions for the general arrangement of the Building and premises required for the Exhibition of 1851, has been responded to in the most ample and satisfactory manner, both as respects the variety of useful ideas presented to their consideration, and the liberality with which many experienced and skilful men of foreign countries, no less than of our own, have contributed their valuable time to this great undertaking, thereby evincing their entire sympathy both with the great cause of Arts and Industry in which her Majesty's Commissioners have embarked, and with the arduous labours of the Directors of the undertaking.

"Your Committee would like to report that the invitation sent by the Commissioners, asking for information and suggestions for the overall design of the Building and grounds needed for the 1851 Exhibition, has received extensive and satisfactory responses. This includes a wide range of useful ideas and the generous input from many experienced and skilled individuals from both foreign countries and our own, who have dedicated their valuable time to this significant project. This support demonstrates their full commitment to the important mission of Arts and Industry that Her Majesty's Commissioners are pursuing, as well as to the hard work of the Directors involved in the endeavor."

"The Designs and Specifications transmitted to the Committee amount to the surprising number of 233, offering an aggregate of professional sacrifice of very considerable importance; for, not confining themselves to suggestions only, which were invited by the Programme, a large proportion of them are remarkable for elaboration of thought and elegance of execution.

"The Designs and Specifications sent to the Committee total an astonishing 233, representing a significant amount of professional effort; because, instead of just sticking to the suggestions that were asked for in the Programme, a large number of them stand out for their thoughtful detail and quality of execution."

"Penetrated with admiration and respect for these gratuitous and valuable contributions, unexampled, they believe, in the history of competition, your Committee have devoted the most careful attention to the collection of these projects, and hasten to offer those acknowledgments which are due to their merits, and to the generous motives which have led to their execution; and they trust that the public may shortly be witnesses of the effect of this very noble emulation of the skill of all countries, by the public exhibition of these designs, offering the opportunity, in the true spirit of the whole undertaking, of mutual improvement, respect, and friendship amongst the cultivators of the liberal arts in the several countries of Europe.

"Filled with admiration and respect for these generous and valuable contributions, which are believed to be unmatched in the history of competition, your Committee has devoted great care to gathering these projects and is eager to express the acknowledgments that are due for their quality and for the generous intentions that inspired their creation. They hope that the public will soon see the impact of this impressive show of skill from all countries through the public exhibition of these designs, providing an opportunity, in the true spirit of this entire endeavor, for mutual improvement, respect, and friendship among those involved in the liberal arts across Europe."

"It is remarkable that, while many of these contributions may be attributed to the laudable motive of professional reputation and advancement on the part of practitioners not yet sufficiently known to the public, a great number are from Gentlemen whose position in the confidence of their respective Governments or in the Republic of Arts and Letters is of the highest eminence, and who can have been actuated by no such personal motives. Already entitled to respect and admiration, they could have little to gain, while they have something to lose, in the competition for glory. The kind and frank communication, therefore, of their thoughts and {12}experience towards this great work is to be the more highly commended. Every possible mode of accomplishing the object in view has been displayed by the respective contributors as regards economy of structure and distribution, and these qualities are united with various degrees of architectural symmetry and features in many designs. Our illustrious continental neighbours have especially distinguished themselves by compositions of the utmost taste and learning, worthy of enduring execution—examples of what might be done in the architectural illustration of the subject, when viewed in its highest aspect, and, at all events, exhibiting features of grandeur, arrangement, and grace which your Committee have not failed to appreciate.

It's remarkable that, while many of these contributions can be credited to practitioners who are trying to build their professional reputation and advance their careers, a significant number come from individuals of high standing in the trust of their governments or in the field of Arts and Letters, who can't be driven by such personal motives. Already deserving of respect and admiration, they have little to gain and something to lose in the pursuit of glory. Therefore, the generous and open sharing of their thoughts and {12} experiences for this great work deserves extra commendation. Contributors have shown every possible way to achieve the intended goal regarding the efficiency of structure and layout, and these qualities are combined with various levels of architectural symmetry and features in many designs. Our distinguished continental neighbors have particularly excelled with compositions of the highest taste and scholarship, worthy of lasting execution—examples of what can be achieved in the architectural portrayal of the subject when approached at its highest level, and certainly showcasing elements of grandeur, organization, and elegance that your Committee has not failed to appreciate.

"Amongst these several classes of design, the practical character of our own countrymen, as might have been expected, has been remarkably illustrated in some very striking and simple methods suited to the temporary purposes of the Building, due attention having been paid to the pecuniary means allotted to this part of the undertaking. The principle of suspension has been applied in a single tent of iron sheeting, covering an area averaging 2,200 feet by 400 feet by a lengthened ridge, or in separate tents on isolated supports. Others display the solution of this problem by the chapter-house principle, and a few by the umbrella or circular locomotive-engine-house system of railway-stations, either with a central column or groups of columns sustaining domes or roofs to the extent of four hundred feet diameter.

"Among these different types of design, the practical nature of our countrymen, as might be expected, has been clearly shown through some very striking and straightforward methods suited to the temporary needs of the Building, giving careful consideration to the budget allocated for this part of the project. The principle of suspension has been used in a single tent made of iron sheeting, covering an area of about 2,200 feet by 400 feet with an elongated ridge, or in separate tents on individual supports. Others illustrate the solution to this problem through the chapter-house style, and a few by the umbrella or circular locomotive-engine-house system of train stations, either with a central column or groups of columns supporting domes or roofs with a diameter of up to four hundred feet."

"Grandeur and simplicity of distribution are carried out with great architectural effect in other compositions, and the general arrangement by columnar supports has been also variously and elegantly developed. The system of iron roofing, with all the architectural powers of which that material is susceptible, has been adopted by some with signal enterprise, ingenuity, and power.

"Grandeur and simplicity in design are achieved with impressive architectural impact in other works, and the overall structure using column supports has been creatively and elegantly developed in various ways. Some have embraced the use of iron roofing, showcasing all the architectural possibilities that material offers with remarkable creativity and skill."

"In another class of design the authors have viewed with enthusiasm the great occasion and object of the proposed Exhibition, and have waived all considerations of expense. They have indulged their imaginations, and employed the resources of their genius and learning, in the composition of arrangements which present the utmost grandeur and beauty of architecture, suited to a permanent Palace of Science and Art. These, as addressed to the architectural Student, are of the highest value, reminding him of all the conditions of his art—the Egyptian hypostyle, the Roman thermæ, or of the Arabian or Saracenic inventions. And though their expense has placed them beyond reach, they cannot fail to inspire and elevate the treatment of the reality. They at all events confer great obligations on the lovers of the Fine Arts, for the authors have evidently felt that, if one of the results to be expected from the proposed Exhibition may be to prove that the simplest object of ingenuity and skill should not be {13}devoid of some of the attractions of taste, the Building itself ought to be an illustration of that important principle.

"In another category of design, the authors have enthusiastically embraced the significant opportunity and purpose of the upcoming Exhibition, disregarding any concerns about cost. They have unleashed their creativity and utilized their knowledge and skills to create designs that showcase the utmost grandeur and beauty of architecture, fitting for a permanent Palace of Science and Art. These designs, aimed at architectural students, hold immense value, reminding them of all aspects of their craft—the Egyptian hypostyle, the Roman baths, or the inventions of the Arabian or Saracenic styles. Although their costs are prohibitive, they undoubtedly inspire and enhance the actual execution. In any case, they impose significant expectations on enthusiasts of the Fine Arts, as the authors clearly believe that if one of the expected outcomes of the proposed Exhibition is to demonstrate that even the simplest displays of ingenuity and skill should possess some elements of aesthetic appeal, the Building itself must exemplify that crucial principle."

"The Committee, however, have been unable to select any one design as combining all the requisites which various considerations render essential. But the judgment and taste evinced by a large number of the contributors have enabled the Committee to arrive more promptly at their conclusions, and they have freely availed themselves of most valuable suggestions in directing the preparation of a fresh design for the proposed building.

"The Committee, however, has been unable to choose a single design that meets all the requirements made essential by various considerations. But the judgment and taste displayed by many of the contributors have helped the Committee reach their conclusions more quickly, and they have made good use of several valuable suggestions in guiding the creation of a new design for the proposed building."

"They have consequently been most earnest in the desire to fulfil the just expectations of the various competitors, and feel assured that your Royal Highness and the Commission will be of opinion that the most unreserved and handsome acknowledgments are due to those able men of science and art who have in so disinterested a manner submitted such admirable projects for the consideration and assistance of the Committee. They beg, therefore, to submit, as their opinion, that the following gentlemen are entitled to honourable and favourable mention, on account of architectural merit, ingenious construction or disposition, or for graceful arrangement of plan.

"They have therefore been very dedicated to meeting the fair expectations of the various competitors and are confident that your Royal Highness and the Commission will agree that generous and sincere recognition is owed to the talented individuals in science and art who have selflessly presented such excellent projects for the Committee's consideration and support. They would like to propose that the following gentlemen deserve honorable and positive recognition due to their architectural excellence, clever design, or elegant layout of their plans."

"And they cannot conclude without calling attention to the designs, accompanied by models, of M. Hector Horeau, Architect of Paris, and of Messrs. Turner, of Dublin, as evincing most daring and ingenious disposition and construction.[1]

"And they can't finish without highlighting the designs, along with models, from M. Hector Horeau, Architect of Paris, and from Messrs. Turner, of Dublin, which show the most bold and creative arrangement and construction.[1]

"W. Cubitt, Chairman."

"W. Cubitt, Chair."

Some of the strongest objections to this Report are very fairly urged in a letter which appeared in the Builder of the 15th of June, a part of which is subjoined:—

Some of the strongest objections to this Report are rightly expressed in a letter that appeared in the Builder on June 15th, part of which is included here:—

"Part II. of the Report contains what I suppose is to be taken as the best exposition of the merits of contributors that the Committee can give, which commences by stating, in a tone of commendation, that, 'not confining themselves to SUGGESTIONS ONLY, which were invited by the PROGRAMME, a large proportion of them are remarkable for elaboration of thought and elegance of execution.' This, I would contend, is clearly a breach of the specified conditions, viz., that SUGGESTIONS ONLY were to be given—that the plan or drawing sent in was to be A MERE OUTLINE SKETCH, upon a SINGLE SHEET; and the Committee even recommended that it would be most convenient merely to trace it upon the common paper on which the 'plan of site' was supplied to the public, a space being left upon the sheet for SKETCHING any sections or elevations that might be necessary to illustrate the design; and that a written description, limited also to 'a single sheet,' was all the exposition of their ideas that authors would be {14}allowed to give. The Report goes on to state, that 'our illustrious continental neighbours have especially distinguished themselves [in designing a temporary building for an exhibition] by compositions of the utmost taste and learning, worthy of enduring execution—examples of what might be done in the ARCHITECTURAL illustration of the subject [the conditions strictly enjoined contributors not to enter into architectural detail] when viewed in its highest aspect, and, at all events, exhibiting features of grandeur, arrangement, and grace which your Committee have not failed to appreciate.' It then places in contradistinction to these no doubt admirable but out-of-place productions of architectural genius, the 'practical character of the designs of our own countrymen,' which it states, 'as might have been expected, has been remarkably illustrated in some very striking and simple methods, suited to the temporary purposes of the building, due attention having been paid by them to the pecuniary means allotted to this part of the undertaking.' Yet, notwithstanding this comparison, clearly and indisputably in favour of our own countrymen, as regards the object sought and the conditions stipulated by the Committee, we find by the selected list of those authors who are to receive 'the highest honorary distinction' the Commissioners can award, that the Committee can only discover, out of 195 English and 38 foreign contributors, THREE Englishmen entitled to reward, the remaining FIFTEEN out of the eighteen selected being foreigners; or, as regards the whole numbers, in proportion of 1 to 65 of 'our own countrymen,' the authors of the 'striking and simple,' so admirably 'suited to the temporary purpose of the building,' and 1 to about 2½ of foreigners, who, in designing for a temporary building, to be simple, cheap, and readily constructed, have so overshot the mark as to produce 'compositions' commendable only for the 'utmost taste and learning, and worthy of enduring execution.' Surely something must be wrong here, either the Report or the selected list—possibly both.

"Part II of the Report contains what I assume is intended to be the best presentation of the contributors' merits that the Committee can provide. It begins by commendably stating that 'not limiting themselves to SUGGESTIONS ONLY, which were invited by the PROGRAM , a large portion of them stand out for their depth of thought and elegance in execution.' I argue that this clearly violates the specified conditions, which stated that only SUGGESTIONS ONLY were to be provided—that the plan or drawing submitted should be A simple outline sketch, on a SINGLE PAGE; and the Committee even suggested that it would be most convenient to simply trace it on the common paper supplied for the 'plan of site,' with space left on the sheet for Drawing any necessary sections or elevations to illustrate the design; and that a written description, also limited to 'a single sheet,' was all that authors were allowed to use to express their ideas. The Report continues by stating that 'our esteemed continental neighbors have particularly excelled [in designing a temporary building for an exhibition] with compositions of the highest taste and scholarly merit, deserving of lasting execution—examples of what might be achieved in the ARCHITECTURE illustration of the subject [the conditions strictly required contributors not to delve into architectural detail] viewed in its best light, and, in any case, demonstrating grandeur, arrangement, and grace that your Committee has appreciated.' It then contrasts these undoubtedly admirable but inappropriate architectural creations with the 'practical nature of the designs from our own countrymen,' which it notes, 'as expected, have been strikingly illustrated in very simple methods, fitting for the temporary needs of the building, with careful consideration of the available budget for this aspect of the project.' Yet, despite this comparison clearly favoring our own countrymen regarding the intended goal and the conditions set by the Committee, we discover from the selected list of authors receiving 'the highest honorary distinction' the Commissioners can offer, that the Committee can only find, out of 195 English and 38 foreign contributors, THREE Englishmen deserving of recognition, while the remaining Fifteen out of the eighteen chosen are foreigners; or, considering the overall numbers, a ratio of 1 to 65 for 'our own countrymen,' the authors of the 'striking and simple,' so well 'suited to the temporary purpose of the building,' and 1 to about 2½ for foreigners, who, in designing for a temporary building that should be simple, inexpensive, and easily constructed, have gone so far off the mark as to create 'compositions' praised only for their 'utmost taste and learning, and worthy of lasting execution.' Surely something is amiss here, either in the Report or the selected list—perhaps both."

"In conclusion, I cannot help avowing the opinion that a wrong, though I believe unintentionally, has been done to many of the 233 who so readily and 'generously' responded to the call for their ideas; more particularly as I know, from personal inspection, that at least ONE of the plans altogether omitted from the Report contains FIVE of the leading features of the approved design."

"In conclusion, I have to admit that I believe a mistake, although I think it was unintentional, has been made against many of the 233 who so willingly and 'generously' shared their ideas; especially since I know, from personal observation, that at least ONE of the plans that was completely left out of the Report includes FIVE of the key features of the approved design."

But to judge of this matter fairly, it must be mentioned that, although the number of foreign competitors was small, the majority of them were men already well known for their talents and professional skill; in all cases their designs evinced considerable study of the subject (both architecturally and in a practical point of view), and manifested a desire to exhibit to English professional men the proficiency of their continental brethren. On the other hand, many of the designs from the competitors at home were much slighter suggestions presented in a less elaborate form. Under these {15}circumstances, it is not to be wondered at that those eminent men of the technical professions who, on this occasion, came forward with practical suggestions for the assistance of the Committee, and designs calculated rather to assist with thoughts than to charm by the graces of elegant drawing or symmetrical disposition, should seem to have been found wanting in this first trial with all the world. It should further be borne in mind, that the nature of competitions is not so well understood in some foreign countries, where they are of less frequent occurrence, than with us. It must at the same time be admitted that the practice of disregarding and exceeding the instructions in competitions is too much a matter of general complaint in England to be brought forward as a new grievance against our continental brethren.

But to judge this matter fairly, it should be noted that, although there were few foreign competitors, most of them were already well-known for their skills and expertise; in all cases, their designs showed considerable study of the subject (both architecturally and practically) and demonstrated a desire to show English professionals the proficiency of their European counterparts. On the other hand, many of the designs from local competitors were much simpler ideas presented in a less detailed form. Given these {15} circumstances, it’s not surprising that those leading professionals who offered practical suggestions to the Committee, and designs that were more about ideas than the elegance of drawing or symmetrical arrangements, seemed to fall short in this first competition on a global stage. It should also be remembered that the concept of competitions is not as well understood in some foreign countries, where they happen less frequently, as it is here. At the same time, it's important to acknowledge that the tendency to ignore and exceed instructions in competitions is a common complaint in England and shouldn't be presented as a new issue against our European competitors.

After the publication of the above Report, the competition designs were all exhibited in the rooms of the Institution of Civil Engineers, in Great George-street, which were liberally placed at the disposal of the Committee for this purpose; and of those who visited this interesting exhibition, many, no doubt, must have sympathised with those feelings which dictated the decision of the Committee. From an attentive examination of these designs, presenting the subject in such exceedingly varied forms, one of the peculiar difficulties of the case becomes apparent, namely, the total absence of any precedent to guide or afford suggestions to the designer; for the small number of buildings erected or adapted for a similar purpose have been on so limited a scale that their example could not afford much assistance in designing a structure to meet all the requirements of the present case. This building differed from all previous ones in being intended to accommodate the products of all nations, instead of being confined to those of one only; in which case the arrangement would have been more certain and more readily provided for.

After the publication of the above Report, the competition designs were all displayed in the rooms of the Institution of Civil Engineers on Great George Street, which were generously made available to the Committee for this purpose. Many of those who visited this fascinating exhibition likely empathized with the feelings that led to the Committee's decision. A close look at these designs, which presented the subject in a wide variety of forms, reveals one of the unique challenges of the situation: the complete lack of any precedent to guide or offer suggestions to the designer. The few buildings constructed or adapted for a similar purpose have been on such a small scale that their examples provided limited assistance in designing a structure that meets all the requirements of this case. This building is different from all previous ones because it is meant to accommodate products from all nations, rather than being limited to just one; in that scenario, the arrangement would have been more certain and easier to plan.

Buildings used for previous Exhibitions.

AS a comparison of some of these earlier buildings with the first erected in London for a similar purpose cannot fail to be interesting, a short notice of them may not be deemed out of place. The most important amongst them are those temporary structures which have been erected in Paris for the periodical Industrial Expositions, with reference to the last of which we cannot do better than quote, from Mr. Digby Wyatt's instructive and masterly Report, that part where the building is treated of:—

AS comparing some of these earlier buildings to the first ones built in London for a similar purpose is definitely interesting, so a brief overview of them might be relevant. The most significant of these are the temporary structures that have been built in Paris for the periodic Industrial Expositions. To refer to the last one, we can do no better than quote from Mr. Digby Wyatt's insightful and impressive Report, specifically the section about the building:—

"The vast edifice which has been erected to contain the specimens of manufacture selected for exhibition in the year 1849 is situated on the same site as that occupied by a similar building in the year 1844. The Carré {16}de Marigny, on which it has been placed, is a large oblong piece of ground, abutting on the main avenue of the Champs Elysées, and as a site offers every possible advantage, being of a gravelly soil, already efficiently drained, and standing on the line of a continually moving series of public conveyances. The Champs Elysées, though at some considerable distance from the great centre of Parisian population, are still so universal a place of resort, that they may be fairly assumed to be "in the way" of even the poorest classes of the community. The elevation may be admirably seen from all the approaches to the building, and it has the advantage of being in immediate proximity to the residence of the President of the Republic.

"The large building that was created to hold the manufacturing samples selected for exhibition in 1849 is located on the same site as a similar structure from 1844. The Carré {16}de Marigny, where it sits, is a big rectangular piece of land next to the main avenue of the Champs Elysées. As a location, it offers every possible advantage, with gravelly soil that is already well-drained and positioned along a continuously moving line of public transportation. The Champs Elysées, while somewhat far from the main part of Paris, are still such a popular spot that they can be considered "on the way" for even the poorest members of the community. The elevation can be easily seen from all approaches to the building, and it is conveniently located near the residence of the President of the Republic."

PLAN OF THE BUILDING FOR THE FRENCH EXPOSITION IN 1849.

FLOOR PLAN OF THE BUILDING FOR THE FRENCH EXHIBITION IN 1849.

PLAN OF THE BUILDING FOR THE FRENCH     EXPOSITION IN 1849.
1. Cattle-shed.
2. Machinery.
3. Chemical Products.
4. Metal Works.
5. Productions of Parisian
 Industry.
6. Horticulture.
7. Woven Goods.
08. Principal Entrance.
09. Guard-house.
10. Fountain.
11. Reservoir of Rain Water.
{17}
VIEW OF THE PRINCIPAL ENTRANCE.

VIEW OF THE PRINCIPAL ENTRANCE.

VIEW OF THE MAIN ENTRANCE.

"The whole plot of the present building (exclusive of the agricultural department) covers a vast parallelogram of 206 metres by 100 (about 675 by 328 feet English), round the outline of which runs a gallery about 90 feet wide, divided into two avenues by a double range of pilasters. In the centre of each avenue is a set of stalls, placed back to back, for the exhibition of merchandise; and both between the central pilasters, and round, and upon the walls, other objects are placed, so that on traversing either of the four gangways (each about ten feet wide) the public have upon their right and left hands objects for inspection. In the part of the building appropriated to large machinery, of course this system cannot be carried out with the same regularity. The vast parallelogram, inclosed by a somewhat similar gallery in the year 1844, was left as one magnificent hall, within which were placed the most important objects; in the present building we find it divided by two transverse galleries, similarly arranged to those we have described, forming three court-yards; the central one being about 140 feet square, and the two lateral ones 80 feet by 140. The central court-yard is open to the sky; in the middle rises an elegant fountain placed on a platform of turf, and around are disposed sheds for the exhibition of flowers and horticultural ornaments and implements. One of the lateral courts (inclosed) receives a large collection of objects in metal-work, cast-iron, &c., and the other contains an immense reservoir, in which all the drainage from the roofs is collected, so as to form a supply of water immediately serviceable in case of fire. In addition to this great building, which corresponds with that previously erected, there is this year constructed a vast shed for the exhibition of agricultural produce and stock. It extends to a length rather greater than the width of the great parallelogram, and is about 100 feet (English) wide. Its construction is {18}ruder than that of the 'Palace,' but it is not on that account less effective. It appears to have been originally contemplated to fill the whole of this gigantic hall with cattle, &c., and to place the agricultural implements in a long narrow gallery intervening between it and the main building; but as the stock of animals forwarded for exhibition has not proved so large as was anticipated, it has been half-filled with semi-agricultural machines, and the whole of the long narrow gallery alluded to crammed with stoves, and miscellaneous domestic mechanism.

The entire area of the current building (excluding the agricultural section) spans a large parallelogram measuring 206 meters by 100 meters (about 675 by 328 feet), surrounded by a gallery approximately 90 feet wide, split into two pathways by a double row of columns. In the center of each pathway are back-to-back stalls for showcasing merchandise, and various items are displayed between the central columns and along the walls, allowing visitors to see objects on both sides as they walk through the four aisles (each about ten feet wide). In the section dedicated to large machinery, this layout isn’t as easily maintained. The expansive parallelogram, enclosed by a similar gallery in 1844, was left as a grand hall for key exhibits; in the current building, it’s divided by two cross galleries, arranged like the previous ones, creating three courtyards, with the central one being about 140 feet square and the two side ones measuring 80 feet by 140 feet. The central courtyard is open to the sky and features a beautiful fountain on a grassy platform, surrounded by displays for flowers, horticultural ornaments, and tools. One of the enclosed side courtyards houses a large collection of metalwork and cast-iron items, while the other contains a massive reservoir that collects all the rooftop drainage to provide an immediate water supply in case of fire. Alongside this grand structure, similar to the one built before, a large shed has been constructed this year to showcase agricultural products and livestock. It is slightly longer than the width of the large parallelogram and about 100 feet wide. Its design is simpler than that of the 'Palace,' but it remains quite effective. It seems that the original plan was to fill this enormous hall with livestock and place the agricultural tools in a long, narrow gallery between it and the main building. However, since the number of animals sent for exhibition was less than expected, the space has been partially filled with semi-agricultural machinery, and the entire long, narrow gallery is packed with stoves and various household equipment.

"The whole of the building is constructed of wood, the roofs being covered with zinc: of the latter material 400,000 kilogrammes, equal to nearly 4,000 tons, are stated to have been used; and of the former, nearly 45,000 pieces of timber.

"The entire building is made of wood, with the roofs covered in zinc. It's reported that 400,000 kilograms, which is almost 4,000 tons, of zinc were used, along with nearly 45,000 pieces of timber."

"It is hoped that the accompanying plan and views will convey a tolerably good idea both of the exterior and interior arrangements of the Exhibition. They will serve to show, at least, that a somewhat unnecessary expenditure has been gone into, and to manifest the possibility of constructing a much more simple building, possessing all the advantages of this one, at a far less cost.

"It is hoped that the accompanying plan and views will provide a decent idea of both the exterior and interior arrangements of the Exhibition. They will demonstrate that a somewhat unnecessary amount of money has been spent and show the possibility of creating a much simpler building that offers all the advantages of this one, at a much lower cost."

"Both externally and internally there is a good deal of tasteless and unprofitable ornament; all the pilasters are papered and painted in a species of graining to imitate light oak, and even the ceiling is covered over with the same work. Large 'carton pierre' trusses apparently support the timbers, and a painted bronze bas-relief fills the tympanum of the pediment, at the principal entrance. The architecture of the whole is 'mesquin,' although the gigantic scale of the building necessarily elevates the general effect into something of impressiveness; not, however, to nearly the extent which the same outlay might have produced."

"Both outside and inside, there's a lot of tacky and pointless decoration; all the pilasters are covered and painted to look like light oak, and even the ceiling has the same treatment. Large 'carton pierre' trusses seem to hold up the beams, and a painted bronze relief fills the triangular space above the main entrance. The overall architecture is mediocre, even though the massive size of the building makes it somewhat impressive; however, it doesn’t achieve nearly the impact that the same investment could have created."

INTERIOR VIEW OF THE "PALACE."

INTERIOR VIEW OF THE "PALACE."

INSIDE VIEW OF THE "PALACE."

{19}
INTERIOR OF THE CATTLE-SHED.

INTERIOR OF THE CATTLE-SHED.

INSIDE THE CATTLE SHED.

Mr. Wyatt further states that the total cost of this building was about 450,000 francs, or about 18,000l., which, however, he considers was an unnecessarily large outlay. He mentions, also, that the building erected on the previous occasion, in 1844, was in some respects more suitable for the purpose, especially from its greater simplicity of arrangement, a remark it will be well to bear in mind in considering the various designs for the building in Hyde Park. The accompanying plates will enable the reader readily to follow all the details of the description.

Mr. Wyatt also mentions that the total cost of this building was about 450,000 francs, or about 18,000 l., which he believes was an unnecessarily large expense. He also points out that the building constructed previously, in 1844, was in some ways more suitable for the purpose, especially due to its simpler design, a point worth remembering when looking at the different designs for the building in Hyde Park. The accompanying plates will help the reader easily follow all the details of the description.

The permanent building erected by the King of Bavaria at Munich, likewise for periodical Exhibitions, is on a much smaller scale than those in Paris, and must be regarded rather as having afforded an opportunity for that manifestation of architectural display in public buildings for which its Royal projector was so well known, than as being peculiarly fitted for its purpose. It is divided internally into various halls for the different classes of objects; but as the proportion of these must necessarily vary at every Exhibition, such an arrangement cannot be deemed the most suitable for the purpose.

The permanent building built by the King of Bavaria in Munich, also for regular exhibitions, is much smaller than those in Paris and should be seen more as a chance to showcase architectural design in public buildings, which its Royal creator was famous for, rather than being particularly well-suited for its intended use. Inside, it’s divided into different halls for various types of exhibits; however, since the number of these exhibits will vary at each exhibition, this setup isn’t the most practical for the purpose.

At Berlin, where several Industrial Exhibitions have taken place, no distinct building has been provided, but some already existing one has been temporarily adapted and fitted up for the purpose; thus, on the last occasion, Kroll's Wintergarten, a large establishment for public amusement, which has been recently destroyed by fire, was made use of. The large central saloon, with the smaller ones flanking it, forming, in fact, one space 310 feet long, and 82 feet broad at the widest point, afforded a very good opportunity for the arrangement of the objects to be exhibited, some of which were placed in the gallery of the large saloon.

At Berlin, where several Industrial Exhibitions have happened, no specific building has been created, but an existing one has been temporarily adapted and set up for the occasion; for example, during the last event, Kroll's Conservatory, a large venue for public entertainment, which has since been destroyed by fire, was used. The large central hall, along with the smaller adjoining ones, created a combined space of 310 feet long and 82 feet wide at its broadest point, providing a great opportunity to arrange the exhibits, some of which were placed in the gallery of the large hall.

View of Kroll's Wintergarten at Berlin.

View of Kroll's Wintergarten at Berlin.

View of Kroll's Wintergarten in Berlin.

{20}

PLAN OF KROLL'S WINTERGARTEN, BERLIN.

KROLL'S WINTERGARTEN PLAN, BERLIN.

PLAN OF KROLL'S WINTERGARTEN, BERLIN.
1. Electric Telegraph.
2. Chemical Products.
3. Porcelain and Bronzes.
4. Machinery.
5. Hardware.
6. Zinc Works.
7· Plate and Jewellery.
8. Lithography.
9. Watches, &c.
10. Cutlery.
11. Scientific Instruments.
12. Bookbinding.
13. Embroidery.
14. Ornamental Blinds.
15. Silks and Velvets.
16. Furs.
17. Pianofortes.
18. Carriages.
19. Furniture.
20. Lamps, &c.
21. Turned Articles.
22. Woollen Fabrics.
23. Leather Articles.
24. Hats & Felt Articles.
25. Machinery.
26. Carriages.

On a previous occasion a part of the Royal Arsenal building was appropriated, and the Exhibition embraced two storeys.

On a previous occasion, part of the Royal Arsenal building was taken over, and the exhibition covered two floors.

In our own country, exhibitions of manufactures have taken place in several of the most important towns, generally in spaces only temporarily adapted; but in 1849 the first building in this country intended solely for the purpose of an exhibition of manufactures was erected at Birmingham, on the occasion of the meeting of the British Association in that town.

In our own country, showcases of products have occurred in several key towns, usually in spaces that were only temporarily set up; however, in 1849, the first building in this country designed specifically for the purpose of showcasing products was built in Birmingham, during the meeting of the British Association in that town.

VIEW OF THE BIRMINGHAM EXPOSITION     BUILDING.

VIEW OF THE BIRMINGHAM EXPOSITION BUILDING.

VIEW OF THE BIRMINGHAM EXPO BUILDING.

{21}

The building alluded to included a space extending to 10,000 square feet, and a corridor, giving additional accommodation of 800 square feet, connected the temporary exhibition-room with Bingley-house, within the grounds of which the building was erected; and including the rooms of the old mansion, the total area covered by the Exhibition was equal to 12,800 feet, or only about one-seventeenth of the area covered by the last building erected in the Champs Elysées. The cost of this building was about 1,300l. It was opened to the public on the 3rd of September, 1849.

The building mentioned had a space of 10,000 square feet, and a corridor that added another 800 square feet, connecting the temporary exhibition room with Bingley house, where the building was located. Including the rooms of the old mansion, the total area of the Exhibition was 12,800 square feet, which was only about one-seventeenth of the area taken up by the last building built in the Champs Elysées. The cost of this building was about 1,300l. It opened to the public on September 3, 1849.

In most of the buildings alluded to above, the principal defect seemed to be that a definite and fixed subdivision of space was made for a classification of objects which was necessarily uncertain. This appears to have determined the Committee in the arrangement of the plan which they presented in a general form to the Royal Commission at the same time with the Report already quoted; and although the design was slightly modified during the progress of the working-drawings subsequently made, this is, perhaps, the best place for introducing a description of it.

In most of the buildings mentioned above, the main issue seemed to be that a clear and permanent layout was created for organizing items that were inherently unpredictable. This seems to have influenced the Committee in the design of the plan they submitted in general form to the Royal Commission alongside the previously quoted Report; and although the design underwent minor changes during the development of the working drawings made later, this is probably the best point to include a description of it.

It has been already mentioned that at the time the Committee received the competition designs, they obtained the assistance of Mr. Digby Wyatt, the secretary to the Executive Committee, to aid them in the preparation of drawings, although Mr. Scott Russell officially filled the post of secretary to the Building Committee. At a somewhat later stage of the Committee's proceedings, when the general design for the proposed building had been approved by the Royal Commission, and it became necessary to prepare working drawings for the same with extraordinary despatch, Mr. Charles Heard Wild, as engineer, and Mr. Owen Jones, as architect, were appointed to co-operate with Mr. Wyatt in carrying out this object.

It has already been mentioned that when the Committee received the competition designs, they got help from Mr. Digby Wyatt, the secretary to the Executive Committee, to assist them in preparing drawings, even though Mr. Scott Russell officially held the position of secretary to the Building Committee. At a later stage in the Committee's work, after the Royal Commission approved the overall design for the proposed building, it became essential to quickly prepare working drawings for it. Mr. Charles Heard Wild was appointed as the engineer, and Mr. Owen Jones as the architect, to work alongside Mr. Wyatt to achieve this goal.

Description of the Building Committee's     Design.

THE site to have been occupied by the building designed by the Committee was the same as that on which the building has been actually erected, namely between Rotten-row and the drive in Hyde Park, but the area proposed to be covered was somewhat larger, the length of the building being about 2,200 feet, and the greatest width nearly 450 feet. The central space was occupied by an immense rotunda 200 feet in diameter, the cupola rising to a height of more than 160 feet, and exceeding the span of that of St. Peter's at Rome by 61 feet, and of St. Paul's in London by 88 feet. The dome for covering this rotunda consisted of wrought-iron ribs, supporting a covering of corrugated iron, the whole resting on a wall or drum of brickwork, about 60 feet high; a large opening in the centre was to be glazed for the admission of light.

TTHE site where the building proposed by the Committee was meant to be located is the same as where it was actually built, specifically between Rotten-row and the drive in Hyde Park. However, the area intended to be covered was slightly larger, with the building measuring about 2,200 feet in length and nearly 450 feet in width at its widest point. The central area featured a huge rotunda that was 200 feet in diameter, with a dome rising to over 160 feet, surpassing the span of St. Peter's in Rome by 61 feet and St. Paul's in London by 88 feet. The dome covering this rotunda was made of wrought-iron ribs supporting a layer of corrugated iron, all resting on a brick wall or drum approximately 60 feet high. There was also a large opening in the center that was intended to be glazed to let in light.

{22}

This large open area was intended for the exhibition of groups of sculpture, fountains, and other objects requiring great space in order to be seen to advantage; at the same time the cupola would have presented a striking instance of the constructive skill of this country.

This expansive open area was meant for showcasing groups of sculptures, fountains, and other items that needed plenty of space to be appreciated; at the same time, the dome would have been a remarkable example of the building expertise in this country.

The remaining area of the building was divided into avenues 48 feet wide, by iron columns 24 feet apart, this dimension having been determined on as that most likely to work in well for the division of the counters and passages. One of the 48-feet avenues on the main axis of the building was spanned by semicircular ribs of wrought iron supporting the roof, which rose here to a greater height than the rest of the building; the other avenues were covered with roofing very similar to that commonly seen in railway-sheds, the whole being rendered as light as possible, and constructed in iron covered with slating; the light being in all cases admitted by a range of sky-lights at the apex of the roof, which was also adapted for ventilation. The height of the main avenue was 52 feet, and of the others 36 feet, from the floor throughout. A corridor of communication 15 feet wide was carried round the whole of the building, interrupted only by the open courts; this, with the main avenue, afforded the visitor to the Exhibition the means of reaching any particular point without threading a maze of small passages. The inclosing walls were to be of brick, relieved externally by panels in two colours; but there were to be no internal division walls except those necessary to surround the various courts which were left on account of the trees.

The remaining area of the building was divided into 48-foot-wide aisles, separated by iron columns spaced 24 feet apart, a size that was chosen as most effective for arranging the counters and pathways. One of the 48-foot aisles along the main axis of the building was supported by semicircular wrought iron ribs holding up the roof, which rose higher here than in the rest of the building. The other aisles were covered with roofing similar to that found in train stations, designed to be as light as possible and made of iron topped with slate. Natural light came from a row of skylights at the peak of the roof, which also allowed for ventilation. The height of the main aisle was 52 feet, while the others were 36 feet, measured from the floor. A 15-foot-wide corridor wrapped around the entire building, only interrupted by open courts; this, along with the main aisle, allowed visitors to the Exhibition to access any particular area without navigating through a confusing network of small passages. The enclosing walls were to be made of brick, featuring exterior panels in two colors; however, there would be no internal walls except those needed to enclose the various courts that were preserved due to the trees.

The executive offices were grouped on either side of the principal entrance, which was placed immediately opposite Prince's Gate; and at this, as well as at the entrances at either end and on the north front, large arched recesses were introduced which served as vestibules, and formed at the same time prominent and striking features to relieve the necessarily monotonous aspect of the building. Along the whole of the principal front and at the ends of the building a pent or overhanging roof projected about 15 feet, to enable visitors in bad weather to be set down under cover, and the exit-doors, of which there were altogether 24, were further protected by porches.

The executive offices were located on both sides of the main entrance, directly across from Prince's Gate. Large arched recesses served as vestibules at this entrance, as well as at the entrances at each end and on the north side, providing a striking feature to break up the otherwise plain look of the building. The entire main front and the ends of the building had a pent or overhanging roof that extended about 15 feet, allowing visitors to be dropped off under cover during bad weather, and the exit doors, totaling 24, were further sheltered by porches.

The water was to be conveyed from the roof through the columns which supported it, and which were for this purpose connected with the necessary drain-pipes, &c.

The water was supposed to flow from the roof through the columns that supported it, which were connected to the necessary drain pipes, etc.

Very ample accommodation was provided for refreshments in the open courts which were necessarily left for the preservation of the trees, particularly in that at the western end of the building, where there was proposed to be placed a large establishment, comprising two storeys, with somewhat the arrangement of the French cafés, including a fine saloon on the first floor, upwards of thirty feet wide and nearly one hundred feet long; separate spaces were also provided for the accommodation of exhibitors. This was the only part of the building, with the exception of the executive offices, which was to have an upper storey.

Very spacious areas were set up for refreshments in the open courts, which were kept to preserve the trees, especially in the one at the western end of the building. There, a large establishment was planned that would have two stories, somewhat like the layout of French cafés, including a lovely lounge on the first floor that was more than thirty feet wide and nearly one hundred feet long. Separate areas were also created for the exhibitors. This was the only part of the building, aside from the executive offices, that was going to have an upper story.

GROUND PLAN OF THE BUILDING COMMITTEE'S DESIGN.

FLOOR PLAN OF THE BUILDING COMMITTEE'S DESIGN.

GROUND PLAN OF THE BUILDING COMMITTEE'S     DESIGN.
1. Machinery in Motion.
2. Other Machinery.
3. Seats for Visitors.
4. Refreshment Courts.
5. Raw Materials.
6. Manufactures.
7. Sculpture and the Plastic Arts.
8. Small Court.
09. The Rotunda.
10. Principal Entrance and
 Executive Offices.
11. The Other Entrances.
12. The Drive in the Park.
13. The Kensington Road.
14. The Queen's Private Road.
{23}

An objection might, perhaps, be raised to this part of the building, that it was too commodious, and that there might be some danger of its being converted into a lounge, while it was occupying too much of the space intended for the Exhibition, for a secondary, though certainly necessary purpose; it was, however, considered by the Committee, that of the vast number of visitors that might be expected to be in the building at one time, so many would avail themselves of the accommodation provided as to render a less amount undesirable. The principal courts were surrounded by a covered way, where refreshments were also to be served at long counters, in the manner of the railway-stations.

An objection might be raised about this part of the building, suggesting that it was too spacious and that there was a risk of it being turned into a lounge, taking up too much of the space meant for the Exhibition for a secondary, though definitely necessary, purpose. However, the Committee believed that given the large number of visitors expected to be in the building at one time, many would take advantage of the accommodations provided, making a smaller amount undesirable. The main courts were surrounded by a covered walkway, where refreshments would also be served at long counters, similar to those in train stations.

All these arrangements will readily be understood by a reference to the plan of the design we have been describing, which plan, together with a view taken from the south-east angle of the building, will place before the reader the result of the labours of the Committee. The materials proposed for the construction of this building were fire-proof throughout, with the exception of the floor and its supporting timbers.

All these arrangements can easily be understood by looking at the design plan we've been discussing. This plan, along with a view from the southeast corner of the building, will show the reader the outcome of the Committee's work. The materials suggested for building this structure were fireproof overall, except for the floor and its supporting timbers.

The above design, at least in all its leading features, for some of the details were subsequently added, was laid before the Royal Commission, at the same time with the Report already quoted, and was by them approved, and the Committee proceeded to prepare the necessary working-drawings and specifications for the execution of the work. These proceedings of the Committee occupied until the 24th of June, when large lithographed copies of the most important of the drawings, together with printed copies of the specifications and other details, were issued from the offices of the Executive, contractors having been some time previously invited by public advertisement to send in tenders for the execution of either a part or the whole of the work. The tenders were to be on two systems, one on the supposition that the Royal Commission were to become the bona fide purchasers of the building; the other, that the contractors were to erect and maintain the building during the time of the Exhibition, after which they were to remove it and take back the materials at their own risk, receiving a proportionably diminished sum.

The design above, at least in its main aspects, for some details were added later, was presented to the Royal Commission, along with the previously mentioned Report, and it was approved by them. The Committee then began preparing the necessary working drawings and specifications for the project's execution. These efforts took until June 24th, when large lithographed copies of the most important drawings, along with printed copies of the specifications and other details, were released from the Executive's offices. Contractors had been invited some time earlier through a public advertisement to submit bids for completing either part or all of the work. The bids were to be based on two scenarios: one assuming that the Royal Commission would become the bona fide buyers of the building; the other where the contractors would build and maintain the structure during the Exhibition, after which they would dismantle it and reclaim the materials at their own risk for a proportionally reduced payment.

It has been considered necessary to describe thus minutely the labours of the Committee and the design in which they resulted, in order to show how far it paved the way for that which was subsequently adopted, and to give them that credit which they undoubtedly deserve for devoting so much of their valuable time for the furtherance of a great public undertaking.

It’s important to detail the work of the Committee and the design that came from it to illustrate how much it contributed to what was later adopted and to give them the recognition they truly deserve for dedicating so much of their valuable time to advancing a significant public project.

{24}
Opposition to this Design.

THE design of the Building Committee, when published to the world, met with anything but public approbation; some of the objectors called in question the practicability of the execution of the enormous dome, at least within the time assigned; others complained that the outlay would be unnecessarily large for a purpose avowedly temporary, and expressed their fears that so costly a structure once erected, there would be the less probability of its subsequent removal; but the objection which appeared to have most weight with the public at large was, the great amount of solid brick construction in the walls, &c., which, it was urged, would require a longer time than could be allowed for their erection, and that the carting of the materials would cause serious injury in the Park and the surrounding neighbourhood. This strong current of objection seemed to bid fair to overwhelm the much-abused design. To increase the difficulties which seemed to gather round the progress of this noble undertaking, an exceedingly vexatious and factious agitation was got up in opposition to the proposed site in Hyde Park, and petitions and counter-petitions were presented to both Houses of Parliament, and much of the time of the Legislature was wasted in fruitless discussion on the subject. The Building Committee thought it desirable, under these circumstances, to lay before the public their reasons for recommending the site in the Park, and therefore issued a memorandum of the grounds on which it had been selected.[2] The result was, that the opposition was defeated in the Legislature, and finally crushed by the force of public opinion.

TThe design from the Building Committee, when revealed to the public, received anything but positive feedback; some critics questioned whether the execution of the massive dome could be completed in the given timeframe, while others argued that the costs would be unreasonably high for what was openly intended to be a temporary project. They feared that once such an expensive structure was built, it would be less likely to be taken down afterward. However, the main concern for the general public appeared to be the significant amount of solid brickwork in the walls, which was believed to require more time than permitted for construction, and that transporting the materials would severely damage the Park and the nearby area. This strong wave of opposition threatened to overwhelm the already criticized design. To make matters worse, a frustrating and contentious campaign arose against the proposed location in Hyde Park, leading to petitions and counter-petitions presented to both Houses of Parliament, which resulted in much wasted time in the Legislature on unproductive debates about the issue. The Building Committee felt it was necessary to share their reasons for choosing the site in the Park, so they released a memorandum outlining the rationale behind their decision.[2] Ultimately, the opposition was defeated in the Legislature and was finally silenced by the strength of public opinion.

The Tenders.

IN the mean time the competing contractors had been obliged to strain every nerve to get their tenders ready by the 10th of July, when, altogether, nineteen were sent in, but eight only were for undertaking the whole of the work; the amounts of these are stated to have ranged between 150,000l. and 120,000l., and this for the use only of the materials for the building. But, at the same time, in accordance with the recommendation and invitation contained in the last part of the Report already quoted, Messrs. Fox, Henderson and Co. presented a tender upon a design entirely different in construction and appearance, though resembling that of the Committee in the general arrangement of the plan.

IIn the meantime, the competing contractors had to push themselves to get their bids ready by July 10th. A total of nineteen bids were submitted, but only eight were for completing the entire project; the prices for these ranged from £150,000 to £120,000, just for the materials needed for construction. At the same time, following the recommendations in the last part of the previously mentioned Report, Messrs. Fox, Henderson and Co. submitted a bid based on a design that was completely different in structure and appearance, although it had some similarities to the Committee’s plan in terms of general layout.

Exterior View of the Building     Committee's Design

Exterior View of the Building Committee's Design

Exterior View of the Building Committee's Design

{25}

This design was by Mr. Joseph Paxton, and resembled in its general form the building as it is now executed, with the exception of the transept and semicircular roof, which were subsequently added, and were suggested by Mr. Barry.

This design was by Mr. Joseph Paxton and looked pretty much like the building as it exists now, except for the transept and semicircular roof, which were added later at the suggestion of Mr. Barry.

The result of the tenders appears to have been unfavourable to the Committee's design; and in their Report to the Royal Commission on the subject, made a few days afterwards, they proposed to omit the great dome and some portions of the design which were not essential, by which they considered that the cost of its execution might be reduced below 100,000l.; at the same time, they made special mention of Mr. Paxton's design, which, however, they considered would prove more expensive.

The results of the bids seem to have been disappointing for the Committee's plan, and in their report to the Royal Commission on the topic, made a few days later, they suggested leaving out the large dome and some non-essential parts of the design, which they believed would lower the execution cost to below 100,000l.. At the same time, they specifically noted Mr. Paxton's design, which they thought would be more costly.

Mr. Paxton's design had been brought before the public before this period; for, considering that his best road to success would be to get a favourable verdict from that many-headed jury, he published a view and description of it in the Illustrated News, and, through the influence of Mr. Stephenson, he got his plans laid before the Royal Commission, in consequence of which he obtained an interview with his Royal Highness the President. The encouragement given him by the attention bestowed upon his design by the Royal Commission, and the favourable opinion of the public, had determined him to procure a tender for the execution of the work, to be sent in with those upon the Committee's design. This he was enabled to do by the great energy and promptitude of the contractors, Messrs. Fox and Henderson, to whom he applied at the eleventh hour. The difficulties that had to be overcome, owing to the shortness of the time remaining for the estimates to be made up, can scarcely be better laid before the reader than they have been by an able writer in "Household Words:"—

Mr. Paxton's design had already been presented to the public before this time; recognizing that winning over public opinion was crucial for his success, he published a description and illustration of it in the Illustrated News. With Mr. Stephenson's support, he was able to present his plans to the Royal Commission, which led to an interview with his Royal Highness, the President. The encouragement he received from the Royal Commission's attention to his design, along with positive public feedback, motivated him to submit a tender for the project's execution alongside those based on the Committee's design. He managed to do this thanks to the remarkable energy and promptness of the contractors, Messrs. Fox and Henderson, whom he approached at the last possible moment. The challenges he faced due to the limited time available for preparing the estimates are best outlined by an insightful writer in "Household Words":—

"It was now Saturday, and only a few days more were allowed for receiving tenders. Yet before an approximate estimate of expense could be formed, the great glass-manufacturers and iron-masters of the north had to be consulted. This happened to be dies mirabilis the third; for it was the identical Saturday on which the Sunday postal question had reached its crisis, and there was to be no delivery the next day! But in a country of electric telegraphs, and of indomitable energy, time and difficulties are annihilated; and it is not the least of the marvels wrought in connexion with the great edifice that, by aid of railway-parcels and the electric telegraph, not only did all the gentlemen summoned out of Warwickshire and Staffordshire appear on Monday morning at Messrs. Fox and Henderson's office, in Spring Gardens, London, to contribute their several estimates to the tender for the whole, but within a week the contractors had prepared every detailed working-drawing, and had calculated the cost of every pound of iron, of every inch of wood, and of every pane of glass.

It was Saturday now, and only a few days were left to submit bids. But before they could come up with a rough estimate of costs, they needed to consult the major glass manufacturers and iron producers from the north. This was dies mirabilis the third; it was the same Saturday when the Sunday mail issue reached its peak, and there would be no deliveries the following day! However, in a country equipped with electric telegraphs and relentless energy, time and challenges are easily overcome. One of the remarkable things about the construction project is that, thanks to railway parcels and the electric telegraph, all the gentlemen called from Warwickshire and Staffordshire showed up on Monday morning at Messrs. Fox and Henderson's office in Spring Gardens, London, to provide their estimates for the entire project. Within a week, the contractors had prepared every detailed working drawing and calculated the cost of every pound of iron, every inch of wood, and every pane of glass.

"There is no one circumstance in the history of the manufacturing enterprise of the English nation which places in so strong a light as this {26}its boundless resources in materials, to say nothing of the arithmetical skill in computing at what cost and in how short a time those materials could be converted to a special purpose. What was done in those few days? Two parties in London, relying on the accuracy and good faith of certain iron-masters, glass-workers in the provinces, and of one master-carpenter in London, bound themselves for a certain sum of money, and in the course of some four months, to cover eighteen acres of ground with a building upwards of a third of a mile long, and some four hundred and fifty feet broad. In order to do this, the glass-maker promised to supply, in the required time, nine hundred thousand square feet of glass (weighing more than four hundred tons), in separate panes, and these the largest that ever were made of sheet glass; each being forty-nine inches long. The iron-master passed his word in like manner to cast in due time three thousand three hundred iron columns, varying from fourteen feet and a half to twenty feet in length: thirty-four miles of guttering-tube, to join every individual column together under the ground; two thousand two hundred and twenty-four girders (but some of these are of wrought iron); besides eleven hundred and twenty-eight bearers for supporting galleries. The carpenter undertook to get ready within the specified period two hundred and five MILES of sash-bar, flooring for an area of thirty-three millions of cubic feet, besides enormous quantities of wooden walling, louvre-work, and partition.[3]

There’s no point in the history of England’s manufacturing industry that showcases its vast resources in materials quite like this {26}. Not to mention the impressive ability to calculate the costs and speed at which these materials could be turned into specific products. What happened in those few days? Two groups in London, trusting the reliability and honesty of a few ironworkers, glass manufacturers from the provinces, and one carpenter in London, committed themselves to a substantial sum of money. Over about four months, they built a structure covering eighteen acres, stretching over a third of a mile long and about four hundred and fifty feet wide. To accomplish this, the glass manufacturer promised to provide nine hundred thousand square feet of glass (weighing over four hundred tons), created in separate panes, the largest ever made of sheet glass at forty-nine inches long. The ironworker similarly guaranteed that he would produce three thousand three hundred iron columns, ranging from fourteen and a half to twenty feet in length; thirty-four miles of guttering-tube to connect each column underground; two thousand two hundred twenty-four girders (some made of wrought iron); and one thousand one hundred twenty-eight beams to support the galleries. The carpenter agreed to prepare two hundred and five MILES of sash-bar, flooring for an area of thirty-three million cubic feet, along with vast amounts of wood for walls, louvre-work, and partitions.[3]

"It is not till we reflect on the vast sums of money involved in transactions of this magnitude that we can form even a slight notion of the great, almost ruinous loss, a trifling arithmetical error would have occasioned, and of the boundless confidence the parties must have had in their resources and in the correctness of their computations. Nevertheless, it was one great merit in Mr. Paxton's original details of measurement that they were contrived to facilitate calculation.

"It’s only when we think about the huge amounts of money involved in transactions like this that we can understand the significant, almost catastrophic loss that a small math mistake could cause, and the immense trust the parties must have had in their resources and the accuracy of their calculations. Still, one of the main strengths of Mr. Paxton's original measurements was that they were designed to make calculations easier."

"There was little time for consideration, or for setting right a single mistake, were it ever so disastrous. On the prescribed day the tender was presented, with whatever imperfections it might have had, duly and irredeemably sealed. But after-checkings have divulged no material error."

"There wasn't much time for thinking things over or fixing even one mistake, no matter how bad it was. On the designated day, the tender was submitted, flaws and all, properly and permanently sealed. However, after reviewing, no significant errors were found."

The Royal Commission appear from the first to have been favourably impressed with Mr. Paxton's design, partly, no doubt, because its adoption would at once silence the great bricks-and-mortar objection to the occupation of the site in Hyde Park; and the result was that, on the 16th of July, Messrs. Fox and Henderson's tender of 79,800l. for Mr. Paxton's design was verbally accepted, and, as soon as the necessary arrangements could be made, the contract was formally concluded.

The Royal Commission seemed to be impressed with Mr. Paxton's design from the start, likely because adopting it would immediately address the major concern about building on the site in Hyde Park. As a result, on July 16th, Messrs. Fox and Henderson's bid of £79,800 for Mr. Paxton's design was verbally accepted, and once the necessary arrangements were made, the contract was officially finalized.

{27}
History of Mr. Paxton's Design.

AS Mr. Paxton himself has stated, the design for a building of such magnitude could not have been produced in so short a space of time without the aid of the experience he had gained in constructing other great buildings of a somewhat similar character; the progress of this experience Mr. Paxton has described in the lecture he delivered to the Society of Arts on the 13th of November, 1850, from which we have made the following extracts; and we hope to be excused by the reader for their copiousness, on the ground that no man can so well relate his own doings as the actor himself:—

AS Mr. Paxton himself has said that the design for such a large building couldn't have been completed in such a short time without the experience he gained from constructing other significant buildings that were somewhat similar. Mr. Paxton described the progress of this experience in a lecture he gave to the Society of Arts on November 13, 1850, from which we have taken the following excerpts. We hope the reader will forgive us for the length of these quotes, as no one can recount their own actions better than the person who experienced them:—

"The Great Industrial Building now in the course of erection, and which forms the subject of the present paper, was not the production of a momentary consideration of the subject. Its peculiar construction, in cast-iron and glass, together with the manner of forming the vast roof, is the result of much experience in the erection of buildings of a similar kind, although on a smaller scale, which has gradually developed itself through a series of years. It may not, therefore, be uninteresting to give a brief account of the reasons which led me to investigate the subject of glass roofs and glass structures generally, and which have resulted in the Exhibition Building.

"The Great Industrial Building, currently under construction and the focus of this paper, wasn’t the outcome of a fleeting thought. Its unique design, featuring cast iron and glass, along with the method used to create the vast roof, stems from extensive experience in building similar structures, albeit on a smaller scale, which has evolved over several years. Therefore, it might be worthwhile to provide a brief overview of the reasons that prompted me to explore the topic of glass roofs and glass structures in general, which ultimately led to the Exhibition Building."

"In 1828, when I first turned my attention to the building and improvement of glass structures, the various forcing-houses at Chatsworth, as at other places, were formed of coarse thick glass and heavy woodwork, which rendered the roofs dark and gloomy, and, on this account, very ill suited for the purposes they were intended to answer. My first object was to remove this evil, and, in order to accomplish it, I lightened the rafters and sash-bars, by bevelling off their sides; and some houses which were afterwards built in this manner proved very satisfactory. I also at this time contrived a light sash-bar, having a groove for the reception of the glass; this groove completely obviated a disadvantage connected with the old mode of glazing, namely, the putty becoming continually displaced by sun, frost, and rain, after the sashes had been made for a short time, and the wet by this means finding its way betwixt the glass and the wood, and producing a continual drip in rainy weather.

"In 1828, when I started focusing on building and improving glass structures, the different greenhouses at Chatsworth, like those elsewhere, were made of thick, rough glass and heavy woodwork. This made the roofs dark and gloomy, which was very unsuitable for their intended purposes. My first goal was to fix this issue, so I lightened the rafters and sash-bars by beveling their sides; some greenhouses built this way turned out to be very successful. At that time, I also designed a lightweight sash-bar with a groove to hold the glass. This groove completely eliminated a problem associated with the old glazing method, where the putty would frequently get pushed out of place by sun, frost, and rain shortly after the sashes were made. This caused water to seep between the glass and the wood, leading to a constant drip during rainy weather."

"About this period the desire for metallic roofs began to extend in every direction; and as such structures had a light and graceful appearance, it became a question of importance as to the propriety of using metal sashes and rafters, instead of wooden ones, for horticultural purposes. After carefully observing the effects of those built by various persons, it became apparent to me that the expansion and contraction of metal would always militate against its general adoption, as at no season of the year could the sashes and rafters be made to fit.

"During this time, the interest in metallic roofs started to grow everywhere. Since these structures looked light and elegant, it raised an important question about whether it was appropriate to use metal sashes and rafters instead of wooden ones for gardening purposes. After closely watching the effects of those built by different people, it became clear to me that the expansion and contraction of metal would always hinder its widespread use, as at no time of the year could the sashes and rafters be properly fitted."

"The extra expense, also, of erecting metallic-roofed houses was a {28}consideration. In 1833 I contemplated building a new range of hot-houses; and being desirous of knowing how much they would cost, if erected of metal, a plan of the range was prepared and sent to Birmingham, and another to Sheffield, with a desire to be furnished with estimates for that purpose. The estimate from Birmingham was 1,800l.; and the other, from Sheffield, was 1,850l. These appeared to me such enormous sums, that I at once set about calculating how much the range would cost if built of wood under my own inspection; and the result was, that I was able to complete the whole range, including masonry (which was omitted in the metal estimates), for less than 500l.

"The additional cost of building houses with metal roofs was a {28}factor to consider. In 1833, I thought about constructing a new series of greenhouses; wanting to know the total cost if they were made of metal, I had a plan for the range prepared and sent to Birmingham, and another to Sheffield, hoping to get estimates for the project. The estimate from Birmingham came to £1,800, while Sheffield's was £1,850. These amounts seemed so high to me that I immediately started calculating how much the range would cost if I built it out of wood myself; I found that I could complete the entire range, including the masonry (which was not included in the metal estimates), for under £500."

"Besides the extra cost of metallic roofs, we must add the extreme heat of such houses in hot weather, and their coldness in times of frost; the liability to breakage of glass from expansion and contraction of the metal; the very limited duration of the smaller portions, as sash-bars, from corrosion, by exposure to the alternations of heat, cold, and moisture, inseparable from gardening operations, and which could only be prevented by making use of the expensive material, COPPER; and the difficulty, when compared with wood, of repairing any damages, as a wooden roof could at any time be set to rights by a common carpenter. These different items formed in my mind so many objections to its use, and the same disadvantages soon became generally apparent.

"Beyond the additional expense of metal roofs, we have to consider the extreme heat in summer and the cold during frost; the risk of glass breaking due to the metal expanding and contracting; the very short lifespan of smaller components, like sash-bars, because of corrosion from the fluctuations of heat, cold, and moisture that come with gardening, which could only be avoided by using the costly material, COPPER; and the challenge of repairing any damage compared to wood, since a wooden roof can be easily fixed by a regular carpenter. All these factors created significant objections in my mind against its use, and the same drawbacks quickly became obvious to others as well."

"It was now thought advisable by some parties that, in order to obviate the many disadvantages in the use of metal, the rafters and frame-work of the sashes ought to be made of wood, and the sash-bars of metal. This plan certainly presented more advantages than the other, yet it was quite obvious that materials so incongruous could never give satisfaction; and accordingly, in a few years, as I had anticipated, the rage for these structures gradually subsided, and the use of wood again became resorted to by most persons, as the best material for horticultural purposes.

"It was now considered wise by some that, to avoid the many downsides of using metal, the rafters and framework of the sashes should be made of wood, while the sash bars could be metal. This approach definitely had more benefits than the alternative, but it was clear that such mismatched materials could never be satisfying. As I had expected, within a few years, the trend for these structures slowly faded, and most people returned to using wood as the best material for gardening purposes."

COMMON MODE OF GLAZING ROOFS.

COMMON MODE OF GLAZING ROOFS.

Common Roof Glazing Method.

"In the construction of glass-houses requiring much light, there always appeared to me one important objection, which no person seemed to have taken up or obviated; it was this. In plain lean-to or shed roofs, the morning and evening sun, which is on many accounts of the greatest importance in forcing fruits, presented its direct rays at a low angle, and, consequently, very obliquely to the glass. At those periods most of {29}the rays of light and heat were obstructed by the position of the glass and heavy rafters, so that a considerable portion of time was lost both morning and evening; it consequently became evident that a system by which the glass would be more at right angles to the morning and evening rays of the sun would obviate the difficulty, and remove the obstruction to rays of light entering the house at an early and late hour of the day.

"In building glasshouses that need a lot of light, I always saw one major drawback that no one seemed to address or solve. Here it is: with standard lean-to or shed roofs, the morning and evening sun, which is really important for ripening fruits, hits the glass directly at a low angle. This means the sunlight comes in at a sharp angle. During those times, most of the light and heat are blocked by the glass and heavy rafters, wasting significant time in the morning and evening. It became clear that a design where the glass is more perpendicular to the morning and evening sun rays would solve this problem and allow more light into the house early and late in the day."

METHOD BY RIDGE-AND-FURROW.

METHOD BY RIDGE-AND-FURROW.

Ridge-and-furrow method.

"This led me to the adoption of the ridge-and-furrow principle for glass roofs, which places the glass in such a position that the rays of light in the mornings and evenings enter the house without obstruction, and present themselves more perpendicularly to the glass at those times when they are the least powerful; whereas at mid-day, when they are most powerful, they present themselves more obliquely to the glass. Having had this principle fixed in my mind, and being convinced of its importance, I constructed a pine-house in 1833 as an experiment, which still exists unimpaired, and has been found fully to answer the purpose.

"This led me to adopt the ridge-and-furrow design for glass roofs, which positions the glass so that the morning and evening sunlight enters the house unobstructed, hitting the glass more directly at those times when it’s less intense. In contrast, at midday, when the sunlight is at its strongest, it hits the glass at a more angled approach. With this principle in mind and believing in its significance, I built a pine-house in 1833 as an experiment. It still stands today, intact, and has proven to serve its purpose well."

"In 1834 I resolved to try a further experiment on a larger scale, on the ridge-and-furrow principle, in the construction of a green-house of considerable dimensions, which also remains and answers admirably. For this building I made a still lighter sash-bar than any I had previously used; on which account the house, when completed (although possessing all the advantages of wood), was as light as if constructed of metal. The whole length of this structure is 97½ feet, and its breadth 26 feet; the height at the back is 16 feet 9 inches, and in the front 12 feet 3 inches. A span so large as 26 feet could not be safely covered with a roof constructed in the ordinary way, unless the sash-bars were stronger, and the assistance of heavy rafters and numerous supports was afforded. The house presents a neat and light appearance, and consists of 15 bays, and pediments in front, supported by 16 slender reeded cast-iron columns. Whilst it makes an admirable green-house, it is also an economical building; for, at the period of its construction, notwithstanding the heavy tax on glass (since removed), it only cost at the rate of twopence and a fraction per cubic foot. At the present time, considering the change in the price of material, and the removal of the glass-tax, it could be constructed at a considerably smaller amount.

"In 1834, I decided to try a larger experiment based on the ridge-and-furrow principle by building a sizable greenhouse, which still stands and works perfectly. For this building, I created an even lighter sash-bar than I had used before, which meant that once completed, the house was as light as if it were made of metal, while still enjoying all the benefits of wood. The entire length of this structure is 97½ feet, with a width of 26 feet; the height at the back is 16 feet 9 inches, and at the front, it is 12 feet 3 inches. A span as wide as 26 feet couldn't be safely covered with a roof built in the conventional way unless the sash-bars were stronger and supported by heavy rafters and numerous columns. The house looks neat and light, featuring 15 bays and pediments at the front, supported by 16 slender cast-iron columns with a reeded design. It serves as a fantastic greenhouse and is also economical; at the time it was built, despite the heavy glass tax (which has since been removed), it only cost about twopence and a fraction per cubic foot. Currently, considering the changes in material prices and the removal of the glass tax, it could be constructed for a significantly lower amount."

"Having in contemplation the erection of the Great Conservatory in its present form, it was determined, in 1836, to erect a new curvilinear {30}hot-house 60 feet in length and 26 feet in width, with the elliptical roof on the ridge-and-furrow principle, to be constructed entirely of wood, for the purpose of exhibiting how roofs of this kind could be supported. The plan adopted was this: the curved rafters were composed of several boards securely nailed together on templets of wood cut to the exact curve; by this means a strength and firmness were obtained sufficient to support an enormous weight.

"Considering the construction of the Great Conservatory in its current design, it was decided in 1836 to build a new curvilinear {30} greenhouse that would be 60 feet long and 26 feet wide, featuring an elliptical roof based on the ridge-and-furrow method, and made entirely of wood, to demonstrate how these types of roofs could be supported. The chosen plan involved using curved rafters made from several boards securely nailed together on templates of wood shaped to match the exact curve; this approach provided the necessary strength and stability to hold a substantial weight."

"In 1837 the foundations of the Great Conservatory were commenced; and in constructing so great a building it was found desirable to contrive some means for abridging the great amount of manual labour that would be required in making the immense number of sash-bars requisite for the purpose. Accordingly, I visited all the great workshops in London, Manchester, and Birmingham, to see if anything had been invented that would afford the facilities I required. The only apparatus met with was a grooving-machine, which I had at once connected with a steam-engine at Chatsworth, and which was subsequently so improved as to make the sash-bar complete.

"In 1837, the construction of the Great Conservatory began; and while building such a large structure, it became necessary to find ways to reduce the massive amount of manual labor needed to create the huge number of sash-bars required. So, I visited all the major workshops in London, Manchester, and Birmingham to see if any inventions could provide the assistance I needed. The only equipment I found was a grooving machine, which I immediately connected to a steam engine at Chatsworth, and it was later improved to fully complete the sash-bar."

CUTTERS OF MR. PAXTON'S SASH-BAR     MACHINE.

CUTTERS OF MR. PAXTON'S SASH-BAR MACHINE.

CUTTERS OF MR. PAXTON'S SASH-BAR MACHINE.

"For this apparatus the Society of Arts, in April, 1841, awarded me a medal; and this machine is the type from which all the sash-bar machines found in use throughout the country at the present time are taken. As the Conservatory was erected under my own immediate superintendence, I am able to speak accurately as to the advantages of the machine: it has, in regard to that building alone, saved in expenses 1,400l. The length of each of the bars of the Conservatory is 48 inches; only one inch shorter than those of the Exhibition Building. The machine was first used in its present form in August, 1838; and its original cost, including table, wheels, and everything complete, was 20l. The motive power is from a steam-engine employed on the premises for other purposes; and any well-seasoned timber may be used. The attendants required are only a man and a boy, and the expense of the power required for it when in use is comparatively trifling. The sash-bars may be made of any form, by changing the character of the saws.

"For this apparatus, the Society of Arts awarded me a medal in April 1841; and this machine is the model from which all the sash-bar machines used throughout the country today are derived. Since the Conservatory was built under my direct supervision, I can accurately state the benefits of the machine: it has saved 1,400l. in expenses for that building alone. Each of the bars in the Conservatory is 48 inches long, only one inch shorter than those in the Exhibition Building. The machine was first used in its current form in August 1838, and its initial cost, including the table, wheels, and everything else, was 20l. The power source is a steam engine that operates on the premises for other purposes, and any well-seasoned wood can be utilized. The only staff needed are a man and a boy, and the cost of the power required for it during operation is relatively minimal. The sash-bars can be shaped in any design by changing the types of saws used."

"There is one particular feature in working the machine, namely, the bar is presented to the saws below the centre of motion, instead of above it (as is usual); and to the sides of the saw which are ascending from the table, instead of those which are descending. These arrangements were necessary to suit the direction of the teeth to the grain of the wood; for when the bars were presented to the saws in the usual way, the wood was {31}crushed instead of being cut and cleaned. It is essential that the machine should revolve 1,200 times in a minute to finish the work in a proper manner.

"There’s one important aspect of operating the machine: the bar is positioned in front of the saws below the center of motion, rather than above it (which is typical); and to the sides of the saws that are moving up from the table, instead of the ones that are coming down. These adjustments were made to align the direction of the teeth with the grain of the wood. When the bars were positioned in the usual way, the wood ended up being {31}crushed instead of being cut cleanly. It’s crucial for the machine to spin 1,200 times a minute to complete the work properly."

"The glass and glazing of the Chatsworth Conservatory caused me considerable thought and anxiety, as I was very desirous to do away altogether with the numerous overlaps connected with the old system of glazing with short lengths. This old method, even under the best of management, is certain, in the course of a few years, to render unsightly any structure, however well built.

"The glass and glazing of the Chatsworth Conservatory made me think a lot and worried me, as I really wanted to eliminate all the overlaps that come with the old system of using short lengths of glazing. Even with the best care, this old method will inevitably make any structure, no matter how well-built, look unsightly over time."

"In the course of my inquiries, I heard that Messrs. Chance and Co., of Birmingham, had just introduced from the Continent the manufacture of sheet glass. Accordingly, I went to see them make this new article, and found they were able to manufacture it three feet in length. I was advised to use this glass in two lengths, with one overlap; but to this I could not assent, as I observed, that since they had so far advanced as to be able to produce sheets three feet in length, I saw no reason why they could not accomplish another foot; and, if this could not be done, I would decline giving the order, as, at that time, sheet glass was altogether an experiment for horticultural purposes. These gentlemen, however, shortly afterwards informed me that they had one person who could make it the desired length, and, if I would give the order, they would furnish me with all I required.

"In the course of my inquiries, I heard that Messrs. Chance and Co. from Birmingham had just started producing sheet glass from the Continent. I decided to check out their production and found they could make it three feet long. I was advised to use this glass in two lengths with one overlapping, but I couldn’t agree to that. Since they had already figured out how to produce sheets three feet long, I didn’t understand why they couldn't make it another foot longer. If they couldn’t do that, I wouldn’t place an order because, at that time, sheet glass was still a total experiment for gardening purposes. However, these gentlemen soon informed me that they had someone who could make it the length I needed, and if I placed the order, they would provide everything I required."

"It may just be remarked here that the glass for the Exhibition Building is forty-nine inches long—a size which no country except England is able to furnish in any large quantity, even at the present day.

"It’s worth noting that the glass for the Exhibition Building is forty-nine inches long—a size that no country except England can supply in any significant amount, even today."

"In 1840 the Chatsworth Conservatory was completed and planted. The whole length of this building is 277 feet; its breadth, 123 feet over the walls; and the height, from the floor to the highest part, 67 feet.

In 1840, the Chatsworth Conservatory was finished and planted. The entire length of this building is 277 feet; its width, 123 feet over the walls; and the height, from the floor to the tallest point, is 67 feet.

"Notwithstanding the success which attended the erection of these buildings, it became to me a question of importance how far an extensive structure might be covered in with flat ridge-and-furrow roofs; that is, the ridge-and-valley rafters placed on a level, instead of at an inclination, as in the green-house, or curvilinear, as in the Great Conservatory. I therefore prepared some plans for an erection of the kind for the Earl of Burlington, somewhere about ten years ago; but, on account of the lamented death of the Countess, the design of erection was abandoned. However, from that time I felt assured, not only that it could be done satisfactorily, but that the most appropriate manner to form and support level glass roofs, to a great extent, was that adopted this year for the New Victoria House at Chatsworth, which may be considered a miniature type of the Great Industrial Building.

"Despite the success that came with the construction of these buildings, I found it important to consider how much of a large structure could be covered with flat ridge-and-furrow roofs; that is, with the ridge-and-valley rafters placed level instead of angled, as in the greenhouse, or curved, as in the Great Conservatory. I prepared some plans for a structure like this for the Earl of Burlington about ten years ago, but due to the unfortunate passing of the Countess, the design was shelved. However, since then, I’ve been confident that not only could it be done satisfactorily, but that the best way to create and support level glass roofs to a large extent was the method used this year for the New Victoria House at Chatsworth, which can be seen as a smaller version of the Great Industrial Building."

"Before describing this house, however, it may be well to notice two {32}instances in which the flat roofs had been previously tried, and in both cases with the most perfect success.

"Before talking about this house, it might be helpful to point out two {32}instances where flat roofs were used before, and both times they worked perfectly."

"The first of these was a conservatory attached to a villa in Darley Dale, only a short distance from Chatsworth. This building is divided into five bays, with a glass door in the centre, and glass pilasters separating the bays; the ridge-and-furrow roof covers an opening of seventeen feet in the clear. The ventilation is simultaneously effected by a lever connected with a rod, which is attached to all the ventilators....

"The first of these was a conservatory connected to a villa in Darley Dale, just a short distance from Chatsworth. This building is split into five sections, with a glass door in the middle and glass pilasters separating the sections; the ridge-and-furrow roof covers an opening of seventeen feet clear. Ventilation is achieved simultaneously by a lever linked to a rod that connects to all the ventilators..."

THE VICTORIA REGIA HOUSE, CHATSWORTH.

THE VICTORIA REGIA HOUSE, CHATSWORTH.

Victoria Regia House, Chatsworth.

"The second instance is this. In the spring of 1848, plans were prepared for the erection of an ornamental glass structure, to cover the conservatory wall at Chatsworth. This wall was previously a plain flued structure, devoted to the growth of rare and choice plants. The new erection is 331 feet in length, and 7 feet in width. It is divided into ten bays, with an ornamental centre projecting beyond the general line of the building. Each bay is subdivided by smaller bays, which are separated by glass pilasters; the glass sashes are so arranged that they can be removed in summer, and the whole thrown open to the gardens, whilst in winter the building affords an extensive promenade under cover. The ground on which this structure is built has a fall of 25 feet 6 inches in its whole length; consequently, there is a proportionate fall at each bay, which gives great variety, and obviates the monotony that would be exhibited in a building of such length and dimensions placed on a uniform level. The lower side of each bay is finished by a glass pilaster, three feet in width, and surmounted by a vase on the wall behind. The roof is on the ridge-and-furrow principle, with the rafters on a very slight inclination; and the ventilation is effected in a similar but more perfect manner than that already described as in use at the conservatory at Darley Dale.

"The second instance is this. In the spring of 1848, plans were made for building a decorative glass structure to cover the conservatory wall at Chatsworth. This wall was previously a plain flued structure used for growing rare and special plants. The new structure is 331 feet long and 7 feet wide. It is divided into ten sections, with an ornamental center that protrudes beyond the overall line of the building. Each section is further divided by smaller sections, separated by glass pilasters; the glass panels are designed to be removed in the summer, allowing the entire area to open up to the gardens, while in winter, the building provides a spacious covered promenade. The ground where this structure is built has a slope of 25 feet 6 inches along its length; as a result, there is a corresponding slope in each section, adding variety and preventing the monotony that would occur in a building of such length and size built on a flat level. The lower side of each section is finished with a glass pilaster three feet wide, topped by a vase on the wall behind. The roof follows a ridge-and-furrow design, with the rafters at a very slight angle; and the ventilation is achieved in a similarly, but more refined, way than what has been previously described in use at the conservatory at Darley Dale."

"The new Victoria Regia House, which presents a light and novel appearance, is 60 feet 6 inches in length, and 46 feet 9 inches in breadth. Although, when compared with the Great Industrial Building, the Victoria House is a very diminutive structure, yet the principles on which it is constructed are the same, and may be carried out to an almost unlimited extent. The form of the roof, the general elevation, the supports, and the mode of construction, are all quite simple, and yet fully answer the purposes for which they were intended.

"The new Victoria Regia House, which has a light and fresh look, is 60 feet 6 inches long and 46 feet 9 inches wide. Although it’s much smaller than the Great Industrial Building, the principles behind its construction are the same and can be expanded to a nearly unlimited scale. The shape of the roof, the overall design, the supports, and the construction methods are all quite straightforward, yet they effectively serve their intended purposes."

{33}
INTERIOR OF VICTORIA REGIA HOUSE.

INTERIOR OF VICTORIA REGIA HOUSE.

INTERIOR OF VICTORIA REGIA HOUSE.

"The Victoria House, however, was so built as to retain as much moisture and heat as possible, and yet to afford a strong and bright light at all seasons; whilst, on the contrary, the Industrial Building, being intended to accommodate a daily assemblage of many thousands of individuals, and a vast number of natural and mechanical productions, many of which would be destroyed by moisture and heat, is constructed so as fully to answer that end."

"The Victoria House, however, was designed to hold onto as much moisture and heat as possible while still providing strong and bright light in all seasons. In contrast, the Industrial Building, meant to host many thousands of people daily and a large variety of natural and mechanical products—many of which would be damaged by moisture and heat—is built to fully meet that need."

This, then, was the experience which enabled Mr. Paxton to conceive his design for the "Crystal Palace," a description of which as it has subsequently been carried out we must now proceed with.

This was the experience that allowed Mr. Paxton to come up with his design for the "Crystal Palace," a description of which, as it has been realized, we will now continue with.

General Description of the Building.

THE plan forms a parallelogram, 1,848 feet long and 408 feet wide, besides a projection on the north side, 48 feet wide and 936 feet long. A main avenue, 72 feet wide and 66 feet high, occupies the centre through the whole length of the building. Flanking this on either side are smaller avenues alternately 24 feet and 48 feet wide; the two first on either side of the centre are 43 feet, and the remainder 23 feet high. About the centre of the entire length, at a point determined by the position of a row of large trees, which it was resolved to inclose, these avenues are crossed by a transept of the same width as the main avenue, or 72 feet, and 108 feet high; two other groups of trees on the ground give occasion for open courts, which are inclosed within the building. The area thus inclosed and roofed over amounts to no less than 772,784 square feet, or about 19 acres;[4] the building is, therefore, about four times the size of St. Peter's at Rome, and more than six times that of St. Paul's, London. Three entrances lead to this vast interior, one in the centre of the principal or south front, and one at either end of the building. The number of these is necessarily small, in order to facilitate the arrangements for the money-taking, and to avoid having too large a staff of officers; on the other hand, it was equally desirable to afford the most ample opportunities of egress for visitors, and accordingly fifteen exit doors are placed at frequent intervals.

TThe layout forms a parallelogram, 1,848 feet long and 408 feet wide, with a projection on the north side that’s 48 feet wide and 936 feet long. A main avenue, 72 feet wide and 66 feet high, runs through the entire length of the building. On either side of this are smaller avenues that alternate between 24 feet and 48 feet wide; the two closest to the center on either side are 43 feet high, while the rest are 23 feet high. About the middle of the building, at a point marked by a row of large trees that we decided to enclose, these avenues are crossed by a transept that matches the main avenue in width, which is 72 feet and 108 feet high; two additional clusters of trees on the grounds create open courts that are enclosed within the building. The total area enclosed and roofed over is a massive 772,784 square feet, which is about 19 acres;[4] the building is therefore around four times the size of St. Peter's in Rome and over six times that of St. Paul's in London. There are three entrances to this enormous interior: one at the center of the main or south front, and one at each end of the building. The number of entrances is intentionally small to streamline the money collection process and minimize the need for a large staff, while still ensuring there are plenty of exit doors for visitors, with fifteen exit doors spaced at regular intervals.

{34}

GROUND-PLAN OF THE BUILDING.

BUILDING FLOOR PLAN.

?01126
A. Principal Entrance.
B. West Entrance.
C. East Entrance.
D. Refreshment Courts.
E. Entrance.
F. Gentlemens' Ante-rooms.
G. Ladies' Ante-rooms.
H. Pay Place.
I. Accountant.
K. Exits.
L. Ante-rooms.
M. Committee Waiting-room.
N. Royal Commission.
O. Clerks.
P. Stairs.
Q. Engine House.
{35}

It will be well to mention here that the horizontal measure of 24 feet, which we have seen as the unit in the plan of the Building Committee, is also preserved in the present plan; every horizontal dimension of which is either a certain number of times or divisions of twenty-four feet.

It’s important to point out that the horizontal measurement of 24 feet, which we've noted as the standard in the Building Committee's plan, is also maintained in the current plan; every horizontal dimension here is either a multiple or a fraction of twenty-four feet.

The avenues into which the plan is divided are formed by hollow cast-iron columns twenty-four feet apart, which rise in one, two, and three storeys respectively, to support the roof at the different heights given above; in the lower storey these columns are nineteen feet high, and in the two upper ones seventeen feet. Between the different lengths of the columns short pieces are introduced, called "connecting-pieces," from the office they perform; these are three feet long, and are so contrived that they serve to support girders in horizontal tiers, dividing the greatest height into three storeys as already mentioned. The girders, of which some are of cast and some of wrought iron, are all of the same depth, namely, three feet, with the exception of four, to be specially named hereafter, and by this arrangement the same horizontal lines are preserved throughout the whole of the building. They are also all similar in appearance, forming a kind of lattice-work, by which construction they do not look too heavy for the slight supports; and large solid masses are avoided, practically showing how great strength may be combined with elegance and lightness. The first or lower tier of these girders, in parts of the building more than one storey in height, forms the support for the floor of the galleries, which are twenty-four feet wide, and extend the whole length of the building in four parallel lines, intercepted only by the transept, round the ends of which they are continued. Numerous cross galleries connect each pair of longitudinal lines on either side of the centre avenue, which remains uninterrupted from end to end, and can only be crossed on the gallery-floor at the extremities.

The pathways the plan is divided into are formed by hollow cast-iron columns set twenty-four feet apart, rising in one, two, and three stories respectively to support the roof at different heights; in the lower story, these columns are nineteen feet high, while in the two upper ones, they are seventeen feet. Between the different lengths of the columns, short sections called "connecting-pieces" are added for structural support; these are three feet long and designed to hold girders in horizontal layers, dividing the maximum height into three stories as mentioned before. The girders, some made of cast iron and others of wrought iron, all share the same depth of three feet, except for four that will be specifically mentioned later, thus maintaining consistent horizontal lines throughout the building. They also look uniform, resembling a kind of lattice-work, which prevents the appearance of being too heavy for the slender supports, avoiding large solid chunks and demonstrating how strength can harmonize with elegance and lightness. The first or lower tier of these girders, in parts of the building that are more than one story high, supports the floor of the galleries, which are twenty-four feet wide and run the entire length of the building in four parallel lines, only interrupted by the transept, around which they continue. Numerous cross galleries connect each pair of longitudinal lines on either side of the central pathway, which remains unobstructed from end to end and can only be crossed on the gallery floor at the ends.

These galleries are reached by eight double staircases, of easy ascent and ample width, which are placed between the lines of gallery so as to communicate equally readily with either, and are so distributed as to give two to each quarter of the building; in the eastern or foreign half two supplementary staircases of smaller dimensions have been added.

These galleries are accessed by eight wide, gently sloping double staircases, which are positioned between the rows of the gallery for easy access to either side. They are arranged to provide two staircases for each section of the building; in the eastern or foreign section, two additional smaller staircases have been added.

In those parts of the building more than two storeys in height, the second horizontal tier of girders does not support a gallery, but serves only to give stiffness to the columns. The upper tier of girders, in all cases, supports the roof, which is one of the most peculiar features in the structure. In its general form the roof is flat; but it is made up of a series of ridges and furrows, the rise and fall of which is but small, and is thus arranged: the roof-girders or trusses being twenty-four feet apart, and lying in the transverse direction of the building, the space between them is spanned by light beams or rafters, which are cambered or bent upwards, and are hollowed out in a groove on the top to form a gutter. The rafters are placed eight feet apart, their ends resting on the roof-girders, and lying, therefore, in the opposite direction to them, that is, in the direction {36}of the length of the building; these rafters are commonly called the Paxton's Gutters. Between the rafters so described, ridges are supported by light sash-bars sloping up to them, at an inclination of two-and-a-half to one, and the rafter itself forms the bottom of the furrow. The advantage of this form of roofing is the facility it affords for the escape of the water, which runs from the surface of the roof into the Paxton's gutters; from them it is discharged into the main gutters resting on the roof-girders, by which it is conducted to the hollow columns, and passes down through them into the drains. A drop of water falling on the most distant point from the discharge would only have to traverse a distance of forty-eight feet; but in most cases the length to be passed over before reaching the down pipe would be considerably less.[5] The covering of the roof is glass, fixed between the sash-bars, which are grooved to receive it; and in order to carry off the moisture arising from condensation on the inner surface of the glass, the rafters have a small groove on each side, which makes the Paxton's gutter complete, and from which the moisture is also discharged into the main gutters. The essential portions of the roof may therefore be considered as a network of gutters; one set, the main gutters, lying in a transverse direction, and the others resting on them, and lying in the direction of the length of the building; by which arrangement any amount of surface can always be covered by roofing of a small span. The principle is precisely the same as that of subdividing large fields of arable land into strips or "lands" with furrows between them, in order to facilitate the surface-drainage.

In parts of the building that are more than two stories tall, the second row of girders doesn't support a gallery; it only provides stability for the columns. The top row of girders always supports the roof, which is one of the most unique features of the structure. The roof is generally flat, but it consists of a series of ridges and troughs that have minimal rise and fall. The roof girders or trusses are spaced twenty-four feet apart and run across the building's width. The area between them is covered by lightweight beams or rafters that are curved upwards and have a groove on top to create a gutter. The rafters are spaced eight feet apart, with their ends resting on the roof girders, and they run in the opposite direction—along the length of the building. These rafters are commonly referred to as Paxton's Gutters. Light sash-bars support ridges between the rafters, slanting upwards at an angle of two-and-a-half to one, with the rafter serving as the bottom of the trough. This roofing design allows for easy water drainage, which flows from the roof surface into Paxton's gutters; from there, it drains into the main gutters on the roof girders, which direct it into the hollow columns and down to the drains. A drop of water falling from the furthest point to the discharge only needs to travel forty-eight feet, but typically, the distance to the downpipe is much shorter. The roof is covered with glass fitted between the sash-bars, which have grooves to hold it. To remove moisture from condensation on the inside of the glass, the rafters have small grooves on each side, completing Paxton's gutters and allowing moisture to drain into the main gutters. The essential parts of the roof can thus be seen as a network of gutters: one set, the main gutters, runs across the width, while the others rest on them and run along the building's length, enabling the coverage of any amount of surface with roofing of a small span. This principle is similar to dividing large fields of farmland into strips or "lands" with furrows in between to assist with surface drainage.

VIEW OF ONE 24-FEET SQUARE BAY OF ROOF     PARTLY COMPLETED.

VIEW OF ONE 24-FEET SQUARE BAY OF ROOF PARTLY COMPLETED.

VIEW OF ONE 24-FOOT SQUARE BAY OF ROOF PARTIALLY COMPLETED.

{37}

The outer inclosure, on the ground-floor, is formed by dividing each 24-feet bay between the columns into three 8-feet bays by half columns of wood, between which is placed boarding, held in its place by iron clips and bolts; a plinth, four feet high, is formed immediately above the floor by frames, filled with what are commonly called louvre-blades, which are hung on pivots, and of which a large number can be moved simultaneously for the admission of air; similar ventilating-frames, three feet deep, are introduced at the top of each storey round the entire circuit of the building, and by this means a ventilating-surface of no less than 40,800 square feet is obtained, or rather more than one acre.

The outer enclosure on the ground floor is created by dividing each 24-foot bay between the columns into three 8-foot bays using half columns of wood, with boards placed between them. These boards are secured by iron clips and bolts. A plinth, four feet high, is built just above the floor using frames filled with what are commonly called louvre blades, which are hung on pivots, allowing a large number to be moved at the same time for air circulation. Similar ventilating frames, three feet deep, are installed at the top of each floor around the entire building, creating a total ventilating surface of 40,800 square feet, which is slightly more than one acre.

PORTION OF THE LOWER STOREY OF THE     PRINCIPAL ELEVATIONS.

PORTION OF THE LOWER STOREY OF THE PRINCIPAL ELEVATIONS.

PORTION OF THE LOWER FLOOR OF THE MAIN ELEVATIONS.

Externally some light arches are inserted, and open panels form the inclosure for the upper louvre-frames. The details we have been describing may be readily traced in the engraving of a portion of the lower storey as seen from the outside. The exit doors occupy one of the 8-feet bays opening about six feet wide. The inclosure to the upper storeys closely resembles those of the ground-floor, but glazed sashes are substituted for the close boarding, and the plinth is omitted. Each storey is crowned externally with a cornice and cresting ornament, and over the columns posts are carried up, to which flagstaffs will be fixed.

Externally, some light arches are added, and open panels create the enclosure for the upper louver frames. The details we’ve been describing can easily be seen in the engraving of a part of the lower level as viewed from the outside. The exit doors are in one of the 8-foot bays, measuring about six feet wide. The enclosure for the upper levels closely resembles that of the ground floor, but glass sashes replace the solid boarding, and the base is left out. Each level is topped with a cornice and decorative cresting, and the columns extend upward to support flagpoles.

To return to the interior. The whole of the floor is boarded; that below is laid with an interval of half an inch between the boards, to allow the passage of dust from the millions of feet by which it will be trod; the gallery floor, on the contrary, has iron tongues between the boards to prevent the dust from coming through on the heads of the visitors below.

To go back inside. The entire floor is wooden; the lower part has half-inch spaces between the boards to let dust from the millions of feet that walk on it pass through; the gallery floor, on the other hand, has metal strips between the boards to stop dust from falling on the heads of the visitors below.

The roof of the transept, which we have described as crossing the building about the centre of its length, differs from that of the other parts, its general form being semicircular instead of flat, and rising above the rest {38}of the building so as to show the whole of the semicircle externally. This roof is supported by arched timber ribs placed twenty-four feet apart, or one over every column, which forms a socket, into which the foot of the rib is fitted and secured by iron straps. Between the ribs, timbers are fixed which carry minor ribs at a distance of eight feet apart, and upon these the ridge-and-furrow roofing is constructed in the manner that has been described for the flat roofing, but following the curve of the arched ribs. At the springing or foot of the arch on either side of the transept there is a range of louvre-frames to assist in the ventilation of the building, and on the top of the arch externally a narrow passage is formed to give access to the different parts of this roof. On the inner side of the arch diagonal tie-rods are introduced between the main ribs, which, while they serve to increase the strength of the construction by tying together all the parts from end to end, produce an agreeable play of lines forming a kind of network over the whole of the surface.

The roof of the transept, which crosses the building near the center of its length, is different from the other parts; its overall shape is semicircular instead of flat, rising above the rest of the building so that the entire semicircle is visible from the outside. This roof is supported by arched timber ribs spaced twenty-four feet apart, with one over each column, which forms a socket that secures the foot of the rib with iron straps. Between the ribs, additional timbers are installed to support minor ribs spaced eight feet apart, and on these, the ridge-and-furrow roofing is constructed in the same way as for the flat roofing but following the curve of the arched ribs. At the springing or foot of the arch on both sides of the transept, there are louvre-frames to aid in ventilating the building, and on top of the arch, there is a narrow passage for accessing different parts of this roof. On the inner side of the arch, diagonal tie-rods are added between the main ribs, which not only enhance the strength of the structure by connecting all the parts but also create an attractive pattern that resembles a network across the entire surface. {38}

The ends of the transept are closed in with fan-like tracery, reminding the spectator of the magnificent wheel windows of our Gothic cathedrals; this elegant feature is not visible in our interior view, but will be seen in some of the exteriors.

The ends of the transept are enclosed with fan-like tracery, reminding the viewer of the stunning rose windows of our Gothic cathedrals; this stylish detail isn’t visible in our interior view but can be seen in some of the exteriors.

There is, perhaps, no part of this interesting building in which the great size and singular lightness, almost airiness, of the construction are so strikingly displayed as in the TRANSEPT, inclosing as it does a row of fine old elm-trees, as if to protect them in their venerable age from the smoke of the thousands of chimneys that have been gradually forming a destructive circle around them.

There’s probably no part of this fascinating building where the impressive size and unique lightness, almost weightlessness, of the structure are as clearly showcased as in the Nave side aisle. It surrounds a row of beautiful old elm trees, almost like a way to shield them in their old age from the smoke of the countless chimneys that have slowly created a harmful circle around them.

The only portion of solid untransparent roofing in the whole of this building is formed on either side of the arched roof just described, where there is a lead flat twenty-four feet wide. This was partly required for a platform to serve for carrying on the works for the arched roof, and was also exceedingly useful in giving access to the other roofs on either side; it likewise afforded the opportunity of giving some additional strength at the springing of the arched ribs to resist any possible tendency they might have to spread outwards.

The only section of solid, opaque roofing in this entire building is on both sides of the described arched roof, where there's a lead flat that's twenty-four feet wide. This was partly needed as a platform for working on the arched roof and was also very helpful for accessing the other roofs on either side. It also provided an opportunity to add extra strength at the base of the arched ribs to counter any potential tendency they might have to spread outward.

View of the Interior of the Transept.

View of the Interior of the Transept.

View of the Inside of the Transept.

View of Glass Roof from the Lead Flat.

View of Glass Roof from the Lead Flat.

View of Glass Roof from the Main Apartment.

{39}

As the weight of such lead roofing considerably exceeds that of the glass ridge-and-furrow covering, it was necessary at the point where it crosses the wide span of the main avenue to introduce some stronger roof-girders than those used elsewhere; of these there are two on either side of the transept, the inner one of which has also to sustain two of the large arched ribs with their superincumbent roofing, and its strength is therefore increased in proportion to the additional load placed upon it. The extra-strong roof-girders are six feet deep, or twice that of the others; but their general construction is similar, the diagonal ties forming a kind of latticework, and thus keeping up the same character. These, like all the roof-girders of large span, are constructed principally of wrought-iron. Those who visited the building during its erection, and were among the fortunate few who were enabled to ascend to the "lead-flat," must have been very much struck with the singular appearance presented by the great expanse of acres of glass stretching in long lines of "ridge-and-furrow" roofing on each side of the centre, while the eye, penetrating the transparent covering, became lost in endeavouring to follow the apparently intricate lines of the interior. Such a view might fairly be said to justify the title of "Crystal Palace," by which this building is so commonly known; and it would require no great stretch of imagination to believe that it had been reared by fairy hands, as a votive offering at the world's jubilee of labour.

As the weight of the lead roofing is significantly heavier than that of the glass ridge-and-furrow covering, it was necessary to use stronger roof girders at the point where it crosses the wide span of the main avenue. There are two on either side of the transept, with the inner one needing to support two of the large arched ribs along with their roofing. Its strength is therefore increased to handle the extra load. The extra-strength roof girders are six feet deep, which is double the depth of the others, but their overall design is similar, with diagonal ties forming a type of latticework that maintains the same aesthetic. Like all the roof girders of large spans, these are mainly made of wrought iron. Those who visited the building during its construction and were among the lucky few who could go up to the "lead-flat" must have been very impressed by the unique sight of the vast expanse of glass laid out in long lines of "ridge-and-furrow" roofing on either side of the center. Peering through the transparent covering, one could easily get lost trying to follow the seemingly complex lines of the interior. This view could certainly justify the name "Crystal Palace," by which this building is widely known; and it wouldn't take much imagination to believe it was built by fairy hands as a tribute to a celebration of work in the world.

But we must descend again to the interior, to point out the arrangement of the offices for the staff of the Executive. The principal of these are naturally placed in the centre, on either side of the principal entrance, where they occupy in two storeys the space underneath the gallery, which is continued uninterrupted over them. The entrances at the end are also flanked by offices of less extent. The outer inclosure of these spaces is formed with glazed sashes, similar to those which are placed on the exterior of the building, and boarded partitions divide the interior. The rooms are arranged to be heated and lighted by gas when required, and ample means of ventilation are provided.

But we need to go back inside to describe how the Executive's offices are arranged. The main offices are located at the center, on either side of the main entrance, where they take up two floors of space below the continuous gallery above. The entrances at the ends are also bordered by smaller offices. The outer walls of these spaces have glass windows, similar to those on the outside of the building, and there are wooden partitions dividing the interior. The rooms are set up to be heated and illuminated by gas when needed, and there is plenty of ventilation provided.

The simplicity of the construction renders it very easy to extend or contract the accommodation much more readily than would be possible under ordinary circumstances.

The simple design makes it much easier to expand or reduce the space than it would be in normal situations.

It now remains to notice the arrangements provided for refreshments, which are introduced in connexion with the open courts left on account of the groups of trees. These happen to occur towards the ends of the building, and on the north side of the main avenue; the space at the north end of the transept, next to the inclosed trees, is also appropriated for this purpose. The roofing over these parts is a continuation of that over the rest of the building; and the partitions necessary for inclosing the different spaces are formed chiefly with glazed sashes, avoiding as much as possible any solid construction, which would appear out of character. The open courts are inclosed with sashes and doors, rendered necessary by the uncertain nature of our climate.

It’s now important to mention the setup for refreshments, which are located in connection with the open courts created because of the groups of trees. These areas are situated towards the ends of the building and on the north side of the main avenue; the space at the north end of the transept, next to the enclosed trees, is also designated for this purpose. The roofing over these sections seamlessly continues from the rest of the building, and the partitions needed to enclose the different spaces are primarily made of glazed sashes, minimizing any solid structures that might look out of place. The open courts are enclosed with sashes and doors, which are necessary due to the unpredictable nature of our climate.

A small detached building which has not been mentioned serves for the boiler-house, and is placed near the west end of the building. As it had been determined to afford the means of exhibiting some of the machinery in actual motion, it was necessary to erect boilers to supply the steam to the different machines, as it would clearly be inadmissible for each to generate steam for its own use in the building. The house to contain the boilers is ninety-six feet long and twenty-four feet wide, and is placed as near as practicable to the machinery-department; but at the same time it is quite detached from the main building to avoid risk from the fires. In appearance it resembles the one-storey portion of the main building, but it is constructed entirely of fire-proof materials. It contains five boilers, each to supply steam for twenty-horse power, which is distributed by a pipe to the different machinery.

A small separate building that hasn't been mentioned serves as the boiler house and is located near the west end of the main structure. Since it was decided to provide the means to showcase some of the machinery in operation, it was necessary to install boilers to supply steam to the different machines, as it would clearly not be practical for each machine to generate its own steam within the building. The boiler house is ninety-six feet long and twenty-four feet wide, positioned as close as possible to the machinery department, but it is entirely separate from the main building to minimize fire risks. In appearance, it looks like the single-story part of the main building, but it is built completely from fireproof materials. It houses five boilers, each providing steam for twenty horsepower, which is distributed through a pipe to the various machines.

General View of the Building from the     South-West.

General View of the Building from the South-West.

General View of the Building from the South-West.

{40}

An ornamental cast-iron railing designed by Mr. Owen Jones incloses the building, being placed at a distance of about eight feet from it along the principal fronts, but carried much further off at the ends, so as to inclose a considerable space, which will thus be available for exhibiting any large objects that will bear exposure to the weather, if there should not be sufficient room in the interior of the building. Gates are placed opposite all the entrances and exits, and these are so arranged that when closed they are uniform in appearance with the rest of the railing.

An ornamental cast-iron railing designed by Mr. Owen Jones surrounds the building, set about eight feet away from it along the main fronts, but extending much further at the ends to enclose a larger area. This space will be available for displaying any large objects that can withstand outdoor conditions, in case there isn’t enough room inside the building. Gates are positioned in front of all the entrances and exits, designed so that when closed, they match the appearance of the surrounding railing.

EXTERNAL RAILING.

EXTERNAL RAILING.

OUTSIDE RAILING.

Having thus given a general sketch of the arrangement and appearance of the building, we shall proceed to describe somewhat more minutely the various details of the construction, of which the essential parts are few in number compared with the great repetition of each individually. To assist in this multiplied reproduction of the same form, some exceedingly ingenious machinery has been employed, which will therefore be described in connexion with the parts it has been used to form; and thus these will be traced through their various stages, from the raw material to their finished state as portions of the building. The greater part of this machinery has been used in shaping out those parts which are of wood, and particularly the different portions of the roof, with which we will therefore commence.

Having provided a general overview of the layout and appearance of the building, we will now describe in more detail the various aspects of the construction. The essential components are relatively few compared to the extensive repetition of each one. To aid in this repeated creation of the same form, some remarkably clever machinery has been used, which will be explained alongside the parts it helped to form. This will allow us to trace these components through their different stages, from raw material to their final state as parts of the building. Most of this machinery has been utilized for shaping the wooden parts, especially the different sections of the roof, so we will start there.

The Paxton's Gutters.

IT has been mentioned that the rafters which span the space between the roof-girders serve, at the same time, as gutters, for which purpose they are hollowed out on the upper face, besides having smaller grooves at the sides to take the condensation-water. The bottom of the gutter is of a circular form, which is universally considered the best for conveying liquids with the least amount of friction, and therefore the least liable to obstruction from an accumulation of dirt.

IIt has been noted that the rafters spanning the space between the roof girders also function as gutters. They are hollowed out on the top side for this purpose and have smaller grooves on the sides to collect condensation water. The bottom of the gutter is shaped like a circle, which is generally seen as the most efficient design for moving liquids with minimal friction, reducing the chance of clogging from dirt buildup.

{41}
SECTION OF THE PAXTON'S GUTTER, WITH THE       STRONG SASH-BAR. THE CIRCULAR PLANING-MACHINE. PORTION OF PLANING-MACHINE, WITH THE       REVOLVING ARM AND CUTTERS.

SECTION OF THE PAXTON'S GUTTER, WITH THE STRONG SASH-BAR.

SECTION OF THE PAXTON'S GUTTER, WITH THE STRONG SASH-BAR.

THE CIRCULAR PLANING-MACHINE.

THE CIRCULAR PLANING MACHINE.

PORTION OF PLANING-MACHINE, WITH THE REVOLVING ARM AND CUTTERS.

PORTION OF PLANING MACHINE, WITH THE ROTATING ARM AND CUTTERS.

A section of the gutter, as finished, is shown. To bring it into this form, after the timbers had been sawn into the requisite general dimensions they were brought under the action of the planing-machine, where they were planed on the four sides. This machine is patented by W. Furness, of Liverpool, and was worked at the Chelsea Wharf Saw-mills. The operation was effected by cutters (a) attached to the ends of an arm revolving with great rapidity in a horizontal plane; the timbers to be planed were wedged up into a frame (b) traversing on rails, and as this was passed under the revolving cutters the upper surface was removed by them, at the same time the timbers were held down upon the frame by a large iron disc (c) pressing upon their upper surface. The disc, together with the revolving arm carrying the cutters, was capable of being adjusted vertically to the exact dimensions of the timber. The traversing-frame was slowly propelled by the machinery, and three widths of timber were operated upon at one time. On leaving the planing-machine these quarter baulks were passed on to the gutter-cutting machine. Four different cutters were required to form the section, as shown above; they were placed one behind the other, so that the piece of timber, which was presented to their action above the centre of motion, passed over each of them in succession. The first set, which revolved in a vertical plane, roughly hollowed out the larger groove to the section shown in Fig. 1; the two next were counterparts, and formed the same {42}section in opposite directions; they were set at an inclination to the upright of about 45 degrees, the one to the right, the other to the left; and each hollowed out one of the small side grooves, and one side of the larger gutter, leaving the section of the timber respectively of the forms shown in Figs. 2 and 3. Fig. 4 shows the form of its section after it had passed both; the fourth set of cutters again revolved vertically, and gave the gutter its finished form, as shown above. As the timber passed over the cutters it was supported at the ends on revolving rollers, and was held in its place by guiding grooves, being pressed gradually forwards against the cutters.

A section of the finished gutter is shown. To create this, the timbers were first cut into the necessary dimensions, then taken to the planing machine, where they were planed on all four sides. This machine is patented by W. Furness from Liverpool and operated at the Chelsea Wharf Saw-mills. The process used cutters (a) attached to the ends of a rapidly rotating arm in a horizontal position; the timbers to be planed were secured in a frame (b) moving along rails. As this frame passed under the rotating cutters, the upper surface of the timber was removed while a large iron disc (c) pressed down on it to keep it secured. The disc and the rotating arm with the cutters could be adjusted vertically to match the exact dimensions of the timber. The moving frame was slowly driven by machinery, and three widths of timber were processed at once. After leaving the planing machine, these quarter baulks were sent to the gutter-cutting machine. Four different cutters were needed to shape the section as shown above, organized in a line so that the piece of timber moved over each one in order. The first set, rotating in a vertical plane, roughly carved out the larger groove as depicted in Fig. 1; the next two sets mirrored each other, shaping the same {42}section in opposite angles, set at about 45 degrees—one to the right and the other to the left—hollowing out one of the small side grooves and one side of the larger gutter. This left the section of the timber in the shapes shown in Figs. 2 and 3. Fig. 4 shows the timber’s section after passing through both; the fourth set of cutters again revolved vertically, giving the gutter its final shape as shown above. As the timber moved over the cutters, it was supported at both ends on revolving rollers and held in position by guiding grooves, gradually being pushed forward against the cutters.

SECTIONS OF THE DIFFERENT STAGES OF THE     PAXTON'S GUTTERS.

SECTIONS OF THE DIFFERENT STAGES OF THE PAXTON'S GUTTERS.

SECTIONS OF THE DIFFERENT STAGES OF THE PAXTON'S GUTTERS.

THE GUTTER-CUTTING MACHINE.

THE GUTTER-CUTTING MACHINE.

THE GUTTER-CUTTING MACHINE.

In this manner forty-two lengths of solid gutter, each twenty-four feet and a fraction long, were completed in a day of ten hours; and as the machine was worked double time, a length of more than 2,000 feet was turned out daily ready for use: this, it has been calculated, would have required the labour of about three hundred men to be employed for the same length of time. The absolute necessity for such rapid production will be evident when it is known that no less than 110,000 feet, or about twenty miles length, of such gutters were required—very nearly the distance from Buckingham Palace to Windsor Castle.

In this way, forty-two sections of solid gutter, each just over twenty-four feet long, were finished in a ten-hour day. Since the machine was operating at double capacity, it produced more than 2,000 feet each day, ready for use. It has been estimated that achieving the same output would have taken the labor of about three hundred men for the same duration. The urgent need for this fast production becomes clear when it's noted that a total of 110,000 feet, or roughly twenty miles of these gutters, was necessary—almost the distance from Buckingham Palace to Windsor Castle.

Finished as described above, the Paxton's gutters arrived at the building, where the first operation they underwent was that of cutting them to the exact length requisite. This was a nice operation, as the smallest deviation would have caused a difficulty in fitting them into their place, and to perform it a framework was constructed by which the solid gutter could {43}be bent to the same curve it would have when fixed; a precaution that was necessary in order that the ends might be cut off quite vertically so as to fit together when in their place. At one end of this frame-work was placed a circular saw, twenty inches diameter, hung with a pulley and balance weight, so as to be moved up and down by means of a lever. The gutter being fixed in the frame by means of hinged guage-plates, one end was cut by the circular saw being brought down upon it; and at the same time another operation was performed: two cutters, placed in the centre of the circular saw, were so arranged that when brought down upon the end of the solid gutter they cut out a semi-circular notch, so that when the ends of two gutters were afterwards placed together there was a circular hole left, through which the water passed down into the main gutter. When these operations were completed at one end of the gutter, the guage-plates were taken off, and the timber was swung round on a pivot or crutch in the centre, and the same process gone through as before; the whole scarcely occupying two minutes. We shall presently have to return to this piece of machinery, as it was also used in finishing the ridge rafters.

Once finished as described above, the Paxton's gutters arrived at the building, where the first task was cutting them to the exact required length. This was a precise operation, as any slight mistake could make it difficult to fit them properly. To carry this out, a framework was built that allowed the solid gutter to be bent to the same curve it would have when installed; this was important so that the ends could be cut off straight and fit together perfectly. At one end of this framework, a circular saw with a twenty-inch diameter was mounted on a pulley and balance weight, allowing it to be moved up and down using a lever. The gutter was secured in the frame with hinged gauge plates, and one end was cut by lowering the circular saw onto it. At the same time, another task was performed: two cutters, positioned at the center of the circular saw, were arranged to cut a semi-circular notch at the end of the solid gutter. This left a circular hole when two gutters were later joined, allowing water to flow down into the main gutter. Once this was completed at one end, the gauge plates were removed, and the timber was pivoted around a crutch to repeat the process on the other end; the entire operation took less than two minutes. We will return to this machinery shortly, as it was also used to finish the ridge rafters.

MACHINE FOR FINISHING ENDS OF GUTTERS     AND RIDGES.

MACHINE FOR FINISHING ENDS OF GUTTERS AND RIDGES.

MACHINE FOR FINISHING ENDS OF GUTTERS AND RIDGES.

The solid gutter was now transferred to the hands of the carpenter, who fixed at each end, on the under-side, a small cast-iron shoe; and two struts, nine inches long, were placed so as to divide the whole length into three equal parts—the struts spread out at the top in order to present a large surface of pressure against the under-side of the gutter; and tenons projected upwards, which were fitted into mortices cut into the timber. The lower end of the struts were formed so as to give them a firm hold upon a wrought-iron rod, thirteen-sixteenths of an inch diameter, which was passed under them and through the shoes, where it was screwed up with nuts; and the struts pressing up against the timber produced the requisite bend or camber. Twenty-seven notches, to receive the sash bars, were marked with a templet and cut out on each edge of the upper-side of the gutter; and a small cast-iron plate having been fitted on the under-side at each end, the Paxton's gutter was complete and ready for fixing. The under-trussing of the rafters increased their strength considerably, so that a weight of one-and-a-half tons was required to break one which was experimented upon.

The solid gutter was now handed over to the carpenter, who attached a small cast-iron shoe to each end underneath it. Two nine-inch struts were added to divide the entire length into three equal sections; the struts flared out at the top to create a larger surface area pressing against the bottom of the gutter, and tenons stuck up that fit into mortices cut into the timber. The lower ends of the struts were shaped to grip a wrought-iron rod, thirteen-sixteenths of an inch in diameter, which ran underneath them and through the shoes, where it was tightened with nuts; the struts pushing against the timber created the necessary bend or camber. Twenty-seven notches for the sash bars were marked using a template and cut out along each edge of the upper side of the gutter; and with a small cast-iron plate fitted under each end, Paxton's gutter was complete and ready to install. The under-supporting of the rafters significantly increased their strength, requiring a weight of one-and-a-half tons to break one during testing.

{44}
The Sash-bars.

WE will next consider the sash-bars which support the ridge of the roof and receive the glass. The total length which was required of these amounts to about two hundred miles; it will, therefore, be easily understood that mechanical contrivance for cutting them out became an absolute necessity; this Mr. Paxton appears to have discovered in his works at Chatsworth, as he mentions in his lecture.

WE will now look at the sash-bars that support the roof ridge and hold the glass. The total length needed for these is about two hundred miles; so it's clear that some kind of machine to cut them out became essential. Mr. Paxton seems to have figured this out during his work at Chatsworth, as he notes in his lecture.

MACHINE FOR CUTTING OUT SASH-BARS.

MACHINE FOR CUTTING OUT SASH-BARS.

Sash-bar cutting machine.

The sash-bars are one inch thick and one-and-a-half inches deep, and are grooved on each side, besides having all the four edges bevelled or chamfered; all which was done in one passage through the machine. The plank which was to form the sash-bars was passed in at one end of the machine, between pressure-rollers; it then passed between cutters placed both above and below it, which made about twelve hundred revolutions per minute, and hollowed out the different grooves; and, lastly, it passed between circular saws which divided it into separate sash-bars, after which they had only to be cut into their proper lengths.[6] The exact length of each sash-bar when finished is four feet one inch.

The sash-bars are one inch thick and one-and-a-half inches deep, grooved on each side and have all four edges beveled or chamfered; all of this was done in one pass through the machine. The plank that would become the sash-bars was fed in at one end of the machine, between pressure rollers. It then moved between cutters positioned both above and below, which spun at about twelve hundred revolutions per minute and created the grooves. Finally, it passed between circular saws that cut it into separate sash-bars, after which they just needed to be cut to the correct lengths. The finished length of each sash-bar is four feet one inch.[6]

In this state the skylight bars were sent to the building, where they underwent several finishing operations, necessary to make the ends fit down into the notches prepared in the ridges and gutters. Thirty of the bars {45}were first placed together in a horizontal traversing-frame on a saw-table, on each side of which circular saws were fixed at the distance of the required length of the sash-bar; the frame was then moved forward against the saws, so that both ends of the whole set of bars were cut off simultaneously, and at the same time a cut was made at one end half-way through the bar, in order to form the shoulder against the gutter. They were then removed to another bench, where the end of the bar was bevelled and the shoulder formed by means of a small instrument having a handle with two projecting jaws fitting into the ends of the glass grooves of the bars; between these there was a small blade which, being pressed down, cut out the shoulder which had been sawn through in the other direction, and another blade was placed at the proper angle to remove the bevelled piece at the end of the bar.

In this stage, the skylight bars were sent to the building, where they went through several finishing processes needed to make the ends fit into the notches prepared in the ridges and gutters. Thirty of the bars {45} were first lined up in a horizontal frame on a saw table, with circular saws fixed on each side at the distance needed for the sash bar. The frame was then moved forward against the saws, cutting both ends of all the bars at once, while also making a cut halfway through one end of each bar to create the shoulder against the gutter. They were then moved to another bench, where the end of each bar was beveled and the shoulder shaped using a small tool that had a handle with two projecting jaws fitting into the ends of the glass grooves of the bars; between these, there was a small blade that, when pressed down, cut out the shoulder that had been sawn through in the other direction, and another blade was placed at the right angle to remove the beveled piece at the end of the bar.

THE SASH-BAR DRILLING-MACHINE.

THE SASH-BAR DRILLING-MACHINE.

The sash bar drilling machine.

One more process made the sash-bars complete for fixing—this was the drilling a hole at each end to nail them down on the gutter and ridge; and this was also done by machinery, to insure all the holes being drilled at the same angle. On one side of a horizontal bench were placed a set of four-inch driving pulleys (a a), with as many horizontal drills projecting towards the other side of the bench; a wooden traversing-plate (c) opposite each drill, and working towards it, received one end of the sash-bar, while the other rested in an inclined position against a wooden rail (b) placed longitudinally above the pulleys, having as many sinkings thereon as there were drills. The traversing-plate being then pushed forward, the sash-bar was perforated by the drill; the plate was then drawn back, and the same operation repeated with the other end of the bar, which left it ready for fixing.

One more step completed the sash-bars for installation—this involved drilling a hole at each end to secure them to the gutter and ridge. This was also done by machines to ensure all the holes were drilled at the same angle. On one side of a horizontal bench, there were a set of four-inch driving pulleys (a a), with several horizontal drills pointing toward the other side of the bench. A wooden sliding plate (c) positioned opposite each drill, and moving toward it, received one end of the sash-bar, while the other end rested at an angle against a wooden rail (b) placed lengthwise above the pulleys, with holes corresponding to the drills. When the sliding plate was pushed forward, the drill bored into the sash-bar; then the plate was pulled back, and the same process was repeated on the other end of the bar, making it ready for installation.

{46}

The action of the traversing-plate (c) is shown more distinctly in the second engraving.[7] One out of every nine of the sash-bars of the roof is stronger than the rest, to serve for fixing the ridge previous to glazing. These extra-strong bars are two inches wide and one inch and a half deep, and were formed by the same machinery already described, by an adjustment of the different cutters and saws.

The movement of the traversing plate (c) is more clearly shown in the second engraving.[7] One out of every nine of the sash bars in the roof is reinforced to secure the ridge before glazing. These extra-strong bars are two inches wide and one and a half inches deep, made using the same machinery described earlier, by adjusting the various cutters and saws.

PORTION OF SASH-BAR DRILLING-MACHINE.

PORTION OF SASH-BAR DRILLING-MACHINE.

Part of sash-bar drilling machine.

The Ridges.

THE total length of these required was about sixteen miles. They are cut out of timber three inches square, in section, and are of the form shown in the diagram, with a groove on each side to receive the glass. This was also done by machinery which, with about five-horse power, turned out one hundred lengths of twenty-four feet in a day of ten hours, allowing the time for the necessary stoppages. After they had been delivered at the building, these ridge-pieces were cut to the exact lengths by means of the same apparatus used for the solid gutters which has already been described. At each end of the ridge-piece two holes were also drilled to receive dowells to connect it with the adjoining length. By no other than mechanical means could the immense number of holes thus drilled have been placed so exactly that those in the opposite ends of any two ridge-pieces should correspond precisely.

TTHE total length of these required pieces was about sixteen miles. They are made from timber that is three inches square in cross-section and shaped as shown in the diagram, with a groove on each side to hold the glass. This process was also done using machinery that, with about five horsepower, produced one hundred lengths of twenty-four feet in a ten-hour day, accounting for the necessary breaks. Once delivered to the building, these ridge-pieces were cut to exact lengths with the same equipment used for the solid gutters described earlier. Each end of the ridge-piece had two holes drilled to fit dowels that connect it to the adjacent piece. There is no way other than mechanical means that such a large number of holes could have been drilled so accurately to ensure that the holes at the opposite ends of any two ridge-pieces line up perfectly.

SECTION OF RIDGE AND ORDINARY SASH-BAR.

SECTION OF RIDGE AND ORDINARY SASH-BAR.

SECTION OF RIDGE AND ORDINARY SASH-BAR.

The different essential component parts of the roof having thus been described, we propose to take the different members of the construction in succession downwards.

The various essential components of the roof have been described, so we plan to discuss the different parts of the structure in order from the top down.

The Glass.

BUT first it may be mentioned here that the glass used throughout the building is sheet, on an average about one-sixteenth of an inch thick, and weighing one pound per foot superficial. This gives an aggregate weight of about four hundred tons for the whole of the work, {47}the greater part of which was supplied by Messrs. Chance and Co., of Birmingham. Each square is forty-nine inches long and ten wide, the greatest length of sheet glass that has ever been made in this country. The manufacture of this kind of glass is of comparatively recent introduction into England, though practised for some time on the Continent; and the rapid progress made by the manufacturers alluded to must be in a great measure attributed to the wise removal of the fiscal burden on the article, made by the late Sir Robert Peel. That lamented statesman, with his usual foresight, doubtless contemplated that great social benefits would follow from that enactment; and it is, perhaps, not too much to say that, but for Sir Robert's enlightened measure, this "huge pile of transparency" would never have been reared.

BFirst, it should be noted that the glass used throughout the building is sheet glass, averaging about one-sixteenth of an inch thick and weighing one pound per square foot. This results in a total weight of around four hundred tons for the entire structure, with most of it supplied by Messrs. Chance and Co., based in Birmingham. Each pane measures forty-nine inches long and ten inches wide, making it the longest sheet of glass ever produced in this country. The production of this type of glass is a relatively recent development in England, although it has been practiced for some time on the Continent. The rapid advancements made by the manufacturers mentioned can largely be credited to the wise removal of the tax burden on the material, enacted by the late Sir Robert Peel. That respected leader, with his usual insight, likely anticipated that significant social benefits would arise from this legislation; it may not be an exaggeration to say that, without Sir Robert's progressive action, this "massive structure of transparency" would never have been built. {47}

The Box Gutters.

IT has been mentioned that the triple gutters deliver the water into main gutters running in the transverse direction of the building; these are formed of wood, with a bottom piece, into which are grooved two upright sides, they are firmly bolted down upon the upper flange of the roof-girders, and where these are quite horizontal the fall in the gutter is given by a false bottom laid to a slope. Of these gutters there is a length of about five-and-a-half miles in the building, which, added to the aggregate length of the Paxton's gutters, makes a total of about twenty-five-and-a-half miles of gutter.

IIt's been noted that the triple gutters channel the water into main gutters that run across the building. These are made of wood, featuring a bottom piece with two vertical sides grooved into it. They are securely bolted to the upper flange of the roof girders, and where these sections are completely horizontal, the slope in the gutter is created by a false bottom laid at an angle. There is approximately five and a half miles of these gutters in the building, which, when combined with the total length of Paxton's gutters, adds up to about twenty-five and a half miles of gutter.

Roof Girders.

THESE are of cast-iron, where not more than twenty-four feet long, and the rest of wrought-iron. The cast-iron ones are precisely the same in appearance as those used for the galleries, but lighter in metal; a separate description of them is not, therefore, necessary. The weight of each of these girders is twelve cwt., and each was proved to nine tons previously to being used; but it is calculated that the greatest weight they may have to bear will not exceed five tons: the total number required was about 470.

TThese are made of cast iron, with a maximum length of twenty-four feet, while the rest are made of wrought iron. The cast iron ones look exactly like those used for the galleries but are lighter in weight; so a separate description isn’t needed. Each of these girders weighs twelve hundredweight, and each was tested to nine tons before being used; however, it's estimated that the maximum weight they might need to support won't exceed five tons. About 470 of them were needed in total.

The wrought-iron girders, or trusses, are partly forty-eight and partly seventy-two feet long, to span the avenues of those respective widths; the principle of the construction is the same in each. The top rail (if it may be so called) of the truss is formed with two pieces of L section iron placed back to back double L sections, and the bottom rail with two flat bars parallel flat bars, the total depth being three feet; at the ends these bars are riveted on to cast-iron standards, and the intermediate distance is divided into eight-feet lengths by other cast-iron standards, to which the bars are also riveted, {48}and thus a framework of rectangles is formed. In the trusses forty-eight feet span there are, therefore, six such divisions in the length, and nine in those of seventy-two feet span. These are then divided in the direction of ONE of the diagonals by a flat bar passing between and riveted to those forming the top and bottom rails. This completes the constructional part of the truss; but to render the appearance more uniform with that of the cast-iron girders, a flat bar of wood (shown by the dotted lines) is made to form the other diagonal of the rectangles.

The wrought-iron girders, or trusses, are partly forty-eight and partly seventy-two feet long, designed to span the respective widths of the avenues; the principle of the construction is consistent in each. The top rail (if that’s what it should be called) of the truss consists of two pieces of L section iron placed back to back double L sections, and the bottom rail is made up of two flat bars parallel flat bars. The total depth is three feet; at the ends, these bars are riveted onto cast-iron standards, and the space in between is divided into eight-foot lengths by other cast-iron standards, to which the bars are also riveted, {48} thus forming a framework of rectangles. In the trusses that span forty-eight feet, there are, therefore, six such divisions in length, and nine in those that span seventy-two feet. These are then divided in the direction of ONE of the diagonals by a flat bar that passes between and is riveted to those making up the top and bottom rails. This completes the construction of the truss; however, to make its appearance more uniform with that of the cast-iron girders, a flat bar of wood (indicated by the dotted lines) is used to create the other diagonal of the rectangles.

DIAGRAM OF 48-FEET GIRDER.

DIAGRAM OF 48-FEET GIRDER.

48-Foot Girder Diagram.

The trusses for a span of seventy-two feet are cambered or bent upwards about ten inches, which both adds to their strength and improves the appearance. The form and arrangement of these roof-trusses may be clearly traced in several of the views of the interior which are presented to the reader. The weight, when completed, of each of the trusses of seventy-two feet span is about thirty-five cwt., and of those of forty-eight feet span about thirteen cwt.

The trusses for a span of seventy-two feet are curved upwards by about ten inches, which both increases their strength and enhances their appearance. The shape and layout of these roof trusses can be clearly seen in several of the interior views shown to the reader. When finished, each of the seventy-two-foot trusses weighs about thirty-five hundredweight, while the forty-eight-foot trusses weigh around thirteen hundredweight.

It has been already mentioned that four of the roof-trusses vary from the rest on account of the greater load they have to sustain. The depth of these exceptional trusses is six feet, and their length seventy-two feet, or the width of the main avenue, which they bridge over. The principle of their construction is similar to that employed in the lighter trusses; but the arrangement of the parts is somewhat modified. The top rail consists of two pieces of L section iron, placed, as before, back to back; but they are further connected on the top by a flat piece double L sections with flat. The lower rail is formed by two flat bars placed upright parallel flat bars, and these are riveted at the ends to standards of cast-iron, which, however, are considerably heavier in construction than those before described; and they have also in the centre, at (a) two slots, or sinkings, into which the ends of two of the diagonal bars are riveted. The whole length is then divided into three equal parts, each 24 feet long, by strong CAST-iron standards at (b) the ends of which are riveted between the rails, and these spaces are again subdivided into three eight-feet lengths by WROUGHT-iron standards at (c c). The top of each standard is next connected with the foot of the next but one to it by diagonal flat bars, which, together with the short pieces fastened into the slots at (a), complete the figure of the whole, forming a kind of trellis-work, two diamonds in depth. In the diagram only half the length of the girder is shown.

It has already been mentioned that four of the roof trusses differ from the others due to the heavier load they must support. The depth of these unique trusses is six feet, and their length is seventy-two feet, matching the width of the main avenue they span. The construction principle is similar to that used in the lighter trusses, but the arrangement of the components is slightly adjusted. The top rail is made up of two pieces of L section iron, placed back to back, but they’re additionally connected on top by a flat piece double L sections with flat, which are riveted at the ends to much heavier cast-iron standards than those previously described. They also feature, at the center, at (a), two slots or recesses where the ends of two diagonal bars are riveted. The entire length is divided into three equal sections, each 24 feet long, with strong CAST-iron standards at (b), which are riveted between the rails. These spaces are further divided into three eight-foot lengths by WROUGHT-iron standards at (c c). The top of each standard is then connected to the foot of the next but one with diagonal flat bars, which, along with the short pieces secured in the slots at (a), complete the overall configuration, forming a type of trellis work with two diamonds in depth. In the diagram, only half the length of the girder is shown.

DIAGRAM OF ONE-HALF OF 72-FEET GIRDER.

DIAGRAM OF ONE-HALF OF 72-FEET GIRDER.

DIAGRAM OF ONE-HALF OF 72-FOOT GIRDER.

The dimensions of the different bars of iron in this piece of construction {49}are proportional to the amount of strain they have to bear. The two heavier out of the four trusses just described weighed when completed eight tons each, and the other two, which are of rather lighter construction, six tons each.

The sizes of the various iron bars in this construction {49}are proportional to the amount of stress they need to handle. The two heavier trusses out of the four described weighed eight tons each when finished, while the other two, which are built a bit lighter, weighed six tons each.

The riveting together of the wrought-iron trusses was performed on horizontal supports, on which the curve that they were to be made to was marked out. The bars having been previously cut to the requisite lengths, and punched and drilled with holes for the rivets, were laid out on the stages in the proper forms with the cast-iron standards, which were temporarily kept in place by bolts passed through some of the rivet-holes. The whole framework was then riveted up with red-hot rivets supplied from small portable furnaces, several sets of men being employed upon each truss, by which means as many as sixteen were completed in one day. The whole of the trusses, three hundred and seventy-two in number, required for the building were put together on the ground, and several ingenious mechanical contrivances were made use of to facilitate and hasten the work. To form some idea of the amount of labour that had to be performed, it may be mentioned that each of the trusses forty-eight feet in length, or the smallest, is held together by more than fifty rivets, requiring more than twice that number of holes to be made in bars of iron varying in thickness from a quarter of an inch upwards. About 25,000 rivets were thus required for the whole of the work.

The assembly of the wrought-iron trusses was done on horizontal supports, where the curve they needed to match was marked out. The bars were cut to the right lengths, punched, and drilled with holes for the rivets, then laid out on the platforms in the correct shapes with cast-iron standards, temporarily held in place with bolts through some of the rivet holes. The entire framework was then riveted together using red-hot rivets from small portable furnaces, with several sets of workers assigned to each truss, allowing up to sixteen to be completed in a single day. All of the trusses, a total of three hundred and seventy-two, were assembled on the ground, and various clever mechanical devices were used to make the work easier and faster. To give an idea of the labor involved, each of the trusses, which measured forty-eight feet in length at the smallest, was secured with more than fifty rivets, requiring over twice that number of holes to be drilled into iron bars of various thicknesses starting from a quarter of an inch. Around 25,000 rivets were needed for the entire project.

Iron Drilling Machine.

THE holes for the rivets were made partly by drilling and partly by punching. In the machine used for the former the bar to be bored was laid upon a flat surface forming part of the solid cast-iron stand of the machinery; the drilling-point worked vertically, and could be moved in that direction to suit the different thicknesses of iron brought under its operation. It was suspended at one end of a lever, with a counterpoise at the other. This lever was also connected by a rod and crank, with another near the ground, one end of which was formed into a tread to be worked by the foot. The workman, when he had arranged the iron in the right position under the drill, pressed his foot upon the tread; thus raising the counterpoise end of the upper lever, and pressing the point of the drill, which was of a spear-head form, down upon the iron. Underneath the iron to be drilled was placed a piece of wood to protect the point of the drill when it had passed through the iron. It was also necessary to moisten the iron during the operation, in order to keep the drill-point cool. Three men were required to attend to this work, which was not so rapid as the other method of making the holes by punching.

TTHE holes for the rivets were created partly by drilling and partly by punching. In the machine used for drilling, the bar to be drilled was placed on a flat surface that was part of the solid cast-iron stand of the machinery; the drill bit worked vertically and could be adjusted to accommodate the different thicknesses of iron being processed. It was attached at one end of a lever, with a weight at the other end. This lever was also linked by a rod and crank to another lever near the ground, one end of which had a tread that was operated by foot. The worker, after positioning the iron correctly under the drill, stepped on the tread; this raised the weight end of the upper lever and pushed the pointed drill bit, which was shaped like a spearhead, down onto the iron. A piece of wood was placed underneath the iron being drilled to protect the drill bit once it had gone through the iron. It was also necessary to wet the iron during the drilling to keep the drill bit cool. Three workers were needed to carry out this process, which wasn't as fast as using the punching method to create the holes.

{50}
THE DRILLING-MACHINE.

THE DRILLING-MACHINE.

The drilling machine.

The Punching Machine.
THE PUNCHING-MACHINE AND SHEARS.

THE PUNCHING-MACHINE AND SHEARS.

THE PUNCHING MACHINE AND SHEARS.

THE enormous power exerted by this piece of machinery renders it necessary that the stand containing the punch, &c., should be exceedingly solid, and it is formed accordingly by a heavy mass of cast-iron, in which there are two indentations, as seen by the engraving. In the lower of these the punching operation is performed, and in the {51}upper there are shears for cutting off the ends of the bars when required. The motion is communicated to each of these by means of a cogged wheel at the back; but both the punch and the shears work in a vertical direction, slowly moving up and down with irresistible force. There is no sudden blow or jerk, which makes the effect the more striking, as the unpractised eye has no means of discovering the amount of the force which is being put in operation. It is, however, so great that, although the punching of a hole scarcely occupies two or three seconds, the iron becomes quite hot from the effect of the pressure. In using this machine, the workman arranges the iron bar on a solid rest, placing it so that when the punch descends it makes the hole in the position required. As soon as the punch has passed through the bar, the action of the machinery is reversed, and the instrument ascends again; during which time the bar is re-arranged, and the operation is thus continually repeated. This piece of machinery also requires three men to work it, if the bars to be punched are of considerable length, so as to require the ends to be held up; otherwise, one alone is sufficient; and in the course of a ten-hours day about three thousand holes can be punched out—the number, of course, varying according to the thickness of the bars.

TTHE huge power produced by this machine means that the stand holding the punch, etc., needs to be extremely solid, and it’s constructed from a heavy block of cast iron, which features two indentations, as shown in the engraving. The punching action happens in the lower indentation, while the upper one contains shears for cutting off the ends of the bars when necessary. The motion is transferred to each of these via a cogged wheel at the back; however, both the punch and the shears operate vertically, slowly moving up and down with immense force. There is no sudden impact or jerk, making the effect even more impressive, as the untrained eye cannot easily gauge the force being applied. It’s so substantial that even though punching a hole takes only two or three seconds, the iron gets quite hot due to the pressure. When using this machine, the worker positions the iron bar on a sturdy rest, aligning it so that when the punch descends, it creates a hole in the required spot. Once the punch has gone through the bar, the machinery’s action is reversed, and the tool rises again; during this time, the bar is repositioned, allowing the process to repeat continuously. This machine also needs three people to operate it if the bars being punched are long enough that the ends need support; otherwise, one person can handle it alone. Over a ten-hour day, around three thousand holes can be punched out, though this number varies depending on the thickness of the bars.

Neither of the mechanical contrivances just described are novel inventions, though they are thus, perhaps, brought for the first time under the notice of many of our readers, to whom they may be so far rendered interesting from their being connected with the execution of THE building of the day.

Neither of the mechanical devices just mentioned are new inventions, although they might be presented here for the first time to many of our readers, who may find them interesting because they are related to the construction of THE building of the day.

The Adzing and Planing Machine.
THE ADZING-CUTTERS.

THE ADZING-CUTTERS.

THE PLANERS.

AT the Chelsea Saw-mills, where the reader has already seen the Paxton's gutters shaped out, another interesting piece of machinery was in use for these works, for the purpose of finishing planks to a certain size and thickness, called the adzing and planing machine. An adze is a tool used by carpenters to remove any unevenness in the surface of a board in a particular spot. In this piece of machinery two cutters are fixed to a revolving arm, under which the plank is made to pass; and as it does so the cutters remove a certain thickness from the whole of the surface. The arrangement of these cutters is very plainly shown in the annexed engraving. On the under-side of the same bench to which this apparatus is fixed, three planes are set, each at an angle of about 5 degrees, by which the under-side of the plank {52}is brought to an even face, while the upper surface is operated on by the adzing-cutters, and in this manner the plank is reduced to an even thickness throughout. As it passes on it is brought between two circular saws, which are adjusted to the width which it is desired to give to the plank. It is dragged forward towards the planes and cutters by means of an endless chain, composed of open links; which chain passes over a wheel provided with projecting pegs, so arranged as to fit into the links. The plank is kept down upon the planes, and otherwise held in position, by pressure-rollers.

AAt the Chelsea Saw-mills, where the reader has already seen the Paxton's gutters being shaped, another interesting piece of machinery was being used for these operations: a machine called the adzing and planing machine, designed to finish planks to a specific size and thickness. An adze is a tool used by carpenters to smooth out uneven surfaces on a board in certain spots. This machine has two cutters attached to a rotating arm, under which the plank passes. As the plank moves through, the cutters shave off a specific thickness from the entire surface. The arrangement of these cutters is clearly illustrated in the attached drawing. Underneath the same bench to which this machine is attached, three planes are set at an angle of about 5 degrees, which helps to create a flat underside on the plank while the adzing-cutters work on the upper surface, ensuring an even thickness throughout. As it moves forward, the plank goes between two circular saws, which are set to the desired width. It's pulled along toward the planes and cutters using an endless chain made of open links; this chain runs over a wheel with protruding pegs that fit into the links. Pressure rollers keep the plank pressed down onto the planes and secure it in place.

THE ADZING AND PLANING MACHINE.

THE ADZING AND PLANING MACHINE.

The Adzing and Planing Machine.

The Columns and Connecting Pieces.
SECTION OF COLUMN.

SECTION OF COLUMN.

COLUMN SECTION.

THE columns in the building perform three important offices. They support the roof and the galleries, and serve as pipes to convey the rain-water from the roofs. Their form, which is beautiful, both mechanically and artistically, was suggested by Mr. Barry; it is a ring, eight inches in diameter externally, the thickness varying in the different columns, according to the weights they have to support respectively. Four flat faces, about three inches wide, are added on the outside of this ring, so that when the column is in its place, they face nearly north, south, east, and west. The column may therefore be considered as a hollow tube, of the section just described, and of the same form at each end, having at its extremities horizontally projecting rings called SNUGS, through which the bolts are passed, to fasten the columns to the connecting-pieces and base-pieces. That the hollow form adopted for the columns is that best suited to obtain the greatest strength with the least amount of material has been {53}abundantly shown by experiments, as even two straws placed in an upright position will bear a very considerable weight; it is that also seen in the structure of the bones of animals. Of these columns there are 3,300 in the whole building.

TThe columns in the building serve three main purposes. They support the roof and the galleries, and they act as pipes to drain rainwater from the roofs. Their design, which is both functional and aesthetically pleasing, was proposed by Mr. Barry; it's a ring, eight inches in diameter on the outside, with thickness varying in the different columns based on the weights they need to support. Four flat faces, about three inches wide, are added to the outside of this ring, positioning them to face nearly north, south, east, and west when the column is installed. Thus, the column can be seen as a hollow tube with this cross-section, having the same shape at both ends, with horizontally extending rings known as Snuggles at its ends, through which bolts are inserted to secure the columns to the connecting pieces and base pieces. The hollow shape used for the columns is proven to provide the greatest strength with the least amount of material, as demonstrated by experiments; even two straws standing upright can support a considerable weight, a principle also reflected in the structure of animal bones. There are a total of 3,300 columns in the entire building.

Those portions of the height of the columns which correspond with the depth and position of the girders form separate lengths, which are called connecting-pieces, as they unite the lengths of columns of the different storeys. These connecting-pieces have the same sectional form as the columns themselves, and, like them, are the same at each end, where there are projections cast on, which serve to support the girders, and which are provided with holes through which the bolts pass to connect them with the columns. These holes alternate with the projections to receive the girders, which projections are so formed that they clip others cast on to the ends of the girders, which will be hereafter described. In the centre of each projection there is formed a small notch which receives the key or wedge for fixing the girders.

The parts of the columns that match the depth and position of the girders create separate lengths called connecting-pieces, which connect the columns of different floors. These connecting-pieces have the same cross-section as the columns themselves and are identical at both ends, with projections that support the girders. These projections also have holes for bolts that link them to the columns. The holes alternate with the projections to accommodate the girders, which are designed to interlock with additional features at the ends of the girders, which will be described later. Each projection has a small notch in the center that holds the key or wedge for securing the girders.

The meeting faces of the columns and connecting-pieces were all turned in a lathe, in order that, when set up, they might fit so precisely as not to require any packing to adjust them in an upright position; and only in the cases of those columns which serve as water-pipes is any such packing introduced. In those a piece of canvass, with white lead, is put into the joint. An enormous amount of additional labour was involved by this proceeding, as no less than twelve hundred of such faces had to be operated on; but this did not deter the enterprising contractors, who were fully alive to the importance of the object to be attained. When fixed, the projecting "snugs," with the bolts passing through them, were covered by ornamental caps and bases of cast-iron, fixed after the rest of the work was completed.

The meeting surfaces of the columns and connecting pieces were all shaped on a lathe, so that when they were assembled, they would fit so perfectly that no shimming would be needed to keep them upright; only in the cases of those columns that act as water pipes is any shimming used. In those, a piece of canvas with white lead is added to the joint. This process involved a massive amount of extra labor, since no less than twelve hundred of such surfaces had to be worked on; but this didn’t stop the determined contractors, who understood the significance of the goal to be achieved. Once installed, the protruding "snugs," with the bolts going through them, were covered by decorative caps and bases made of cast iron, which were attached after the rest of the work was done.

The Base Pieces.

THE lower storey of columns in every case stands upon base-pieces of which the upright portion is a continuation of the column, with "snugs" at the top, to correspond with those of the column, and standing on a horizontal bed-plate, from which "shoulders" rise to strengthen the upright portion. These bed-plates vary in size from three feet by two feet to one foot six inches by one foot, in proportion to the weight which the several superincumbent columns have to sustain. The longest dimension of the bed-plate is in the transverse direction of the building, in which the greatest overturning strain might be expected to act upon the columns. From the vertical portion of the base-pieces, sockets six inches in diameter project, in the direction of the length of the building, into which are fitted the {54}cast-iron drain-pipes, which convey away the water brought down by the columns from the roof. The height of the base-pieces varies to suit the different levels at which the floor is supported above the ground. These levels had therefore to be determined in every individual instance previous to the castings being made. It was done, however, with such precision that, when they came to be used, they were all found to be of the exact length required for their situation. Of these base-pieces, 1,074 were required for the building.

TThe lower level of columns in every instance rests on base pieces where the upright part continues from the column itself, featuring "snugs" at the top that match those of the column. These sit on a flat bed-plate, from which "shoulders" extend to reinforce the upright section. The sizes of these bed-plates range from three feet by two feet to one foot six inches by one foot, depending on the weight that the columns above need to support. The longest side of the bed-plate runs across the width of the building, where the greatest risk of toppling on the columns is expected. From the vertical section of the base pieces, six-inch diameter sockets extend along the length of the building, designed to hold the {54}cast-iron drain pipes that carry away water from the roof, which is funneled down by the columns. The height of the base pieces varies to match the different height levels where the floors are supported above ground. Each of these levels had to be identified for each specific case before the castings were made. However, it was carried out with such accuracy that, when they were needed, all were found to be the precise length required for their positions. A total of 1,074 of these base pieces were needed for the building.

BASE-PIECE.

BASE-PIECE.

BASE-PIECE.

Cast-iron Girders.

IT has been mentioned that the columns supported girders at three different heights, dividing the greatest altitude of the building into three storeys; and that the lower tier of girders, where the building consisted of more than one storey, served to support a gallery.

IT it has been noted that the columns held up beams at three different heights, splitting the highest point of the building into three levels; and that the lower level of beams, where the building had more than one level, helped support a balcony.

These gallery girders are all twenty-four feet long and three feet deep, the upper and lower "flanges" or rails having a T section formed section with standards at the ends of similar section. The rectangular space between them is then divided into three equal parts, by uprights having a + section form of section, and the three smaller spaces thus obtained have diagonal "struts" in each direction. The girder thus described forms a double truss, in which the diagonal braces are subjected both to the strain of compression and tension. At the top and bottom of the end-standards small projections are cast on, by which the connecting-pieces hold the girders; and at each end of the flat portion of the top and bottom rails small sinkings are cast, by means of which the girder is keyed up to its position. The flat portion of the upper and lower "flanges" of the girder is swelled out in width from the ends towards the centre, in order to increase the quantity of metal in that part where the strain is greatest.

These gallery girders are all twenty-four feet long and three feet deep, with the upper and lower "flanges" or rails having a T section formed section and standards at the ends of a similar section. The rectangular space between them is divided into three equal parts by uprights that have a + section shape. The three smaller spaces created have diagonal "struts" in each direction. The girder described forms a double truss, where the diagonal braces are under both compression and tension. At the top and bottom of the end-standards, small projections are cast on, allowing the connecting pieces to hold the girders, and at each end of the flat part of the top and bottom rails, small indentations are cast, which help key the girder into its position. The flat area of the upper and lower "flanges" of the girder is widened from the ends toward the center to increase the amount of metal in the part that experiences the most strain.

The description just given of the gallery girders will apply to all the cast-iron girders throughout the building, of which there are 2,150; the only difference between them being, that those for the roofs or other internal portions, where no gallery is to be supported, are cast with a less amount of metal. The form of girder just described, which is unusual, was the result of several experiments performed under the superintendence of Messrs. W. Cubitt, C. H. Wild, C. Fox, and other gentlemen, previous to the commencement of the building; and the thickness of metal for the different parts of these, as well as for all the other cast-iron work in the building, was minutely calculated and determined by Mr. C. H. Wild and Mr. C. Fox, under the supervision of Mr. Cubitt, the President of the Institution of Civil Engineers, to whom the Royal Commission had intrusted the responsible duty of the chief superintendence of the whole of the work.

The description of the gallery girders applies to all the cast-iron girders in the building, which total 2,150. The only difference is that the girders for the roofs or other internal areas, where no gallery needs to be supported, are made with less metal. The unusual form of girder described was the outcome of several experiments conducted under the supervision of Messrs. W. Cubitt, C. H. Wild, C. Fox, and other gentlemen before the building began. The thickness of the metal in these girders and all other cast-iron work in the building was carefully calculated and determined by Mr. C. H. Wild and Mr. C. Fox, under the supervision of Mr. Cubitt, the President of the Institution of Civil Engineers, who was entrusted by the Royal Commission with the key responsibility of overseeing the entire project.

View of Interior from the Level of     Galleries.

View of Interior from the Level of Galleries.

View of the Interior from the Gallery Level.

{55}
The Galleries.

TO proceed to the gallery itself, supported by the girders just described. The timbers supporting the floor are so arranged that the weight of each bay of twenty-four feet square is distributed equally to the four girders inclosing it, and in such a manner as to bear upon them at the points immediately over the vertical standards.

TO continue to the gallery itself, held up by the previously mentioned girders. The beams supporting the floor are arranged so that the weight of each section measuring twenty-four feet square is evenly distributed to the four girders surrounding it, ensuring that it rests directly above the vertical posts.

In the transverse direction of the building two pairs of joists, eight feet apart in each bay, are formed into trusses by tie-rods, 1⅜ inches diameter, passed through a cast-iron shoe at each end, and pressing up two "struts," which are made to bear against the under-side of binding-timbers running longitudinally, or crossing the joists, and immediately under them. The cast-iron shoes for the trusses are bolted down to the girders, and serve at the same time to receive the standard supports of the gallery railing. The ends of the binding-timbers are secured by bolts and oak suspension-pieces to the other two girders inclosing the square. Joists about two feet six inches apart bear from girder to girder parallel to the trusses, and resting on the binding-timbers. On these is laid the floor, 1¼ inches thick, grooved and iron-tongued. A light cast-iron railing, forming a kind of trellis-work, is fixed between the columns, and is capped with a round mahogany hand-rail. From the view at page 60 the arrangement of the galleries will be readily understood.

In the width of the building, two pairs of joists, eight feet apart in each section, are turned into trusses by tie rods that are 1⅜ inches in diameter, which pass through a cast-iron shoe at each end and push up two "struts." These struts support the underside of binding timbers that run lengthwise or cross over the joists and sit directly beneath them. The cast-iron shoes for the trusses are bolted to the girders and also serve to hold the standard supports for the gallery railing. The ends of the binding timbers are fastened with bolts and oak suspension pieces to the other two girders that form the square. Joists spaced about two feet six inches apart stretch between the girders parallel to the trusses and rest on the binding timbers. The floor, which is 1¼ inches thick, grooved and fitted with iron tongues, is laid on these joists. A light cast-iron railing, designed like a trellis, is attached between the columns and topped with a curved mahogany handrail. The arrangement of the galleries can be easily understood from the view on page 60.

Testing the Cast-iron Girders.

FROM the very important office which the girders perform throughout the building, but more particularly those supporting the galleries, it was of the utmost importance that, previously to their being fixed in their places, the soundness of the casting should be proved; for it could hardly be expected that so large a number of girders could be produced without some of them being defective. The ordinary means of testing girders, by loading them with weights, would have occupied far too much time; and therefore an ingenious apparatus was devised by Mr. C. H. Wild for this purpose, by the use of which the testing of a girder occupied but a few minutes.

FFrom the very important role that the girders play throughout the building, especially those supporting the galleries, it was crucial that, before they were installed, the strength of the casting be verified; after all, it was unlikely that such a large number of girders could be made without some defects. The usual method of testing girders by weighing them down would have taken too long, so Mr. C. H. Wild developed a clever device that reduced the testing time of a girder to just a few minutes.

{56}
FRAME AND HYDRAULIC PRESS FOR TESTING     THE GIRDERS.

FRAME AND HYDRAULIC PRESS FOR TESTING THE GIRDERS.

FRAME AND HYDRAULIC PRESS FOR TESTING THE BEAMS.

It consisted of a very strong cast-iron frame rather longer than the girder, the bottom of which was formed by two fixed beams placed eight inches apart, and supported a few inches above the ground. At each end of these a cast-iron standard was firmly bolted between them and rose to a height rather greater than the depth of the girder to be tested; on the inner faces of these standards two "shoulders" were formed, which received the projections cast on the ends of the girder, as before mentioned. Between the fixed beams below, at two points dividing the whole length into three equal parts, were placed strong cylinders, with rising pistons connected with a forcing-pump, together with which they formed a Bramah's hydraulic press. A girder being placed in this frame, in an inverted position, the force applied by means of the pistons rising from the cylinders acted upon it precisely at those points, and in the same manner, as the load from the gallery or the roof would do when afterwards fixed in its place.

It had a very sturdy cast-iron frame that was longer than the girder, with the bottom made up of two fixed beams placed eight inches apart, elevated a few inches above the ground. At each end of these beams, a cast-iron standard was securely bolted between them, extending higher than the depth of the girder being tested; on the inner sides of these standards, two "shoulders" were created to hold the projections cast on the ends of the girder, as previously mentioned. Between the fixed beams below, at two points dividing the entire length into three equal sections, strong cylinders with rising pistons were installed, connected to a forcing pump, forming a Bramah hydraulic press. When a girder was placed in this frame upside down, the force applied through the pistons rising from the cylinders exerted pressure on it exactly at those points, just like how the load from the gallery or the roof would act when it was fixed in place.

The essential parts of the Bramah's press may be thus briefly described. It consists of two cylinders, the diameter of one being considerably larger than that of the other. The smaller cylinder is fitted with a solid plunger or piston, by means of which water may be forced from it into the larger; this being also fitted with a rising piston, the force is communicated by it to the weight which it is desired to raise. The power obtained by means of this apparatus arises from the distributive power of fluids and the practical incompressibility of water, and it is proportioned to the difference of the diameters of the two cylinders; so that if a pressure of one pound per square inch be applied on the surface of the piston in the smaller cylinder, and the piston in the larger cylinder present a surface ten times greater, the power is multiplied by that number; whilst, in addition, the lever power used in applying the pressure to the smaller piston is obtained. The {57}cylinders are fitted with valves, so arranged as to prevent the return of the water from the larger to the smaller, while the apparatus is in action, and thus the power is accumulated in the former.

The main components of Bramah's press can be summarized as follows. It consists of two cylinders, one of which has a much larger diameter than the other. The smaller cylinder is equipped with a solid plunger or piston, which pushes water into the larger cylinder; this cylinder also has a rising piston that transfers the force to the weight that needs to be lifted. The power generated by this system comes from the distributing power of fluids and the practical incompressibility of water, and it depends on the difference in diameter between the two cylinders. For example, if a pressure of one pound per square inch is applied to the piston in the smaller cylinder, and the piston in the larger cylinder has a surface area ten times bigger, the power is multiplied by that factor. Additionally, the leverage applied to the smaller piston is also included. The {57} cylinders have valves designed to stop water from flowing back from the larger cylinder to the smaller one while the system is active, allowing power to build up in the larger cylinder.

In the instance before us, the two 3-inch cylinders already alluded to in the proving-frame took the place of the larger cylinder of the ordinary apparatus; and they were connected with the forcing-pump by a strong metal tube. When a girder had been fixed in the frame for proving, the force-pump was worked till the pistons underneath the girder carried it off its lower bearings and pressed it upwards against the "shoulders," by which it was firmly held, and the pressure was then continued until the amount previously fixed upon as necessary for proof had been obtained. This was ascertained by means of a self-adjusting apparatus attached to the hydraulic press.

In the situation we have here, the two 3-inch cylinders mentioned earlier in the proving frame replaced the larger cylinder found in the standard equipment; they were connected to the forcing pump by a sturdy metal tube. Once a girder was secured in the frame for testing, the force pump was operated until the pistons beneath the girder lifted it off its lower supports and pressed it upward against the "shoulders," which held it firmly in place. The pressure was then maintained until the previously established amount necessary for proof was reached. This was measured using a self-adjusting device attached to the hydraulic press.

An iron cylinder 1½ inches diameter was placed in communication with the pipe connecting the pump and the press, so that the pressure obtained in it was, in proportion to its diameter, the same as that in the large cylinder; and it was fitted with a piston-rod, working in a vertical direction. This piston-rod was connected with a lever, from the end of which a scale-pan was suspended, at a distance from the fulcrum ten times greater than that of the point of attachment of the piston from the same. The weight of the scale-pan and lever were balanced by a large mass of iron at the other end. In the scale-pan a certain weight was placed, proportioned to the proof desired to be obtained; and the action of the pump was continued until the water, rising in the iron cylinder just described, forced up the lever, and with it the weight attached; and thus indicated that the pressure to which it was desired to subject the girder had been reached. The weight to be placed in the scale-pan was thus determined: the diameter of the lever cylinder being 1½ inches, and that of each of those in the proving-frame three inches, the pistons or "rams" in the latter presented together eight times the surface of that in the lever cylinder; which being multiplied by the difference of length of the two parts of the lever, determines the weight for the scale-pan to be one-eightieth of that to which it was desired to prove the girder.

An iron cylinder with a diameter of 1½ inches was connected to the pipe linking the pump and the press, so that the pressure inside it was proportionate to its diameter, matching the pressure in the larger cylinder. It had a piston rod that worked vertically. This piston rod was connected to a lever, from which a scale pan was hung at a distance from the fulcrum that was ten times greater than the distance from the piston’s attachment point to the fulcrum. The weight of the scale pan and lever was balanced by a large mass of iron on the other end. A specific weight was placed in the scale pan, adjusted for the proof intended to be obtained; the pump continued its operation until the water rose in the described iron cylinder, lifting the lever and the attached weight, indicating that the desired pressure on the girder had been achieved. The weight to be put in the scale pan was thus calculated: with the diameter of the lever cylinder being 1½ inches and that of each cylinder in the proving frame being three inches, the pistons or "rams" in the proving frame collectively had eight times the surface area of that in the lever cylinder; multiplying this by the difference in length between the two lever parts determines that the weight for the scale pan should be one-eightieth of the weight needed to test the girder.

The ordinary gallery girders were tested with a pressure equivalent to a weight of fifteen tons; but it was calculated that, when fixed, the greatest weight they would have to sustain would be seven-and-a-half tons. In one instance, for the sake of experiment, the pressure was continued beyond the proof weight of fifteen tons, to see what amount of strain the girders would bear without fracture, and it was found that a strain of thirty tons produced no injurious effect; but the girder broke with an additional weight of half a ton.

The regular gallery girders were tested with a pressure equal to the weight of fifteen tons, but it was determined that, once installed, the maximum weight they would need to support would be seven and a half tons. In one experiment, the pressure was pushed beyond the proof weight of fifteen tons to see how much strain the girders could handle without breaking, and it turned out that a strain of thirty tons didn't cause any damage; however, the girder broke with just an extra half ton added.

{58}
Roof of Transept.

WE will now return to describe that portion of the roof which varies in form and arrangement from the rest, namely, the semicircular covering of the transept. This is supported by arched ribs, placed twenty-four feet apart, and constructed of Memel timber, in three thicknesses; the centre-piece four inches thick, with a 2-inch piece on each side of it. They are formed in lengths of about nine feet, placed so as to break joint; that is, the joints of the outer pieces fall upon the centre of the inner one. The thicknesses are fastened together by bolts passing through them about two feet six inches apart, besides being nailed at other points. On the inner circumference of the rib thus constructed there is then placed a piece of timber moulded to correspond with the form of the columns; and on the outer circumference two boards, each one inch thick, are bent round and attached to the rib with strong nails. On both the outer and inner circumference a flat bar of iron is secured by bolts passing through the whole depth of the rib, which, thus finished, measures eighteen inches in depth by eight inches in thickness. The ends of the ribs are fitted into sockets, formed by the upward continuation of the columns, to which they are attached by iron straps.

WE will now describe the part of the roof that differs in shape and layout from the rest, specifically the semicircular covering of the transept. It is supported by arched ribs, which are placed twenty-four feet apart and made of Memel timber in three layers: the centerpiece is four inches thick, with a 2-inch layer on each side. The ribs are about nine feet long and arranged to stagger the joints, meaning the joints of the outer layers meet the center of the inner one. The layers are secured together with bolts spaced about two feet six inches apart, and additional nails are used at various points. On the inner curve of the constructed rib, a piece of timber is shaped to match the design of the columns, and on the outer curve, two boards, each an inch thick, are bent around and attached to the rib with sturdy nails. A flat iron bar is attached to both the outer and inner curves by bolts that pass through the entire depth of the rib, which, when finished, measures eighteen inches deep and eight inches thick. The ends of the ribs fit into sockets created by the upward extensions of the columns, where they are secured with iron straps.

The ribs, which are supported by the trusses over the main avenue, have their ends bolted down upon a piece of timber secured on the upper portion of the truss; and they are further fixed in their places by oak brackets, forming a spreading foot on each side upon the same piece of timber.

The ribs, supported by the trusses above the main avenue, are bolted down at their ends onto a piece of wood secured to the upper part of the truss; they are also held in place by oak brackets, creating a spreading foot on each side of the same piece of wood.

Between these large ribs horizontal timbers, called "purlins," are fixed about nine feet apart, by means of cast-iron shoes, bolted both to them and to the ribs. These serve to support the minor or intermediate ribs, occurring at distances of eight feet apart; which consist of a single square piece of timber, having the two thicknesses of 1-inch board bent round their outer circumference, as on the main ribs. The boards form the gutters or furrows between which rise the ridges, in the same manner as in that portion of the roof which is horizontal.

Between these large ribs, horizontal beams called "purlins" are attached about nine feet apart using cast-iron shoes, which are bolted to both the purlins and the ribs. These support the smaller or intermediate ribs, spaced eight feet apart, which are made of a single square piece of timber. The outer edges have two layers of 1-inch boards wrapped around them, like the main ribs. The boards create the gutters or channels between the raised sections, just like in the horizontal part of the roof.

The ridges, in this case, instead of being cut out of solid pieces, are formed in three thicknesses, bent round to the requisite curve, and so retained by small bolts tying them down to the "purlins." The sash-bars which receive the glass form, as elsewhere, the sloping rafters or supports of the ridge.

The ridges, in this case, instead of being cut from solid pieces, are shaped in three thicknesses, bent to the necessary curve, and held in place by small bolts securing them to the "purlins." The sash-bars that hold the glass also serve as the sloping rafters or supports of the ridge.

Interior View of the Central Avenue     towards the West.

Interior View of the Central Avenue towards the West.

Interior View of Central Avenue looking West.

{59}

The space below the first "purlin" or plate at the springing of the arch, down to the level of the lead-flat beneath it, is fitted with louvre-frames for ventilation. The diagonal bracing between the main ribs has been already alluded to. Each set consists of four wrought-iron rods three quarters of an inch in diameter, having eyes at one end, by means of which they are secured with bolts, passing through the thickness of the ribs; in the centre they meet in a cast-iron ring, on the inner side of which the ends are screwed up with nuts.

The area below the first "purlin" or plate at the start of the arch, down to the level of the lead-flat beneath it, is equipped with louvre frames for ventilation. The diagonal bracing between the main ribs has already been mentioned. Each set includes four wrought-iron rods that are three-quarters of an inch in diameter, with eyes at one end, which are secured with bolts that go through the ribs. In the center, they connect in a cast-iron ring, where the ends are tightened with nuts on the inner side.

The semicircular ends of the transept are filled in with tracery, formed by radiating timbers, strutted apart with short pieces placed in concentric rings. The circular heads of the openings are formed by iron castings screwed into their places, and the eye from which the radiating lines of the tracery proceed is also formed by solid iron castings bolted together. On the outer face the ribs of the tracery are moulded, and on the inner side glazed sashes are fixed, filling in the openings.

The semicircular ends of the transept are filled with tracery made from radiating wood beams, supported by short pieces arranged in concentric rings. The circular tops of the openings are created with iron castings that are screwed in place, and the center point from which the radiating lines of the tracery extend is also made of solid iron castings that are bolted together. On the outside, the ribs of the tracery are shaped, and on the inside, glazed windows are installed, filling the openings.

The lead-flat, twenty-four feet wide, extending the whole length of the transept, on either side of the semicircular roof, is constructed in a similar manner to the floor of the galleries, by under-trussing two pairs of joists in each bay. In the width of the lead-flat roof a horizontal truss is formed by flat bars of iron fixed in the direction of the diagonal of the 24-feet square bays, to resist any possible thrust or tendency of the ends of the ribs to open outwards at the springing.

The lead flat, twenty-four feet wide, stretches the entire length of the transept. On each side of the semicircular roof, it's built similarly to the gallery floor, with two pairs of joists under-trussed in each bay. Within the width of the lead flat roof, a horizontal truss is created using flat iron bars placed along the diagonal of the 24-foot square bays, to counteract any potential outward thrust or tendency of the rib ends to spread apart at the springing.

The Facework.

THE external inclosures of the building, on the levels of the different storeys, require but little description in detail beyond that already given. The sash-bars dividing the sashes of the upper tiers are grooved for glass similarly to those used in the roof, and were cut out by the same machinery. The glass was put in after they were framed together, so that it was necessary to arrange the ends of the bars that it could be slipped in at one end. As the bars of these sashes were of slight dimensions and considerable length, they were strengthened by wrought-iron rods passed through the sash-frame and the bars, and screwed up at the ends, causing the whole to work together. The sashes are held in their position by small cast-iron clips, which are bolted on to the columns; and as the surface presented to the wind by the upright sides of the building is of such considerable extent, wooden bridges are fixed against the sashes on the inside, by small cast-iron shoes bolted to the columns; and at the internal angles, where the wind would exert its greatest force, these bridges are further strengthened by wrought-iron rods half an inch in diameter, pressing against the back of them, which is grooved for the purpose, and screwed up at each end in the cast-iron shoes. In this manner a connected chain of resistance to any external pressure is established round the whole circuit of the building.

TTHE outer parts of the building, on the various levels, don’t need much more detail than what has already been provided. The sash-bars that separate the panes in the upper sections are grooved for glass, just like those used in the roof, and were made with the same machinery. The glass was installed after the frames were put together, so the ends of the bars had to be arranged so that the glass could slide in from one end. Since the bars of these sashes are narrow yet long, they were reinforced with wrought-iron rods that run through the frame and the bars, tightened at the ends to keep everything together. The sashes are secured in place with small cast-iron clips that are bolted to the columns; and because the upright sides of the building face the wind over a large area, wooden bridges are installed inside against the sashes, held in place by small cast-iron brackets bolted to the columns. At the internal corners, where the wind pressure is strongest, these bridges are further reinforced with half-inch diameter wrought-iron rods pressing against the back of them, which are grooved for this purpose and secured at both ends in the cast-iron brackets. This setup creates a continuous chain of resistance to any outside pressure around the entire perimeter of the building.

{60}
THE LOUVRE-FRAME.

THE LOUVRE-FRAME.

THE LOUVRE FRAME.

The louvre-frames, which form part of the face-work in all the different storeys, consist of a deal frame in which bent louvre-blades are hung on pivots at each end. These blades are of galvanised iron of an S section form. On the back of each blade is fixed a loop of thin iron, to which a rack is fitted; and by these means all the blades in each frame are moved simultaneously. A considerable number of these racks may also be connected, so that a large area of ventilation may be regulated at once.

The louvre frames, which are part of the facade across all the different levels, are made of a wood frame with bent louvre blades pivoted at each end. These blades are made of galvanized iron shaped like an S section. Each blade has a thin iron loop attached to the back, to which a rack is fitted; this allows all the blades in each frame to move at the same time. A good number of these racks can also be connected together, enabling the regulation of a large ventilation area at once.

The Diagonal Bracing.

FROM the total absence in this building of any internal division-walls, which in ordinary structures considerably add to their stability, it was thought desirable to introduce into the construction something to compensate for this deficiency. At several points in the length of the building, where a continuous connexion could be established transversely, the squares formed by the columns and girders on the different storeys have their four corners connected by diagonal rods, seven-eighths of an inch in diameter, having eyes at the ends, by which they are secured to the bolts connecting the different parts of the columns. In the centre of the square the four rods meet in a cast-iron ring, and are screwed up with nuts; ornamental faces are fitted into the rings, so that this addition to the construction is by no means detrimental to the general effect.

FDue to the complete lack of internal division walls in this building, which usually enhance stability in typical structures, it was deemed necessary to incorporate something into the design to make up for this shortcoming. At several locations along the length of the building, where a continuous connection could be made across, the squares formed by the columns and beams on different floors have their four corners linked by diagonal rods, seven-eighths of an inch in diameter, equipped with eyes at the ends to attach them to the bolts linking the various parts of the columns. In the middle of each square, the four rods converge in a cast-iron ring and are tightened with nuts; decorative elements are added to the rings, ensuring that this structural enhancement doesn’t detract from the overall appearance.

In a similar manner this diagonal bracing is introduced in a horizontal direction immediately under the floor of some portions of the galleries; of these there are twenty-two sets, and of those placed vertically there are, altogether, 220 sets in the building, and the manner of their introduction will be readily understood from the views of the interior.

In a similar way, this diagonal bracing is added horizontally right beneath the floor in some parts of the galleries; there are twenty-two sets of these, and there are a total of 220 sets placed vertically throughout the building. You can easily understand how they are installed by looking at the views of the interior.

The Staircases.

THE double staircases, of which it has been mentioned there are eight in the building, consist each of four flights, about eight feet wide; two parallel ones, leading from the ground-floor to a landing, at the half-height, and the other two branching in opposite directions from the landing to the two galleries. The treads of the steps are {61}made of a species of mahogany called sabicu, which is much harder than oak, and therefore peculiarly suited to the purpose for which it is here employed. The risers, or faces of the steps, are of deal. The stairs are supported by cast-iron girders, following the slope, the lower ones being fixed at the foot to stout timbers under the flooring, and the upper ends bolted to the cast-iron columns which support the landing. These columns are of the same pattern as the rest throughout the building, but only five inches in diameter. They are supported on concrete, and eight of them are required for each staircase. The floor of the landing is carried by lesser cast-iron girders, with flooring-joists.

TTHE double staircases, of which there are eight in the building, each have four flights and are about eight feet wide. There are two parallel sets that lead from the ground floor to a landing halfway up, and the other two branch off in opposite directions from the landing to the two galleries. The treads of the steps are made of a type of mahogany called sabicu, which is much harder than oak and therefore particularly suitable for this use. The risers, or faces of the steps, are made of pine. The stairs are supported by cast-iron girders that follow the slope; the lower ones are anchored at the base to sturdy timbers beneath the flooring, while the upper ends are bolted to the cast-iron columns that hold up the landing. These columns follow the same design as the rest in the building, but are only five inches in diameter. They rest on concrete, with eight needed for each staircase. The landing's floor is supported by smaller cast-iron girders along with flooring joists.

VIEW OF STAIRCASE.

VIEW OF STAIRCASE.

STAIRCASE VIEW.

The girders carrying the upper flights spring from the landing girders, and have their upper ends bolted on to the main girders supporting the galleries, which are varied in pattern for this purpose. The railing of the staircase is formed in separate cast-iron standards, one to each step, which are bolted on to the top flange of the girders; and the foot of the standard is so continued that the ends of the treads are fitted into it, and are thus supported. The pattern of these standards is assimilated to that of the gallery railing.

The beams supporting the upper flights come from the landing beams and have their upper ends bolted to the main beams that hold up the galleries, which are designed in different patterns for this purpose. The railing of the staircase is made from separate cast-iron standards, one for each step, which are bolted to the top flange of the beams; the base of each standard extends so that the ends of the treads fit into it, providing support. The design of these standards matches that of the gallery railing.

The hand-rail is formed of Honduras mahogany, with carved ends. On each side of the upper flight, which occupies the centre of a 24-feet space, connecting-galleries about eight feet wide are carried, establishing a communication between the two lines of gallery without descending to the level of the landing and then re-ascending. The landing is sufficiently high above the ground-floor to give ample headway for passing underneath it; so that the space occupied by the staircases on the ground-floor is but small.

The handrail is made of Honduras mahogany, featuring carved ends. On either side of the upper flight, which spans the center of a 24-foot space, there are connecting galleries about eight feet wide. These connect the two gallery lines without the need to go down to the landing level and then back up. The landing is high enough above the ground floor to provide plenty of clearance for passing underneath it, meaning the staircases take up very little space on the ground floor.

{62}
The Floor and Foundations.

IT now only remains to mention briefly the construction of the floor of the building, and the foundations for the base-pieces. The substratum of the site consists of gravel of an excellent quality, and sufficiently dense to have sustained, perhaps without any preparation, the load brought upon it by the bases of the columns. A thickness of concrete, proportioned in all cases to the amount of the weight to be borne by the superincumbent columns, and of such a size as to be two feet in each direction larger than the bed-plates, was placed upon the gravel, and the upper surface was finished with a bed of fine mortar to receive the bed-plates. In this manner it was calculated that in no case would a greater weight than two-and-a-half tons be borne by each foot superficial of the gravel—previous experiments having shown that a considerably larger weight could be placed upon it without any injurious effect.

IT now only needs a quick mention of the building's floor construction and the foundations for the base pieces. The ground underneath is made of high-quality gravel, dense enough to support the weight of the column bases, possibly without any extra preparation. A layer of concrete, sized according to the weight the columns would carry and extending two feet in every direction beyond the bed-plates, was placed on the gravel. The top was finished with a layer of fine mortar to hold the bed-plates. This setup was designed so that no more than two-and-a-half tons would rest on each square foot of gravel, as previous tests indicated that it could handle significantly more weight without damage.

The timbers supporting the joists for the floor are also placed upon small blocks of concrete, about one foot cube, at a distance of eight feet apart. On these are fixed the flooring-joists, and a deal floor an inch and a half thick is laid on them, as has been already mentioned, with intervals of about half an inch between the boards.

The beams supporting the floor joists are also set on small concrete blocks, roughly one foot on each side, spaced eight feet apart. The flooring joists are attached to these, and a floor made of wood that is an inch and a half thick is laid on top, as previously mentioned, with gaps of about half an inch between the boards.

FIXING CAST-IRON DRAIN-PIPE.

FIXING CAST-IRON DRAIN-PIPE.

Repairing cast-iron drain pipe.

In order to carry off the water brought down from the roof by every alternate longitudinal row of columns, 6-inch cast-iron pipes are fitted into the sockets described in the base-pieces, and are carried in the lines of those columns through the whole length of the building, with discharges into the {63}larger drains at the centre and at each end; the natural slope of the ground gives a sufficient fall to the pipes.

To channel the water that runs off the roof from every other row of columns, 6-inch cast-iron pipes are installed in the sockets mentioned in the base pieces. These pipes run along the lines of the columns throughout the entire length of the building, with outlets into the{63} larger drains in the center and at both ends. The natural slope of the ground provides enough drop for the pipes.

Having thus described in detail all the different portions of the construction of the building, we must proceed to give some account of its actual erection, which will enable us to mention many very ingenious mechanical contrivances which were employed in the course of its progress.

Having described in detail all the different parts of the building's construction, we now need to discuss how it was actually built, which will allow us to highlight many clever mechanical devices that were used throughout the process.

The First Operations on the Ground.

FROM the great extent of the area required for the building, it was not to be expected that any site would be found of the necessary size, perfectly level. On the ground occupied by the building there is a difference of level between the two extreme ends of about eight feet. In consequence of this fall of the natural surface from west to east, and in order to avoid having a considerable flight of steps at one end of the building to compensate for it, it was determined to arrange the floor with an inclination following nearly that of the ground, such fall being at the rate of one inch in twenty-four feet. All the lines of the building which would be called horizontal in fact follow this line of the floor, and those which are supposed to be upright are placed at right angles to the floor, and therefore slightly inclined from the perpendicular towards the east. The deviation, however, is so exceedingly small as to be perfectly imperceptible even to those who are aware of the fact; and no one who was not previously informed of it would be able to detect it.

FGiven the large area needed for the building, it was unrealistic to expect to find a perfectly level site of the necessary size. The ground where the building is located has about an eight-foot difference in elevation between its two ends. Because the natural surface slopes down from west to east, and to avoid having a steep flight of steps at one end, we decided to design the floor with a slight incline that follows the ground's slope, approximately one inch for every twenty-four feet. All lines of the building that would typically be horizontal actually follow this floor line, and those that are meant to be vertical are positioned at right angles to the floor, slightly leaning toward the east. However, this angle is so minimal that it’s completely unnoticeable, even to those who know about it; nobody who hasn’t been informed would spot it.

It has been mentioned that Messrs. Fox and Henderson's tender for the building was verbally accepted on the 16th of July, 1850, and on the 30th of that month they obtained possession of the site from the Commissioners of Woods and Forests.

It has been noted that Messrs. Fox and Henderson's bid for the building was verbally accepted on July 16, 1850, and on July 30 of that month, they got possession of the site from the Commissioners of Woods and Forests.

The first proceeding was to inclose the whole area (including a considerable space at each end more than would be covered by the building) with a hoarding about eight feet high, put together in a very simple manner, so that the boards were afterwards available for the flooring. The supports for the hoarding consisted of pieces of timber fixed in the ground in pairs, at intervals of the length of the boards, leaving a narrow space between them, into which the boards were dropped, and thus held in their place without any nails. Temporary offices were then erected in a convenient portion of the site, and were covered with a roofing which was a specimen of that to be used in the building itself. Considerable ranges of carpenters' sheds were also put up, and even stables for twenty or thirty horses, which were required in the progress of the works.

The first step was to enclose the entire area (including a significant space at each end beyond what the building would occupy) with a fence about eight feet high, assembled in a very basic way so that the boards could later be used for the flooring. The supports for the fence consisted of wooden posts set in the ground in pairs, spaced at the length of the boards, leaving a narrow gap between them where the boards were dropped in, holding them in place without any nails. Temporary offices were then built in a convenient part of the site and covered with roofing that would be used in the actual building. Large areas of carpenters' sheds were also constructed, as well as stables for twenty or thirty horses that were needed during the project.

{64}
Setting out the Ground.

THE first thing to be done towards the building itself was to set out accurately all the points where the columns would stand, as well as the general outline of the building. It will be readily understood that this was an exceedingly important part of the work, as upon its accuracy depended the fitting together of the various parts that had afterwards to be put in place.

TThe first step in constructing the building was to precisely mark all the locations for the columns and the overall shape of the structure. It's clear that this was a crucial part of the process, as the accuracy of this layout determined how well the different components could be assembled later on.

This part of the work was executed with great precision by Mr. W. G. Brounger. He commenced by determining the four extreme angles of the building, and the centre lines of the main avenues. These formed fixed points from which were determined the whole of the centres for the columns.

This section of the project was carried out with impressive precision by Mr. W. G. Brounger. He started by figuring out the four outer angles of the building and the center lines of the main pathways. These established fixed points that were used to determine all the centers for the columns.

Our readers will recollect that the dimension of twenty-four feet occurs horizontally throughout the building, either in multiples or sub-multiples. In order to measure off the different distances, rods of American pine were made, into which, near the ends, pieces of metal were fixed, having corresponding notches at the exact distance of twenty-four feet apart. By these means the lengths were measured off with great accuracy, as the wood used is not liable to alteration in the length of its fibre; and by means of the metal notches the rods were sure to be placed correctly together. It was necessary to make these sockets or notches of metal, from the great amount of work the rods had to perform.

Our readers will remember that the measurement of twenty-four feet appears horizontally throughout the building, either in multiples or fractions. To mark off the different distances, rods made of American pine were created, into which pieces of metal were attached near the ends, featuring notches that were exactly twenty-four feet apart. This allowed for very precise measurements, as the wood is stable and won't change in length. The metal notches ensured that the rods were lined up correctly. It was essential to make these sockets or notches out of metal because of the heavy work the rods had to handle.

In determining the length of the rods, the standard of the Astronomical Society was used; and this was referred to in all important measurements for the castings and other parts of the building, to insure their precise eventual agreement in length. This will hardly be considered to have been unnecessary when it is remembered that, from the great length of the building, a very minute error in any of the parts would have been so multiplied as sensibly to throw out the ends.

In deciding how long the rods should be, the Astronomical Society's standard was used. This standard was referenced in all significant measurements for the castings and other parts of the building to ensure they all matched precisely in length. It’s easy to see this wasn’t unnecessary, especially considering that because of the building’s great length, even a tiny mistake in any of the parts could have multiplied, causing the ends to be noticeably misaligned.

To those who are unacquainted with the fact, it may be well to mention that the standard of length referred to is obtained from a pendulum, which oscillates seconds, in the latitude of London, in a vacuum, at the level of the sea, at a certain fixed temperature. The length of this pendulum is then divided into a certain registered number of feet and inches.

To those who aren't familiar with it, it's worth noting that the standard length mentioned is derived from a pendulum that swings for seconds, at the latitude of London, in a vacuum, at sea level, and at a specific fixed temperature. The length of this pendulum is then divided into a set number of feet and inches.

The rods above described were carried along the centre lines of the columns, and the position of each column was marked by a small stake driven into the ground; and in order still more accurately to fix the centre, a long nail was driven into the head of the stake. In this manner the position of every column throughout the building was determined.

The rods mentioned earlier were placed along the center lines of the columns, and each column's position was marked by a small stake driven into the ground. To pinpoint the center even more accurately, a long nail was driven into the top of the stake. This way, the position of every column in the building was established.

The level at which the floor was to be fixed was the next point {65}determined by the ordinary method of levelling, and stakes, with a T section piece at the top, called boning-sticks, were fixed in different parts of the building; by the aid of which the tops of the base-pieces for the columns were all afterwards fixed in one plane of the required slope.

The level at which the floor was to be set was the next point {65}determined by the usual method of leveling. Stakes, along with a T section piece at the top, called boning-sticks, were placed in different areas of the building. This helped ensure that the tops of the base pieces for the columns were all aligned in one plane with the necessary slope.

Fixing the Base Plates.

THE next proceeding was to excavate the holes for the concrete, on which the base-pieces were to stand. To do this, the stakes marking the centres of the columns had to be removed, and it was therefore necessary to adopt some method of finding those centres again with precision. For this purpose a large carpenter's square, as it is called, was made. This instrument forms a right-angled triangle, and in this instance was used in the following manner:—The centre of its longest side, or hypothenuse, was marked by a line, which, if continued, would pass through the right angle of the triangle, and at an equal distance along each of the other sides of the triangle from the right angle an upright saw-cut or notch was made. The square was then placed horizontally, so that the line marked on the hypothenuse coincided with that of the centres of a row of columns, and so that the right-angled corner of the square touched the nail marking the exact site of a column. Two small stakes were then driven under the notches in the short arms of the square, and nails were driven into them through the notches. It will be seen that by these means the site of the first stake could easily be again ascertained after its removal. The holes for the concrete were then dug of an oval form and of the various sizes and depths required, and the concrete filled in to the proper height. The gravel used for the concrete was raised in a pit at one end of the ground.

TTHE next step was to dig the holes for the concrete where the base pieces would sit. To do this, the stakes marking the centers of the columns had to be taken out, which meant we needed a reliable way to find those centers again. For this, we made a large carpenter's square. This tool creates a right-angled triangle and was used like this: We marked the center of the longest side, or hypotenuse, with a line that, if extended, would run through the right angle of the triangle. At an equal distance along each of the other sides from the right angle, we made a vertical saw-cut or notch. The square was then positioned horizontally so the line marked on the hypotenuse lined up with the row of column centers, and the right-angle corner of the square touched the nail marking the exact spot for a column. Two small stakes were driven under the notches in the short arms of the square, and nails were inserted through the notches into them. This method allowed us to easily locate the first stake again after it was removed. The holes for the concrete were then dug in an oval shape, varying in size and depth as needed, and the concrete was filled in to the correct height. The gravel for the concrete was gathered in a pit at one end of the site.

Next to the setting out of the positions of the columns, perhaps the operation of fixing the base-pieces was that in which the greatest accuracy was required; for as there were in some parts three storeys of columns to be fixed over them, any inaccuracy as to their level or position would be very much increased at the top of the building. To fix the base-pieces over the centres that had been determined for the columns, another carpenter's square was made use of, like that already described, but having the right-angled corner cut out to the form of the section of a column. This square being placed with the notches in its short sides over the two stakes already described, the upright portion of the base-piece was fitted into the notch at the angle; and as the reader will at once see, if he has followed us in the description of the various processes, its correct position was thus exactly found.

Next to figuring out where the columns would go, setting the base pieces was probably the task that required the most precision. Since there were three stories of columns to be placed above them in some areas, any mistake in their level or position would be magnified at the top of the building. To secure the base pieces above the spots designated for the columns, another carpenter's square was used, similar to the one described earlier but with the right angle cut out to match the shape of the column section. With this square positioned, having its notches on the short sides over the two stakes mentioned, the vertical part of the base piece was fitted into the notch at the angle. As you can easily understand if you've followed the steps we've outlined, this method allowed us to find its exact position.

In order to determine the level of the top of the base-pieces, boning-sticks were placed in the lines of the columns, and when the base-piece {66}had been approximately fixed, a piece of wood was placed on it edgeways, the top of which was to range with the top of the boning-sticks. This was easily arranged by looking along them; and the workmen drove down the base-piece with a wooden mallet till the desired level was obtained.

To figure out the height of the top of the base pieces, boning sticks were set along the lines of the columns. Once the base piece {66} was roughly in place, a piece of wood was laid on it vertically, aiming for the top to align with the tops of the boning sticks. This was easy to check by looking along them; then, the workers tapped down the base piece with a wooden mallet until it reached the right level.

From what has been previously stated, it may be gathered that the base-pieces had to be fixed truly upright in one direction, but slightly inclined in the other; and to effect this a plumb-rule was made, on which the deviation from the perpendicular line was marked; and this, when applied to those faces of the base-pieces which were to incline, served to show when the proper inclination was arrived at, whilst an ordinary plumb-rule applied to the other upright faces tested their vertical position.

From what has been said before, it can be understood that the base pieces needed to be set straight up in one direction, but slightly angled in the other. To achieve this, a plumb line was created, which indicated how far off from vertical they were. When this was used on the sides of the base pieces that were meant to be angled, it showed when the correct tilt was reached, while a regular plumb line used on the other upright sides checked their vertical position.

The first column was raised on the ground on the 26th of September, but little more than two months after the tender had been accepted. In the meantime, many of the different castings had already arrived on the ground, and a considerable advance had been made in the carpenter's work for the gutters and other parts. The semi-circular ribs for the transept roof were also being put together, and stacked in such a manner as not to stand in the way of the other works.

The first column was put up on the ground on September 26th, just a little over two months after the tender was accepted. In the meantime, many of the different castings had already arrived, and significant progress had been made on the carpentry work for the gutters and other parts. The semi-circular ribs for the transept roof were also being assembled and stored in a way that didn’t interfere with the other work.

VIEW OF CRANE AND PROVING-PRESS.

VIEW OF CRANE AND PROVING-PRESS.

View of crane and press.

We may mention here that every casting, as it came on to the ground, was weighed and registered, and every girder proved, as already described; in doing which considerable assistance was derived from one of Mr. Henderson's patent Derrick cranes, which was erected near the proving-apparatus. By its means a girder was raised from the waggon in which it arrived, placed on the weighing-machine, weighed, removed to the proving-press, tested, raised again, and deposited on the ground in a stack, in less than four minutes.

We should note that every piece that came onto the site was weighed and recorded, and every girder was tested, as previously mentioned. This process was greatly aided by one of Mr. Henderson's patented Derrick cranes, which was set up near the testing equipment. Using it, a girder was lifted from the wagon it arrived on, placed on the scale, weighed, moved to the testing press, tested, lifted again, and stacked on the ground, all in under four minutes.

{67}
Henderson's Derrick Crane.
(Fig. 1.) (Fig. 2.) (Fig. 3.)
HENDERSON'S DERRICK CRANE. PART OF HENDERSON'S DERRICK CRANE. PART OF HENDERSON'S DERRICK CRANE.
HENDERSON'S DERRICK CRANE. PART OF HENDERSON'S DERRICK CRANE. PART OF HENDERSON'S DERRICK CRANE.

A BRIEF description of this useful engine may not be out of place here. It consists of an upright mast (E), steadied when the crane is in use by two sloping stays (F F). These stays are fixed into horizontal timbers (G) on the ground, connected with the foundation-plate (H) on which the mast turns. At the foot of the mast is fixed a combination of wheels and working handles for raising the weight, technically called a crab. A beam (A) working at the bottom in a socket (B, Fig. 3) fixed to the foot of the mast, but hanging out from it in a sloping direction, is called the DERRICK, and forms the principal peculiarity of the crane, as it can be raised more to the upright line, or lowered to slope more outwards, as may be desired, by means of the chain (C). The advantage of this is obvious; for a weight may thus be raised from or deposited at any point within a circle of a certain radius, depending on the length of the derrick; whereas, in an ordinary crane, the weight can only be placed at points upon the circumference of that circle. The whole engine revolves on a pivot (H, Fig. 2) at the {68}foot of the mast. Cranes of this description are made varying in power from one to forty tons, and with derricks ranging from twenty to sixty feet radius.

A A brief overview of this useful engine is worth mentioning here. It features an upright mast (E), supported when the crane is in use by two angled stays (F F). These stays are anchored into horizontal beams (G) on the ground, linked to the foundation plate (H) on which the mast rotates. At the base of the mast is a set of wheels and handles for lifting the weight, known as a crab. A beam (A) operates at the bottom in a socket (B, Fig. 3) attached to the mast's base, extending out at an angle, referred to as the DERRICK. This feature is the main distinction of the crane, as it can be raised more upright or lowered to extend outwards as needed using the chain (C). The benefit of this is clear; it allows a weight to be lifted from or placed at any point within a circle of a specific radius, depending on the length of the derrick. In contrast, a standard crane can only position the weight at points along the circumference of that circle. The entire engine spins on a pivot (H, Fig. 2) at the {68}base of the mast. Cranes of this type come in various power ratings from one to forty tons, with derricks ranging from twenty to sixty feet in radius.

Raising and Fixing the Columns and     Girders.

MANY of the persons who visited the building during the progress of its erection were heard to inquire "where was the scaffolding;" and others even imagined that the skeleton framework they saw was, in fact, only the scaffolding for the building, and not parts of its actual construction. This leads us to point out one of the most interesting peculiarities of the structure; namely, that it formed, as it were, the scaffolding for its own erection. In order to raise the columns upon the base-pieces, two poles were placed upright, connected by a horizontal piece, forming what is called shear-legs; the whole being steadied in its position by ropes from the summit fixed to the ground in various directions. A rope with pulleys fixed to the horizontal piece served to hoist the column, and sustain it in a vertical position until the bolts were passed through the projecting rings at the bottom of the column and the corresponding ones at the top of the base-piece, and screwed up. When two columns had been thus fixed, a connecting-piece was attached to each end of a girder, and the whole raised by the same apparatus, and fixed on the top of the columns; bolts being passed through the holes in the projections of the connecting-pieces, corresponding with those on the top of the columns. The shear-legs were then moved on twenty-four feet to perform the same duties to another pair of columns; and two sides of a 24-feet bay were thus formed. To complete the square, two more girders were raised in a similar manner, and fixed between the connecting-pieces over the columns. The square bay then became a firm structure, requiring no further support; and by repeating these operations all the smaller avenues of the building were erected, of the different heights of one, two, or three storeys. The greatest number of columns thus fixed in one week was 310.

MAnyone who visited the building while it was being constructed asked, "Where's the scaffolding?" Some even thought that the skeletal framework they saw was just the scaffolding for the building, not part of its actual structure. This highlights one of the most fascinating features of the building: it essentially served as the scaffolding for its own construction. To raise the columns onto the base pieces, two poles were set up vertically, connected by a horizontal beam, creating what’s known as shear-legs. The whole setup was stabilized by ropes from the top anchored to the ground in several directions. A rope with pulleys attached to the horizontal beam was used to lift the column and keep it vertical until bolts were inserted through the projecting rings at the bottom of the column and the matching ones at the top of the base piece, and tightened. Once two columns were secured this way, a connecting piece was added to each end of a girder, which was then raised using the same equipment and placed on top of the columns; bolts were passed through the holes in the connecting pieces that matched those on the tops of the columns. The shear-legs were then moved twenty-four feet to repeat the process for another pair of columns, creating two sides of a 24-foot bay. To complete the square, two more girders were similarly raised and attached between the connecting pieces over the columns. The square bay then became a stable structure that needed no additional support, and by continuing these steps, all the smaller passages of the building were built, varying in height from one to three stories. The highest number of columns installed in one week was 310.

FIXING THE GIRDERS.

FIXING THE GIRDERS.

Repairing the beams.

General View of the Works in Progress.

General View of the Works in Progress.

General View of the Ongoing Projects.

{69}
Hoisting the Roof Trusses.

THE wrought-iron roof-trusses over the 48-feet avenues were raised in a similar manner to the columns and girders; and in all cases horses were employed to run out the end of the fall-rope, which was passed through a pulley or catch-block at the foot of the shear-legs, in order to change its direction from vertical to horizontal.

THe raised the wrought-iron roof trusses over the 48-foot avenues in the same way as the columns and girders; and in every case, horses were used to pull out the end of the fall-rope, which was threaded through a pulley or catch-block at the base of the shear legs, to shift its direction from vertical to horizontal.

For raising the roof-trusses of seventy-two feet span over the main avenue a somewhat different method was employed. A single mast or derrick, more than seventy feet high, was placed in the centre of the avenue, and steadied in an upright position by guide-ropes spreading from the top in various directions. Near its summit the hoisting-tackle was firmly lashed on. The trusses to be hoisted were brought from the places where they had been put together, and placed across the main avenue at the points where they were to be fixed. Two ends of a stout chain were passed round the upper portion of the truss, at points dividing its length into about three equal parts. To this chain the hoisting-tackle was attached, guide-ropes being further fastened to each end of the truss to steady it in its ascent. In order to stiffen the truss horizontally, struts were attached at the centre projecting on each side, and held in their place by tie-rods attached to the upper part of the truss, and forming a triangle on each side. Before the truss, therefore, could bend in a horizontal direction, the attachment of these tie-rods must have given way. Six horses drew out the end of the fall-rope, and in the course of a very few minutes the truss was hoisted to its giddy height, and each end slipped in between the projections made in the connecting-pieces to receive it.

To raise the roof trusses spanning seventy-two feet over the main avenue, a different approach was used. A single mast or derrick, over seventy feet tall, was set up in the center of the avenue and stabilized with guide ropes extending from the top in various directions. Near the top, the hoisting equipment was securely attached. The trusses, which had been assembled elsewhere, were placed across the main avenue at their designated positions. A sturdy chain was wrapped around the upper part of the truss, dividing its length into roughly three equal segments. The hoisting equipment was connected to this chain, and additional guide ropes were secured to each end of the truss to stabilize it during lifting. To reinforce the truss horizontally, struts were attached at the center, extending out on each side and secured with tie rods connected to the upper part of the truss, forming a triangle on each side. Therefore, for the truss to bend horizontally, the connection of these tie rods would need to break first. Six horses pulled the end of the fall rope, and within just a few minutes, the truss was lifted to its high position, with each end sliding into the grooves made in the connecting pieces designed to hold it in place.

The animated scene presented by these operations was highly interesting from the number of men employed, both on the ground and for fixing the trusses in their position aloft, and from the rapid progress so many hands made. Each gang of men was managed by a foreman, who was obliged to issue his orders through a speaking-trumpet, to enable his voice to be heard in the din caused by the other works going on around. Besides the two large gangs of men engaged in the hoisting of the trusses, other smaller gangs were at work at different points getting up the columns and girders. In one part, the roofing of which was completed as early as practicable, a crowd of carpenters were preparing the Paxton's gutters and other portions of the work. In another place, as soon as a sufficient space could be roofed over and a temporary floor laid, various parts of the machinery we have already described were fitted up and worked by portable steam-engines. Of these there were three in different parts: one drove the machinery for finishing the sash-bars, gutters, ridges, &c.; another worked the drilling, punching, and other machinery connected with the iron-work; and a third was used for working circular saws.

The lively scene created by these activities was very interesting due to the large number of people involved, both on the ground and up high fixing the trusses in place, and the quick pace at which so many workers operated. Each group of workers was led by a foreman, who had to use a megaphone to make sure his voice could be heard over the noise from other construction happening nearby. In addition to the two main teams lifting the trusses, other smaller teams were busy setting up columns and girders at different spots. In one area, where the roofing was finished as soon as possible, a crowd of carpenters was working on Paxton's gutters and other parts of the project. In another spot, as soon as a large enough area could be covered and a temporary floor installed, various parts of the machinery we previously described were set up and powered by portable steam engines. There were three of these engines in different locations: one powered the machinery for finishing sash-bars, gutters, ridges, etc.; another operated the drilling, punching, and other machines related to the ironwork; and a third was used for running circular saws.

{70}

Of the number of trusses that were hoisted as above described, in only one instance (and that the first) was the result otherwise than perfectly successful. The first truss was raised by its ends, instead of from the centre; but that method was afterwards abandoned, from the difficulty of maintaining the truss in an upright position during its ascent; which was important, as, if it turned on its side, its lateral strength was not sufficient to prevent it from bending, which would have destroyed the joints of the work.

Of the number of trusses that were lifted as mentioned, only one instance (the first one) was not completely successful. The first truss was raised by its ends instead of from the center; however, that approach was later discarded due to the challenge of keeping the truss upright during its ascent. This was crucial because if it tilted on its side, it wouldn't have enough lateral strength to prevent bending, which would have compromised the joints of the structure.

One of the tall masts was worked on each side of the transept, from the centre to the ends of the building, being maintained constantly in an upright position, while traversing from point to point, by alternate slackening and hauling up of the ropes which steadied it; and it was curious to witness the motion of these tall giants, as they slowly progressed from one point to another, in the performance of their important office. Stout planks were laid along the ground, upon which the foot of the mast was forced forward by crowbars and levers; the planks served also to distribute the weight, which would otherwise have sunk the end into the ground. As many as seven trusses were hoisted in one day by each derrick, which had therefore to travel a distance of 168 feet.

One of the tall masts was worked on each side of the transept, from the center to the ends of the building, and was constantly kept upright while moving from one point to another by alternately loosening and tightening the ropes that stabilized it. It was fascinating to watch these tall giants slowly move as they carried out their important task. Sturdy planks were laid on the ground to help push the base of the mast forward using crowbars and levers; the planks also helped distribute the weight, preventing the end from sinking into the ground. Each derrick was able to lift as many as seven trusses in one day, which meant it had to travel a distance of 168 feet.

So careful were the men, under the direction of the manager (to whom was intrusted the active superintendence of the whole erection of the building), that no accident of importance occurred in these difficult operations.

The men were so careful, under the manager's guidance (who was responsible for overseeing the entire construction of the building), that no significant accidents happened during these challenging operations.

HOISTING THE 72-FEET TRUSSES.

HOISTING THE 72-FEET TRUSSES.

Lifting the 72-foot trusses.

Provision for Expansion of Girders.

IN connexion with the fixing of the girders, it may be desirable to mention the provision that was made for the expansion and contraction of the iron, which in so great a length as that of the building might have otherwise produced results prejudicial to its stability.

IN in relation to installing the girders, it’s worth mentioning the measures taken to accommodate the expansion and contraction of the iron, which over such a long span as the building could have led to problems affecting its stability.

{71}

Between the projections cast on to the connecting-pieces and those projecting from the ends of the girders which they were made to clip, sufficient space was left for the introduction of oak keys, by driving in which the girder was fixed in its place, whilst the compressibility of the wood left sufficient play for the expansion of the metal. In describing the girders, it was mentioned that in the upper and lower flat flanges small sinkings were cast near the ends. Corresponding with these sinkings, a notch was left in the projection which came out from the connecting-piece; and when the girder was put into its place, iron wedges were driven in between the notch and the sinking, by which means any lateral motion of the girder was prevented. It was a great advantage to have the means of fixing the girders of so simple a nature, as any arrangement presenting the least complication, or requiring great nicety, would have materially retarded the progress of the work.

Between the projections on the connecting pieces and those extending from the ends of the girders they were designed to hug, there was enough space to insert oak keys. By driving these in, the girder was secured in place, while the compressibility of the wood allowed for the expansion of the metal. When describing the girders, it was noted that small depressions were cast into the upper and lower flat flanges near the ends. Corresponding to these depressions, a notch was left in the projection extending from the connecting piece; and when the girder was positioned, iron wedges were driven in between the notch and the depression, preventing any sideways movement of the girder. It was a significant advantage to have such a straightforward method of securing the girders, as any arrangement that was even slightly complex or required high precision would have seriously slowed down the progress of the work.

The wrought-iron trusses were held by the connecting-pieces in a similar manner to the cast-iron girders; but, as an additional security, bolts were passed through holes provided in the standards at the ends, and through the connecting-pieces, where they were screwed up with nuts.

The wrought-iron trusses were secured by the connecting pieces in a way similar to the cast-iron girders; however, for added safety, bolts were inserted through the holes in the standards at the ends and through the connecting pieces, where they were tightened with nuts.

The raising and fixing of the extra-strong roof-trusses crossing the main avenue near the side of the transept required particular care, from their great weight; the heaviest being, as we have before mentioned, no less than eight tons. These trusses were the first that were fixed across the central avenue, and about 150 men were engaged in the hoisting of each one. They are secured to the columns by four strong bolts passing through the end-standards.

The installation and adjustment of the heavy roof trusses crossing the main avenue next to the transept required special attention because of their significant weight; the heaviest ones, as mentioned earlier, weighed no less than eight tons. These trusses were the first to be installed across the central avenue, and around 150 workers were involved in lifting each one. They are attached to the columns with four strong bolts that go through the end standards.

In order to provide additional support for the great weight brought upon the last-mentioned trusses by the transept roof, extra columns were introduced underneath them. These were built up in storeys corresponding with those of the other columns, with which they were connected, at the levels of the girders, by bolts and straps. A cast-iron shoe, fixed on the top of the columns, provided a bearing for the ends of the truss. The columns just described project slightly into the main avenue from the line of the other columns; and this is the only instance in the interior of the building of the iron columns occurring at a less distance than twenty-four feet apart.

To provide extra support for the significant weight placed on the previously mentioned trusses by the transept roof, additional columns were added underneath them. These were constructed in stories that matched those of the other columns and were connected to them at the girder levels using bolts and straps. A cast-iron shoe, attached to the top of the columns, served as a support for the ends of the truss. The columns mentioned extend slightly into the main passageway from the line of the other columns, and this is the only instance inside the building where the iron columns are spaced less than twenty-four feet apart.

Glazing the Roof.

WE have now traced the erection of the building up to the level of the roof, in which it will be readily conceived the operation of glazing was one of extreme difficulty, there being no scaffolding to aid the workmen in conducting their operations. When the glazing was first commenced a light scaffolding was suspended from the rafters; but {72}this was found to be too tedious and troublesome a method of proceeding for so large an extent of roofing. It was, moreover, of great importance that some means should be devised for completing this part of the construction independently of the weather; a matter of some moment, when it is remembered that the work had to be done in the winter, when in our climate such operations are liable to be very much impeded by heavy rain. The arrangements made to meet this difficulty, as well as some others for carrying on the works, are very clearly described in a paper by Mr. Digby Wyatt, read at the Institution of Civil Engineers, on the 14th January, 1851, from which we quote some passages, by permission, for the benefit of our readers.

WWe have now followed the construction of the building up to the roof level, where it’s easy to see that the glazing process was extremely challenging, especially since there was no scaffolding to help the workers. When glazing first started, a light scaffolding was hung from the rafters; however, {72}this was found to be a cumbersome and inefficient way to handle such a large roofing area. Additionally, it was crucial to come up with a method to complete this part of the construction regardless of the weather, particularly since the work was being done in winter, when heavy rain could significantly hinder progress. The strategies developed to address this challenge, along with some other methods for continuing the work, are clearly outlined in a paper by Mr. Digby Wyatt, presented at the Institution of Civil Engineers on January 14, 1851, from which we quote some excerpts, with permission, for the benefit of our readers.

With reference to the means employed for glazing the roof he says: "To effect this purpose, a travelling stage was devised by Mr. Fox, which superseded the necessity of any scaffolding for glazing, and by means of seventy-six of these machines nearly the whole of the work has been executed. The stage was about eight feet square, and rested on four small wheels travelling in the Paxton's gutters. It thus embraced a width of one bay of eight feet of the roof, with one ridge and two sloping sides. Each bay in width required, therefore, a separate stage."

With regard to the methods used for glazing the roof, he says: "To achieve this, Mr. Fox designed a traveling stage that eliminated the need for any scaffolding for glazing, and with seventy-six of these machines, almost all the work has been completed. The stage was about eight feet square and was supported by four small wheels that moved along Paxton's gutters. This design covered a width of one bay, which was eight feet of the roof, with one ridge and two sloping sides. Therefore, each bay in width needed a separate stage."

"Each stage was occupied by two workmen, and was covered by an awning of canvass stretched over hoops, to protect them in bad weather, and was further provided with a box on each side to contain a supply of glass. The sash-bars and other materials were piled upon the stage itself, the centre of the platform being left open for the convenience of hoisting up materials, for which purpose there was a small iron arm with a single block pulley."

"Each stage was manned by two workers and covered with a canvas awning stretched over hoops to shield them from bad weather. Each side had a box for storing a supply of glass. The sash bars and other materials were stacked on the stage itself, leaving the center of the platform clear for lifting materials, which was made easier by a small iron arm with a single block pulley."

GLAZING-WAGGON, FOR FLAT ROOF.

GLAZING-WAGGON, FOR FLAT ROOF.

Glazing wagon for flat roof.

"Whilst working, the men sat at one end of the platform (the ridge having been previously fixed in position by means of the extra-strong sash-bars), and they fixed the glass in front of them, pushing the stage backwards as they completed each pane. On coming to the strong sash-bars previously fixed, they temporarily removed them to allow the stage to pass. In this manner each stage travelled, uninterruptedly, from the transept to the east and west ends of the building, and the glaziers were enabled to follow up the previously-fixed work very closely. The average amount of glazing done by one man per day was fifty-eight squares, or about 200 superficial feet; and the largest amount done by any one man in a working-day was 108 squares, or 367 superficial feet."

"While working, the men sat at one end of the platform (which had been secured in place with extra-strong sash bars), and they installed the glass in front of them, moving the stage back as they finished each pane. When they reached the strong sash bars that had been fixed earlier, they temporarily took them out to let the stage pass. In this way, each stage moved smoothly from the transept to the east and west ends of the building, and the glaziers were able to closely follow the previously completed work. On average, one man glazed fifty-eight squares, or about 200 square feet, per day; the highest amount completed by any individual in a working day was 108 squares, or 367 square feet."

{73}

The mode of fixing the squares of glass was this: a sash-bar having been nailed down between the ridge and the gutter, the workman inserted one long edge of a square of glass into the groove in the sash-bar, he then placed a loose bar against the other long edge of the glass and brought the whole down to bear upon the ridge and gutter, the second sash-bar fitting into the notches prepared for it; the glass was then pressed up a little, in order to insert its upper edge into the groove in the ridge, and the workman then filled in the grooves on the outside of the glass with putty, the lower edge of the glass having been also bedded on putty where it bears on the edge of the gutter. The ends of each sash-bar were fixed with a nail driven into the holes previously drilled.

The way the glass squares were secured was like this: a sash-bar was nailed down between the ridge and the gutter. The worker inserted one long edge of a glass square into the groove of the sash-bar, then placed a loose bar against the other long edge of the glass and lowered the whole thing to rest on the ridge and gutter, with the second sash-bar fitting into the notches made for it. The glass was then pushed up slightly to fit its upper edge into the groove in the ridge, and the worker filled the grooves on the outside of the glass with putty, while also bedding the lower edge of the glass in putty where it rested on the gutter's edge. The ends of each sash-bar were secured with a nail driven into the pre-drilled holes.

Stage for Repairing Glass.

AS it might naturally be expected that out of the thousands of panes of glass employed, particularly in the flat roof of the building, many would be broken in the course of the works, subsequently to their being fixed, it was necessary that a ready means should be devised for repairing any such damage, as the glazing-waggons used for the first execution of the work would not be available for that purpose. A light stage was therefore constructed, travelling with wooden wheels upon the ridges instead of in the gutters; and from this the men were able to perform their work without walking along the narrow gutters, which would have been attended with much risk. This stage was also used for fixing the canvass on the outside of the roofing, where it is nailed along the ridges, and allowed to bag down slightly between them. The object of the canvass, which covers externally the whole of the roof except the transept, is twofold: it preserves the glass from damage, and also protects the objects exhibited from the direct rays of the sun, which would, of course, in many instances, be very prejudicial; for the latter purpose the upright sashes on the south side are also covered with canvass on the inside.

AAs might be expected, many of the thousands of glass panes used, especially in the flat roof of the building, were broken during the construction process after they were installed. Therefore, it was necessary to create a convenient way to repair any damage since the glazing wagons used for the initial installation wouldn't be available for this purpose. A lightweight platform was built, rolling on wooden wheels along the ridges instead of in the gutters, allowing workers to perform their tasks without the risk of walking along the narrow gutters. This platform was also used to attach the canvas on the outside of the roof, which is nailed along the ridges and allowed to hang slightly in between. The purpose of the canvas, which covers the entire roof except for the transept, is twofold: it protects the glass from damage and shields the exhibited objects from direct sunlight, which could be harmful in many cases. To further protect against sunlight, the vertical sashes on the south side are also covered with canvas on the inside.

Hoisting the Ribs for Transept Roof.

ONE of the most interesting operations which attracted the attention of the numerous visitors to the works was the raising the ribs for the semicircular roof of the transept, the description of which we give from Mr. Wyatt's paper:—

OOne of the most fascinating operations that caught the interest of the many visitors to the site was the raising of the ribs for the semicircular roof of the transept, which we describe based on Mr. Wyatt's paper:—

"The operation about which most anxiety had been felt was the hoisting {74}of the arched ribs of the transept. These ribs were constructed on the ground horizontally, and when completed with all their bolts, two of them were reared on end, and maintained in a vertical position, at a distance of twenty-four feet from each other, by guy-ropes. As the ribs singly possessed little lateral stiffness, they were framed together in pairs with the purlins, intermediate small ribs and diagonal tie-rods, forming a complete bay of the roof twenty-four feet long; two complete sets of temporary ties were also introduced to provide for the strains incident to the variations in position of the ribs during the hoisting. The feet of the ribs were bolted on to a stout piece of timber, and the lower purlins strutted up from the same." In this state the framework is shown in the engraving.

"The operation that everyone was most anxious about was lifting {74}the arched ribs of the transept. These ribs were built on the ground horizontally, and once they were finished with all their bolts, two of them were stood up vertically and held in place, twenty-four feet apart, by guy ropes. Since the ribs had little lateral stiffness on their own, they were joined together in pairs with purlins, smaller ribs, and diagonal tie rods, creating a complete section of the roof that was twenty-four feet long. Two sets of temporary ties were also added to handle the stresses that occurred during the lifting process. The bottoms of the ribs were bolted to a sturdy piece of timber, and the lower purlins were supported from the same structure." This state of the framework is illustrated in the engraving.

A PAIR OF RIBS PREPARED FOR RAISING.

A PAIR OF RIBS PREPARED FOR RAISING.

A pair of ribs ready for grilling.

"The whole framework was then moved on rollers to the centre of the square formed by the intersection of the transept and the main avenue, where it was afterwards hoisted. All the ribs were landed over this square, and were afterwards moved on a tramway formed of a half baulk of timber constructed over the columns on either side of the transept, at a height of about four feet above the lead-flat. The hoisting-tackle consisted of four crabs, each one being placed on the side of the transept opposite to the part of the ribs to be lifted by it, so that the men at the crabs might watch the effect of their exertions with greater convenience."

"The entire framework was then rolled to the center of the square created by the intersection of the transept and the main avenue, where it was later lifted. All the ribs were positioned over this square and were subsequently moved along a tramway made of a half beam of wood placed over the columns on either side of the transept, about four feet above the base level. The hoisting equipment included four cranes, each located on the side of the transept opposite the section of ribs they were meant to lift, allowing the workers at the cranes to observe the results of their efforts more easily."

"The hoisting-shears were placed on the lead-flat immediately over the deep trusses of seventy-two feet span; each set consisted of three stout scaffold-poles, lashed together at the top, and footed on planks laid across the flat, and secured by the necessary guy-ropes. The hoisting-rope passed from each of the crabs across the transept horizontally, to a leading block attached to the foot of the opposite angle column of the square; it then passed up to a treble block fastened to the shears on the flat, and from thence down to a double block secured by chains to the bottom part of the ribs."

The hoisting shears were set up on the lead flat right above the deep trusses spanning seventy-two feet; each assembly had three sturdy scaffold poles tied together at the top, resting on planks laid across the flat and secured with necessary guy ropes. The hoisting rope extended from each of the crabs horizontally across the transept to a leading block attached to the foot of the opposite corner column of the square; it then went up to a treble block connected to the shears on the flat, and from there down to a double block fastened with chains to the lower part of the ribs.

Hoisting the Ribs for the Transept Roof.

Hoisting the Ribs for the Transept Roof.

Hoisting the Ribs for the Transept Roof.

{75}

"There was a peculiar difficulty to be overcome in this operation, which arose from the circumstance that the width of the framework was greater than that of the transept, the extreme width of the framework to be hoisted being seventy-four feet, and the clear width apart of the trusses above which it had to be hoisted being only seventy-one feet four inches. It was therefore necessary to raise one side to a height of thirty-five feet before raising the other, so as to diminish the horizontal width of the whole, the diameter of the semicircle being maintained at this angle; the whole was then hoisted, until the highest end could clear the tramway."

There was a unique challenge to tackle in this operation, which came from the fact that the width of the framework was wider than the transept. The total width of the framework to be lifted was seventy-four feet, while the clear width between the trusses it had to be hoisted over was only seventy-one feet four inches. Therefore, it was necessary to lift one side to a height of thirty-five feet before raising the other side, in order to reduce the horizontal width of the entire structure, keeping the diameter of the semicircle consistent at this angle; then the whole structure was raised until the highest end could clear the tramway.

This accounts for the slanting position in which the ribs are shown in the view given.

This explains the angled position in which the ribs are displayed in the provided view.

"The foot of the ribs on one side was then passed over the tramway sufficiently to allow the other side to clear the opposite truss; after which the whole was hoisted to the full height, and rested on rollers of hard wood placed between the sills attached to the framework and the tramway, by means of which it was moved to its permanent position. There it was again raised by another set of shears, while the sill and tramway were removed from under it; and the ribs were then lowered into the sockets prepared for them, formed by the continuation of the columns above the level of the lead-flat."

"The end of the ribs on one side was then extended over the tramway enough to let the other side clear the opposite truss. After that, the whole structure was lifted to full height and was resting on hardwood rollers placed between the sills attached to the framework and the tramway, which allowed it to be moved to its permanent location. There, it was lifted again by another set of shears while the sill and tramway were taken out from underneath it, and then the ribs were lowered into the prepared sockets formed by the continuation of the columns above the level of the lead-flat."

"Each successive pair of ribs was fixed at a distance of twenty-four feet, or one bay from the preceding one; and the purlins, &c., were fixed in the intervening space without any scaffolding from the ground, by means of jointed ladders, which were adjusted to the form of the roof."

"Each successive pair of ribs was set twenty-four feet apart, or one bay from the previous one; and the purlins, etc., were installed in the space between without any scaffolding from the ground, using jointed ladders that were adjusted to fit the shape of the roof."

The first pair of ribs was hoisted December 4th, and the eighth pair on December 12th. The operation, which was one of great excitement and considerable anxiety, was personally superintended by the contractors, aided by their most able foremen and assistants; and a crowd of visitors, including many of the illustrious promoters of the undertaking, watched with intense interest the steady ascent of the apparently unwieldy piece of construction, and every spectator seemed astonished at the mechanical regularity with which the whole operation proceeded. It took about one hour to raise a pair from the ground to the level of the lead-flat, and the whole was done without any accident whatever. About sixty men were employed in the hoisting, there being eleven men to each crab, and the remainder on the lead-flats.

The first pair of ribs was lifted on December 4th, and the eighth pair on December 12th. The operation, which was filled with excitement and some anxiety, was personally overseen by the contractors, with the help of their skilled foremen and assistants. A crowd of onlookers, including many of the notable backers of the project, watched with great interest as the seemingly heavy construction piece steadily rose. Every spectator appeared amazed at the precise manner in which the entire operation unfolded. It took about an hour to lift each pair from the ground to the level of the lead-flat, and it was all done without any accidents. Around sixty men were involved in the hoisting, with eleven men assigned to each crane, and the rest on the lead-flats.

{76}
Glazing the Transept Roof.

THE semicircular form of the transept roof rendered it necessary to adopt a different mode of operation for glazing it to that used in the horizontal portion. A stage, thirty-two feet long and about three feet wide, with a protecting rail at the side, was constructed, so that it rested upon rollers, travelling on the ridges. It was slung by ropes from the crown of the arched roof, and could be raised and lowered at pleasure. It accommodated eight workmen, with the necessary quantity of materials in sash-bars and glass; and they thus performed, with ease and rapidity, an operation which before the fitting-up of the stage appeared at least extremely difficult, and to the uninitiated next to impossible.

TTHE semicircular shape of the transept roof required a different approach for glazing compared to the horizontal section. A platform, thirty-two feet long and about three feet wide, with a safety rail on the side, was built to rest on rollers, moving along the ridges. It was suspended by ropes from the peak of the arched roof and could be raised or lowered as needed. It held eight workers, along with the necessary materials like sash-bars and glass, allowing them to carry out what had previously seemed extremely challenging, and nearly impossible for someone without experience, with ease and speed.

STAGE FOR GLAZING THE ROOF OF TRANSEPT.

STAGE FOR GLAZING THE ROOF OF TRANSEPT.

STAGE FOR GLASSING THE ROOF OF THE TRANSEPT.

The men commenced fixing the glass at the bottom or springing of the arch, and as they completed their work the stage was raised at intervals by labourers stationed on the lead-flat. A portion of the glazing at the crown of the arch was effected by men working on a light scaffold, suspended within from the temporary ties mentioned as having been attached to the ribs; whilst those upon the stage worked upwards till they joined the portion done from the top.

The workers started installing the glass at the base of the arch, and as they finished, the stage was raised periodically by laborers positioned on the lead-flat. Some of the glazing at the top of the arch was done by men on a light scaffold, hanging down from the temporary ties that had been connected to the ribs; meanwhile, those on the stage worked their way up until they connected with the section completed from the top.

The Painting.

A PORTION of the work which necessarily occupied a very large amount of time was the painting, which was necessary for the preservation of all the parts, as well as for their appearance; and when it is considered that every portion required to be gone over four times, it must be evident that it was highly desirable to adopt some means {77}for facilitating the operation. It was found that the sash-bars of the roof, being in short lengths and of small dimensions, could readily be operated upon by some mechanical contrivance.

A A significant part of the work that took up a lot of time was the painting, which was important for preserving all the components as well as their appearance. Considering that each section had to be painted four times, it became clear that finding a way to make the process easier was essential. It was discovered that the sash-bars of the roof, being short and small, could easily be handled with some mechanical device. {77}

THE SASH-BAR PAINTING-MACHINE.

THE SASH-BAR PAINTING-MACHINE.

The sash bar painting machine.

A wooden trough was made sufficiently long to receive the sash-bars, and this was filled with paint; a number of the bars were then put into it, and upon being taken out separately, they were passed through a frame into which a set of brushes were fixed in such a manner as to clear off all the unnecessary paint. Two small brushes, placed where the bar first entered the frame, cleared out the grooves. One workman pushed the bar in at one end of the frame, which was about two feet six inches long, and another drew it out at the other end, where a trough was placed to receive any droppings of paint. The bars were then stacked upright, until they were sufficiently dry for the next coat. The first coat only was put on by this apparatus, the second being done in the ordinary manner, and the last not till after the work was all fixed in its place. By means of this apparatus a workman could perform at least ten times the amount of work done in the ordinary way.

A wooden trough was made long enough to hold the sash bars, and this was filled with paint. Several bars were then placed into it, and when taken out one by one, they were passed through a frame that had a set of brushes positioned to remove any excess paint. Two small brushes, located where the bar first entered the frame, cleaned out the grooves. One worker pushed the bar in at one end of the frame, which was about two feet six inches long, while another pulled it out at the other end, where a trough was set up to catch any dripping paint. The bars were then stacked upright until they dried enough for the next coat. The first coat was applied using this apparatus, while the second was done in the usual way, and the last coat was applied only after everything was installed. With this setup, a worker could do at least ten times more work than with traditional methods.

THE FRAME-WORK WITH BRUSHES.

THE FRAME-WORK WITH BRUSHES.

The framework with brushes.

The finishing the painting of the various parts of the roof internally, after they had been put together, was very ingeniously managed, so that while the workmen were able to work with ease to themselves, the scaffolding on which they stood required no supports from the ground, where they would have been much in the way of other operations; loops of {78}wrought-iron were hooked on to the roof-trusses, and by means of these a perfect cloud of scaffold-boards was suspended, enabling between 400 and 500 men to be at work at one time. The roof of the main avenue, particularly, presented a very singular appearance, as nearly one half of the entire length was thus covered at one time, and a crowd of painters were at work over the heads of many, perhaps unconscious exhibitors, who were arranging their goods undisturbed below.

The completion of painting the various parts of the roof inside, after they had been assembled, was handled very cleverly. The workers could move comfortably while the scaffolding they stood on didn’t need any ground support, which would have been in the way of other tasks. Loops of {78}wrought-iron were hooked onto the roof trusses, and with these, a perfect cloud of scaffold boards was suspended, allowing between 400 and 500 men to work simultaneously. The roof of the main avenue, in particular, looked quite unusual, as nearly half of its entire length was covered at once, and a crowd of painters were busy overhead, while many exhibitors below arranged their goods quietly, perhaps unaware of the activity above.

The Hand-rail Machine.

ONE of the mechanical contrivances which were put up on the ground during the works, for saving labour and increasing the rapidity of production, remains to be mentioned; it was contrived for turning out the rounded mahogany hand-rail for the gallery railing as well as that for the staircases.

OOne of the machines that were set up during the construction to save labor and speed up production is still worth mentioning; it was designed to create the rounded mahogany handrails for both the gallery railing and the staircases.

The mahogany being supplied in slabs of the requisite thickness, these were first cut up by circular saws into pieces of a square section, and the angles of these were then bevelled off by the same means; the lengths were afterwards transferred to the hand-rail cutting machine to be rounded.

The mahogany was supplied in slabs of the right thickness, which were first cut into square pieces using circular saws. The corners of these pieces were then beveled off using the same method; the lengths were then moved to the handrail cutting machine to be rounded.

THE HAND-RAIL CUTTING MACHINE.

THE HAND-RAIL CUTTING MACHINE.

Handrail Cutting Machine.

PART OF HAND-RAIL MACHINE.

PART OF HAND-RAIL MACHINE.

Part of handrail machine.

The principal portion of the machine consists of a hollow cast-iron cylinder, round which a strap may be passed to drive it. At one end of this cylinder four cutters are fixed, so that a piece of wood passing between them and through the cylinder, as it revolves, is rounded off to a true circular form of section, and is turned out so smoothly {79}finished as to require scarcely any further work upon it before fixing. In advance of the cutters pressure-rollers are placed, furnished with teeth; and these, as they are turned round by a cranked handle, seize upon a piece of mahogany and force it forward against the cutters, which form, as it were, the jaws of the hollow cylinder, which thus seems to be constantly swallowing lengths of rough mahogany, which escape from it finished. The wooden rail is passed up to the cutters along a groove, the end of which is shown in the small engraving; and opposite each end of the revolving cylinder springs are fixed, which prevent the rail from shifting its position. The hand-rail was all turned out in 21-feet lengths, of which about thirty were completed in the day.

The main part of the machine is a hollow cast-iron cylinder that a strap can be wrapped around to drive it. At one end of this cylinder, there are four fixed cutters, so when a piece of wood passes between them and through the rotating cylinder, it gets shaped into a perfectly circular form and comes out so smoothly finished that it needs hardly any further work before installation. In front of the cutters, there are pressure rollers with teeth. As these rollers are turned by a cranked handle, they grab onto a piece of mahogany and push it forward against the cutters, which act like the jaws of the hollow cylinder, continuously taking in rough pieces of mahogany and spitting them out finished. The wooden rail is moved up to the cutters along a groove, the end of which is shown in the small engraving; and there are springs fixed at each end of the rotating cylinder to keep the rail in position. The handrail was all produced in 21-foot lengths, with about thirty of them completed in a day. {79}

General View of the Works.

WE have mentioned that the actual commencement of the building was made by fixing one of the columns on the 26th of September; and, within a few weeks, more than a thousand men were at work, though, from the great extent of the ground they were spread over, it was difficult to estimate their number, which was, however, made apparent by the rapidity with which the building began to grow. The place presented an animated and interesting scene, which attracted a great number of visitors; and crowds of the fair sex were not deterred by the rough state of the ground from endeavouring to satisfy their proverbial thirst for knowledge. In one part of the ground might be seen the putting together of the wrought-iron roof-girders to the deafening tune of more than a hundred hammers; in another place gutters were being put together by the mile, for which some hundred or two of sawyers were cutting up ship-loads of timber. Three portable steam-engines in various parts were driving the different machinery already described, which, however, was mostly grouped in one place near the transept. The central avenue formed, of course, the great thoroughfare, where teams of horses were constantly passing, dragging the slender columns, or unwieldy-looking girders, to their places, while other teams were engaged in running them up to their final position. Over-head, too, the glaziers' waggons, dotted about the roof, seemed to be running on some new aerial railways; in every direction that the eye turned the busy scene extended.

WWe have noted that the actual construction began with the installation of one of the columns on September 26th; and within a few weeks, over a thousand workers were on-site. However, due to the vast area they covered, it was hard to determine their exact number, which became evident by how quickly the building started to take shape. The site was lively and captivating, drawing many visitors; and crowds of women weren’t discouraged by the rough terrain as they sought to satisfy their well-known curiosity. In one area, workers were assembling wrought-iron roof girders to the deafening rhythm of more than a hundred hammers; in another, gutters were being assembled by the mile, with hundreds of sawyers cutting up shiploads of timber. Three portable steam engines in different spots were powering various machines, mostly concentrated near the transept. The central avenue served as a major thoroughfare where teams of horses were constantly moving, hauling slender columns or bulky girders into position, while other teams worked on raising them to their final places. Overhead, the glaziers' wagons scattered across the roof appeared to be traveling on some kind of new aerial rail system; in every direction the eye turned, the bustling scene continued.

For carrying on these extensive works an immense number of men were necessarily employed on the spot, besides those occupied in preparing the various parts at different places. The greatest number of men on the ground in any one week was 2,260; and the season of the year frequently rendered it necessary for the workmen to continue their labours after dark, {80}which they did partly by the light of huge bonfires of shavings and odd scraps of wood. The effect of these great fires, which were generally lighted in some part of the main avenue, was exceedingly grand. The light of the tall flames was reflected from the glass of the roof far away into the darkness which concealed all the other parts; whilst occasionally a lantern carried by a workman engaged in fixing the upper columns, or some part of the roof, glimmered like some new star.

To carry out these large projects, a huge number of men were needed on-site, in addition to those working on different parts in various locations. The highest number of men present in any week was 2,260, and the time of year often required the workers to continue their tasks after dark, {80} which they did partly with the light of large bonfires made from shavings and leftover wood. The impact of these big fires, usually lit somewhere along the main avenue, was quite impressive. The flames reflected off the glass roof and lit up the darkness surrounding the other areas, while occasionally a lantern held by a worker fixing the upper columns or a section of the roof would flicker like a new star.

On one occasion, when the greatest efforts were being made to push on the progress of the works, no less than twelve large bonfires lighted the men at their midnight toil; and had the building been formed of combustible materials, a passing observer would have imagined that the whole was in flames.

On one occasion, while everyone was working hard to advance the project, no fewer than twelve large bonfires illuminated the workers during their midnight shift; and if the building had been made of flammable materials, a casual observer would have thought the whole place was on fire.

Paying the Workmen.

THE process of distributing their wages among so large a number of men, on every recurring Saturday evening, was one which could only be effected within a reasonable time by some systematic arrangement; and to such perfection was this brought in the course of the works, that the whole number of 2,000 men or upwards were sometimes paid in little more than an hour; though at first it occupied a considerably longer time.

TThe process of distributing wages to such a large number of workers every Saturday evening could only be done efficiently with a systematic arrangement. Over time, this process improved to the point where 2,000 or more men could be paid in just over an hour, although initially it took significantly longer.

The mode in which this was effected was as follows:—When a workman was engaged his name was entered in a book against a certain number, which was stamped on several brass tickets, three of which were given to each workman before leaving the ground in the evening.

The way this was done was as follows: When a worker was hired, their name was written in a book next to a specific number, which was stamped on several brass tokens. Three of these tokens were given to each worker before they left the site in the evening.

THE BRASS TICKETS AND MONEY-BOX.

THE BRASS TICKETS AND MONEY-BOX.

The brass tickets and money box.

Every man had to enter the premises three times in the course of the day; namely, the first thing in the morning, after returning from breakfast, and after returning from dinner. On each occasion he was required to deposit at the gate one of these tickets, which were afterwards sorted by the clerks, and entered in the time-book. In this way, if a man failed to come to his work, his ticket would be missing, and the time during which he was absent would not be entered; a corresponding amount being deducted from his week's wages.

Every man had to enter the place three times a day: first thing in the morning, after coming back from breakfast, and after coming back from lunch. Each time, he had to drop off one of these tickets at the gate, which were later sorted by the clerks and recorded in the time-book. This way, if a man didn't show up for work, his ticket would be missing, and the time he was absent wouldn't be recorded; a matching amount would be deducted from his weekly pay.

On the Saturday, each man's time was made up from the book; and his {81}wages calculated accordingly, and the amount entered against his name. The money due to each man was then counted out and placed in a small tin box, with a ticket, on which was written the man's name and number, and the amount of wages paid to him.

On Saturday, each man's hours were totaled from the logbook, and his {81}wages were calculated accordingly, with the amount recorded next to his name. The money owed to each man was then counted out and put in a small tin box, along with a ticket that had the man's name, number, and the amount of wages paid to him written on it.

THE INTERIOR OF THE PAY-OFFICE.

THE INTERIOR OF THE PAY-OFFICE.

THE PAY OFFICE INTERIOR.

All this was done in the time-keeper's office, which was conveniently placed near the entrance to the works. When all the preliminary arrangements had been completed, the workmen's bell was rung, and they assembled (a motley and sometimes clamorous crowd) round the pay-office, which was provided with two small openings through which the payments were made.

All of this happened in the time-keeper's office, which was conveniently located near the entrance to the workplace. Once all the preliminary arrangements were finished, the workmen's bell rang, and they gathered (a mixed and sometimes noisy crowd) around the pay-office, which had two small openings for processing the payments.

THE MEN TAKING THEIR WAGES AT THE     PAY-OFFICE.

THE MEN TAKING THEIR WAGES AT THE PAY-OFFICE.

THE MEN COLLECTING THEIR PAY AT THE PAY-OFFICE.

Two men stationed outside the office then called over the numbers of the workmen, who presented themselves, in the order in which they were called, at the pay-windows, where each man took the small box passed out to him with the money, and left the box in passing out at the gate. If any man considered the amount of wages paid to him not correct, he presented the ticket given to him with the wages at the office on the Monday morning following, when the matter was arranged by the time-keeper.

Two men stationed outside the office then called out the names of the workers, who came forward in the order they were called at the pay windows, where each man took the small box filled with money that was handed to him and left the box at the gate as he exited. If any worker felt that the wages he received were incorrect, he would bring the ticket he was given with his wages to the office the following Monday morning, where the issue would be resolved by the timekeeper.

{82}
THE WORKMEN WAITING TO BE PAID.

THE WORKMEN WAITING TO BE PAID.

THE WORKERS WAITING TO BE PAID.

Any person acquainted with the irregular habits of vast numbers of our workmen, who will often be absent from their work a quarter of a day, and at other times a whole day, thus varying the amount of wages due at the end of the week to almost every man, will at once see that, without a well-arranged system, such as that described, the payment of so large a body of men would have occupied as many days as it really did hours. The engravings annexed, in illustration of this part of our subject, will convey to the reader some idea of the scene we have endeavoured to describe, though it must fall far short of the picturesque reality.

Any person familiar with the erratic schedules of many of our workers knows that they often miss a quarter of a day or sometimes a whole day, which makes the total wages owed at the end of the week fluctuate for almost everyone. It's clear that without a well-organized system like the one we've described, paying such a large group of people would have taken as many days as it actually did hours. The accompanying illustrations related to this part of our topic will give the reader a sense of the scene we’ve tried to describe, even though it won’t capture the full, vivid reality.

General Statistics.

IT is with great pleasure that we are able to mention that, notwithstanding the difficult character of some of the work, and the extreme rapidity with which it was carried on, very few accidents of importance occurred; a circumstance which must be ascribed to the great care taken by the contractors for the safety of the men while engaged in their work: and in the cases where the accidents that occurred were of a serious or fatal kind, their origin was mostly to be traced to a neglect of those precautions which the men were constantly urged and ordered to take.

IT we are happy to report that, despite the challenging nature of some of the work and the quick pace at which it was done, very few major accidents happened; this can be attributed to the careful measures taken by the contractors to ensure the safety of the workers while they performed their tasks. In cases where serious or fatal accidents did occur, they were largely due to the failure to follow the safety precautions that the workers were consistently reminded and instructed to observe.

{83}

A few statistics of the quantities of different parts of the work not already mentioned will complete this portion of our subject. The whole amount of iron-work in the building is stated at about 4000 tons; and about 1,200 loads of timber were required for the wood-work. There are 2,941 trussed gutters in the roof, and 1,495 glazed sashes were required to inclose the sides of the building. As many as 316 iron girders were cast, in one week, and 442 lengths of the Paxton's gutters were cut out by the machinery in the same time. No less than 18,392 squares of glass, containing 62,508 feet superficial, or about one-and-a-half acres, were also fixed in one week.

A few statistics on the different parts of the work not previously mentioned will wrap up this section of our discussion. The total amount of ironwork in the building is approximately 4,000 tons, and around 1,200 loads of timber were needed for the woodwork. There are 2,941 trussed gutters in the roof, and 1,495 glazed sashes were used to enclose the sides of the building. A total of 316 iron girders were cast in one week, and 442 lengths of Paxton's gutters were produced by the machinery in the same timeframe. Additionally, 18,392 squares of glass, covering 62,508 square feet, or about one-and-a-half acres, were installed in just one week.

It may be further mentioned that the weight of the different parts forming the flat ridge-and-furrow roofing amounts to three-and-a-quarter pounds per foot superficial, on the whole surface; the weight of the arched roof of the transept, including the ribs, amounts to five-and-three-quarter pounds per superficial foot; and the timbers and boards of the gallery floor weigh eight-and-a-half pounds to the superficial foot: from these data the actual weight on the different girders may be calculated.

It should also be noted that the weight of the various parts of the flat ridge-and-furrow roofing is three and a quarter pounds per square foot across the entire surface; the weight of the arched roof of the transept, including the ribs, is five and three quarter pounds per square foot; and the timber and boards of the gallery floor weigh eight and a half pounds per square foot. From this information, the actual weight on the different girders can be calculated.

The light iron-work, with the exception of some of the gallery railing, was cast at the works of the contractors near Birmingham; and the remainder, including the columns, girders, &c., was distributed between their own foundry, and those of the Messrs. Cochrane, of Wood Side, and Mr. Jobson, of Holly Hall, both near Dudley. The wrought-iron was supplied by Messrs. Fothergill, and the timber by Messrs. Dowson and Co.

The light ironwork, except for some of the gallery railing, was cast at the contractors' factory near Birmingham. The rest, including the columns, girders, etc., was divided between their own foundry and those of the Cochrane brothers from Wood Side and Mr. Jobson from Holly Hall, both near Dudley. The wrought iron was provided by Fothergill and the timber by Dowson and Co.

The Parti-coloured Painting.

THE coloured decoration introduced in finishing the painting of the building is a subject which has been much discussed, and many suggestions have been made by persons generally received as authorities on the subject. The system adopted was proposed by Mr. Owen Jones, under whose active superintendence it has been carried out. That gentleman explained his reasons for its adoption, and the effect which he expected it to produce, in a lecture at the Institute of British Architects, on the 16th of December, 1850, some portions of which are submitted to our readers:—

TTHE colorful decoration introduced in finishing the painting of the building has been widely discussed, with many suggestions made by people regarded as experts on the topic. The system used was proposed by Mr. Owen Jones, who oversaw its implementation. He explained his reasons for choosing this approach and the effects he expected it to have during a lecture at the Institute of British Architects on December 16, 1850. Here are some excerpts for our readers:—

"It is not necessary for me to describe the building, the painting of which we are now about to discuss, as it is well known to most of you by its marvellous dimensions, the simplicity of its construction, and the advantage which has been taken of the power which the repetition of simple forms will give in producing grandeur of effect; and I wish now to show that this grandeur may be still further enhanced by a system of colouring which, by marking distinctly every line in the building, will increase the height, the length, and the bulk.

"It’s not necessary for me to describe the building we’re about to discuss, as most of you are already familiar with its amazing size, the straightforwardness of its construction, and how the use of simple shapes helps create a sense of grandeur. Now, I want to demonstrate that this grandeur can be further enhanced with a coloring system that clearly outlines every line in the building, making it appear taller, longer, and more massive."

{84}

"The very nature of the material of which this building is mainly constructed, viz., iron, requires that it should be painted. On what principle shall we do this? Should we be justified in adopting a simple tint of white or stone colour, the usual method of painting iron? Now, it must be borne in mind that this building will be covered on the south side, and over the whole of the roof, with canvass, so that there can be but little light and shade. The myriads of similar lines, therefore, of which the building is composed, falling one before the other, would lose all distinctness, and form, in fact, one dull cloud overhanging the Exhibition.

"The material this building is mainly made of, which is iron, needs to be painted. What’s the best way to do this? Would it be acceptable to use a simple white or stone color, the typical choice for painting iron? We should remember that this building will have canvass covering the south side and the entire roof, which means there won’t be much light and shade. As a result, the countless similar lines that make up the building, layered one in front of the other, would lose their clarity and create a dull cloud hanging over the Exhibition."

"A line of columns (as it may be seen even now at the building) would present the effect of a white wall, and it would be impossible, in the distance, to distinguish one column from another. This mode of painting would have the further disadvantage of rendering the building totally unconnected with the various objects it is to contain.

"A row of columns (as can still be seen at the building today) would create the appearance of a white wall, making it impossible to tell one column from another from a distance. This method of painting would also have the downside of making the building completely disconnected from the different objects it is meant to hold."

"May the building be painted of a dark colour, like the roofs of some of our railway-stations? This, equally with the white method, would present one mass of indistinctness; the relief of the cast-iron would disappear, and each column and girder would present to the eye but a flat silhouette.

"Could the building be painted a dark color, like the roofs of some of our train stations? This, just like the white method, would create a blur; the detail of the cast iron would vanish, and each column and beam would look like just a flat outline."

"Let us now consider the building as painted with some pale neutral tint, dull green or buff. In doing this we should be perfectly safe, as, provided the colours were not too pale so as to be indistinct, or too dark so as sensibly to affect the eye, we could hardly make a mistake. Yet how tame and monotonous would be the result! It would be necessary that this tint, whichever we might choose, should be of a very subdued neutral character, in order to avoid the difficulty well known to mounters of drawings and painters of picture-galleries, viz., that in proportion as you incline to any particular shade of colour, so in that exact proportion you injure or destroy those objects it is intended to relieve which may have similar colour. To this, then, we should be reduced—a dull monotonous colour without character. How unworthy this would be of the great occasion! How little would it impress the public! How little would it teach the artist! It would be to cut instead of patiently to unravel the knot.

"Now let's think about the building as if it were painted in a light neutral color, like dull green or buff. We would be pretty safe doing this, because as long as the colors aren't too pale to be unclear, or too dark to strain the eyes, it would be hard to go wrong. But imagine how boring and repetitive that would be! The tint we choose, whatever it is, needs to be very subtle and neutral to avoid the common problem that artists face when mounting drawings or displaying paintings: the more you lean toward a certain color, the more you risk ruining or overpowering those objects that are meant to stand out and may share that color. So we would end up with a dull, lifeless color that lacks personality. How unfair this would be to such a significant occasion! How little impact would it make on the public! How little would it teach the artist! It would be like cutting a knot instead of patiently untangling it."

"We are now brought to the consideration of the only other well-defined system which presents itself, namely, parti-colouring. This, I conceive, if successfully worked out, would bring the building and its contents into perfect harmony, and it would fitly carry out one of the objects for which this Exhibition was formed, namely, that of promoting the union of the fine-arts with manufactures. It would be an experiment on an immense scale, which, if successful, would tend to dispel the prejudices of those whose eyes are yet unformed to colour, to develope the imperfect appreciations of others, and to save this country from the reproach which foreign visitors, more educated in this particular than ourselves, would not fail to make were the {85}building otherwise painted; it would everywhere bring out the construction of the building, which, as I said before, would also appear higher, longer, and more solid."

"We now turn our attention to the only other clearly defined system that stands out, which is parti-colouring. I believe that if this idea is successfully implemented, it would create perfect harmony between the building and its contents, effectively achieving one of the goals of this Exhibition: to promote the integration of fine arts with manufacturing. It would be a large-scale experiment that, if successful, could break down the biases of those who are not yet attuned to color, enhance the limited understanding of others, and protect our country from the criticism that foreign visitors, more educated in this area than we are, might make if the {85}building were painted differently; it would highlight the architecture of the building, which, as I mentioned earlier, would also appear taller, longer, and sturdier."

Mr. Jones then adduced the practice of the ancient and mediæval artists, and explained the kind of colours they generally adopted, mentioning that in the best periods of art the primary colours were chiefly or exclusively used.

Mr. Jones then brought up the practices of ancient and medieval artists and explained the types of colors they typically used, mentioning that during the best periods of art, primary colors were mostly or exclusively utilized.

"In the decoration of the Exhibition building I therefore propose to use the colours blue, red, and yellow, in such relative quantities as to neutralise or destroy each other; thus no one colour will be dominant or fatiguing to the eye, and all the objects exhibited will assist, and be assisted by, the colours of the building itself.

"In decorating the Exhibition building, I propose to use the colors blue, red, and yellow in such proportions that they neutralize or balance each other out; this way, no single color will be overpowering or tiresome to the eye, and all the displayed objects will work with, and be enhanced by, the colors of the building itself."

"In house-decoration we occasionally find a run on one colour; thus we have a green room, a pink room, and a red room; but it would obviously be unwise to adopt any one colour for this building, whose contents will be of all imaginable hues from white to black. Discarding, on the other hand, the perfect neutral white as unfit for the occasion, we naturally adopt the colours blue, red, and yellow, in or near the neutral proportions of eight, five, and three; but to avoid any harsh antagonism of the primary colours when in contact, or any undesired complementary secondaries arising from the immediate proximity of the primaries, I propose, in all cases, to interpose a line of white between them, which will soften them and give them their true value.

"In home decoration, we sometimes see a trend for a single color; for example, there are rooms that are entirely green, pink, or red. However, it would clearly be unwise to choose just one color for this building, which will contain a wide range of hues from white to black. While we could dismiss the perfect neutral white as unsuitable for the occasion, we naturally choose the colors blue, red, and yellow, in approximate ratios of eight, five, and three. To avoid any harsh clashes between the primary colors when they’re next to each other, or any unwanted secondary colors that might result from their closeness, I suggest placing a line of white between them in all cases. This will soften the colors and enhance their true value."

"As one of the objects of decorating a building is to increase the effect of light and shade, the best means of using blue, red, and yellow is to place blue, which retires, on the concave surfaces; yellow, which advances, on the convex; and red, the colour of the middle distance, on the horizontal planes; and the neutral white on the vertical planes.

"As one of the goals of decorating a building is to enhance the effect of light and shadow, the best way to use blue, red, and yellow is to place blue, which recedes, on the concave surfaces; yellow, which comes forward, on the convex surfaces; and red, the color of the middle distance, on the horizontal planes; and neutral white on the vertical planes."

"Following out this principle on the building in question, we have red for the under-side of the girders, yellow on the round portions of the columns, and blue in the hollow parts of the capitals.

"Following this principle for the building in question, we have red for the underside of the girders, yellow on the rounded sections of the columns, and blue in the hollow areas of the capitals."

"Now, it is necessary not only to put the several colours in the right places, but also to use them in their due proportions to each other.

"Now, it's important not just to place the different colors correctly, but also to use them in the right proportions to one another."

"Mr. Field, in his admirable works on colour, has shown by direct experiment that white light consists of blue, red, and yellow, neutralising each other in the proportions of eight, five, and three. It will readily be seen, that the nearer we can arrive at this state of neutrality the more harmonious and light-giving will a building become; and an examination of the most perfect specimens of harmonious colouring of the ancients will show that this proportion has generally obtained among them; that is to say, broadly, there has been as much blue as the yellow and red put together, the light and the shade balancing each other.

"Mr. Field, in his impressive works on color, has demonstrated through direct experimentation that white light is made up of blue, red, and yellow, with each color neutralizing the others in the ratios of eight, five, and three. It's easy to see that the closer we get to this neutral state, the more harmonious and light-enhancing a building will be. A look at the most perfect examples of harmonious coloring from ancient times shows that this ratio has generally been maintained: in other words, there has been as much blue as the combined yellow and red, balancing the light and the shade."

"Of course, we cannot in decorating buildings always command the exact proportions of coloured surface which we require; but the balance of {86}colours can always be obtained by a change in the colours themselves. Thus, if the surfaces to be coloured should give too much yellow, we should make the red more crimson and the blue more purple; that is, we should take the yellow out of them. So, if we had too much blue, we should make the yellow more orange, and the red more scarlet.

"Of course, when decorating buildings, we can't always achieve the exact proportions of colored surfaces we want; however, we can always achieve a balance of {86} colors by adjusting the colors themselves. For example, if the surfaces appear too yellow, we can make the red more crimson and the blue more purple, essentially removing some yellow from them. Similarly, if there's too much blue, we can make the yellow more orange and the red more scarlet."

"A practised eye will as readily do this as a musician can tune a musical instrument; it is here that science abandons the artist, who must trust to his own perceptions, cultivated by renewed trials and repeated failures."

"A trained eye can do this just as easily as a musician can tune an instrument; this is where science leaves the artist, who must rely on their own perceptions, honed through ongoing practice and repeated mistakes."

In concluding, Mr. Jones said, with reference to some specimens of the proposed decoration which had been executed, "I would ask you to banish from your minds the glare of light by which this decoration is now seen—to forget the rough foreground, where men are engaged in every variety of occupation for the completion of this great building; and I would ask you to fill it in imagination with the gorgeous products of every clime. I would ask you to picture to yourselves in the foreground the brilliant primaries, blue, red, and yellow—the rich secondaries, purple, amber, and green, moulded in forms of every conceivable diversity; and, lastly, against them the darker tertiaries fading into neutral perspective.

In conclusion, Mr. Jones said, referring to some examples of the proposed decoration that had been created, "I urge you to set aside the bright light under which this decoration is currently viewed—to overlook the rough foreground, where people are busy with various tasks to finish this grand building; and I ask you to fill it in your minds with the beautiful products from around the world. I invite you to imagine in the foreground the bright primary colors, blue, red, and yellow—the rich secondary colors, purple, amber, and green, shaped in every imaginable form; and finally, against them, the darker tertiary colors fading into a neutral background."

"The conception of such an effect, difficult even to the artist accustomed to abstract his attention from present interruptions and to calculate future harmonies, is impossible to the uninstructed spectator, who, from the experimental decoration of a single column, draws a premature and, necessarily, a fallacious inference as to the collective effect of the whole.

"The idea of such an effect, challenging even for an artist who is used to blocking out current distractions and envisioning future harmonies, is impossible for the average viewer. They might see the decorative style of just one column and make a hasty and, inevitably, misleading conclusion about the overall impact of the entire work."

"From my brother architects I hope for a more patient, a more comprehensive, and a fairer appreciation; for myself, I have a confident hope, grounded on the experience of years devoted to this particular branch of art, that the principles and plans I have had the honour to propose to the Royal Commission, for the decoration of this magnificent structure, will be found, when complete, not to disappoint the public expectations, or to prove wholly unworthy of the great occasion."

"From my fellow architects, I hope for a more patient, more inclusive, and fairer recognition; as for myself, I have strong confidence, based on years of experience in this specific field of art, that the ideas and designs I’ve had the honor to present to the Royal Commission for decorating this magnificent building will, when finished, live up to public expectations and will not be unworthy of this great occasion."

In this lecture, Mr. Owen Jones asked his hearers, and the public generally, to suspend their final judgment upon his system of colouring until the whole should be completed, and the building filled with the objects to be exhibited, as he considered that many of the objections which were raised to his proposition resulted from a want of consideration of the ultimate effect to be produced by the whole, when completed and occupied; and so far as this effect has been realised, we believe it has inclined the public opinion more in favour of the coloured decoration than originally, when it was undoubtedly very strongly commented upon in various quarters. Without venturing to express any opinion ourselves, we may trust that Mr. Owen Jones's fondest hopes will be fully realised.

In this lecture, Mr. Owen Jones asked his listeners and the public in general to hold off on their final judgment of his coloring system until it was fully complete and the building was filled with the objects on display. He believed that many of the objections raised against his proposal stemmed from a lack of consideration for the overall effect that would be achieved once everything was finished and in use. From what we've seen of this effect so far, it seems to have swayed public opinion more positively toward the colored decoration than it was initially, when it faced significant criticism from various sources. Without sharing our own opinion, we can hope that Mr. Owen Jones's greatest aspirations will be fully realized.

View of the Building from the North Bank     of the Serpentine.

View of the Building from the North Bank of the Serpentine.

View of the Building from the North Side of the Serpentine.

{87}
The Water Supply.

THE supply of water necessary both for the protection of this enormous building from fire, and for the use of fountains and machinery to be exhibited, is furnished at a very liberal rate by the Chelsea Waterworks' Company. It is brought into the building by a 9-inch main pipe, at about the centre of its length, branching out into three 6-inch pipes, which extend throughout the whole length of the building. Short pipes branch off from these, terminating in fire-cocks, placed at such distances that a circle of 120-feet radius from any one of them will touch a similar circle described round the adjacent ones; by which means the whole extent of the building may be brought under the action of hose attached to each of the fire-cocks. The water is supplied at a pressure equal to a column of about seventy feet, so as to work the fountains that will be exhibited, and to play efficiently from hose in case of any accident by fire. The quantity which the Company have undertaken to supply is 300,000 gallons a day.

TThe water needed to protect this massive building from fire, as well as for the fountains and machinery to be showcased, is provided at a generous rate by the Chelsea Waterworks Company. It's brought into the building through a 9-inch main pipe, located roughly in the middle, which branches out into three 6-inch pipes that run the entire length of the building. Shorter pipes extend from these, ending in fire hydrants placed at intervals such that a circle with a 120-foot radius from any one of them overlaps with similar circles around the nearby ones; this way, the entire area of the building can be covered by hoses connected to each hydrant. The water is delivered at a pressure equivalent to about seventy feet high, ensuring that the fountains work as intended and hoses can function effectively in the event of a fire. The amount the Company has agreed to supply is 300,000 gallons per day.

The Stability of the Building.

THE subject of the strength and stability of the building is one on which considerable anxiety has been felt, both by the public at large and by those professional bodies more capable of forming a correct judgment upon it. In the prolonged discussion which followed the reading of Mr. Wyatt's paper at the Institution of Civil Engineers, many points of objection were raised which seemed at first sight of a very serious nature; but, in most cases, the answers that were given to them were perfectly satisfactory. The two greatest difficulties raised were, firstly, the enormous surface presented by the exterior to the pressure of the wind, with apparently but a slight power of resistance; and, secondly, the construction of the galleries, which, it was thought, would not be able to resist the vibratory motion likely to be produced by great numbers of people walking upon them. The results of several calculations were adduced on the occasion alluded to in support of the objections on the first point; but perhaps the best answer that could be given to them was the circumstance mentioned by Mr. Fox—that on the 5th of that month (January) the pressure of the wind, which blew a perfect gale, was not only much above the average, but very nearly reached the greatest amount known within a considerable period in London—about 25lbs. per square foot; and that as the building, although in an incomplete state, had resisted that pressure without receiving any injury, it was fair to conclude that, when finished, it would {88}be able to sustain the greatest force which the wind could be reasonably expected to exert upon it.

TThe topic of the building's strength and stability has caused significant concern, both among the general public and among professionals who are better equipped to assess it. During the lengthy discussion following Mr. Wyatt's paper presentation at the Institution of Civil Engineers, many serious objections were raised. However, most of the responses provided were completely satisfactory. The two main concerns were: first, the massive surface area of the building exposed to wind pressure, which seemed to have only a slight resistance; and second, the design of the galleries, which some believed wouldn't withstand the vibrations caused by large groups of people walking on them. Several calculations were presented to support the objections regarding the first issue. Perhaps the strongest counterargument was the observation made by Mr. Fox—that on January 5th, the wind pressure, which was exceptionally strong, was not only well above average but also nearly the highest recorded in London for quite a while—around 25 lbs. per square foot. Given that the building, though still incomplete, withstood that pressure without any damage, it’s reasonable to conclude that once completed, it would be capable of handling the maximum wind force that could be expected. {88}

The question of the strength of the galleries was one of even greater importance than the other, as, in case of any failure in that part of the building, human life must almost inevitably have been sacrificed to a great extent. It was therefore deemed necessary to ascertain, as far as was practicable, by experiment, that their strength was abundantly sufficient; and in Mr. Wyatt's paper, as printed, the following description of the experiments instituted for this purpose will be found.

The question of how strong the galleries were was even more crucial than the other concern because if there were any failure in that part of the building, it would likely result in a significant loss of human life. It was therefore considered necessary to determine, as far as possible through experimentation, that their strength was more than adequate. In Mr. Wyatt's paper, as published, you will find the following description of the experiments conducted for this purpose.

Testing the Galleries.

IN the interval between the reading of this paper and its going to press a series of experiments have been tried to ascertain the action of these galleries under the strain of a moving load. A complete bay, twenty-four feet square, was constructed, raised slightly from the ground, consisting of the four cast-iron girders, with the connecting-pieces at the angles, and on this the timbers and boards of the flooring. Rows of planks the full width of the platform led up to it and down from it, so that a body of men as wide as the gallery might be able to march up and down in close rank.

IN the time between when this paper was written and when it was published, a series of experiments were conducted to determine how these galleries perform under the pressure of a moving load. A complete bay, measuring twenty-four feet square, was built, slightly elevated from the ground, made up of four cast-iron girders with connecting pieces at the corners, and on top of this, the timbers and boards for the flooring were laid. Rows of planks ran the full width of the platform leading up to and down from it, allowing a group of men as wide as the gallery to march up and down in close formation.

"The area of the platform was first covered over with labourers packed as closely together as possible; but no action of walking, running, or jumping that 300 men could perform did any injury whatever to it, and the greatest deflection of the girders did not exceed a quarter of an inch. Soldiers of the corps of Royal Sappers and Miners were then substituted for the contractors' men; and although the perfect regularity of their step in marking time sharply appeared a remarkably severe test, a minute examination of the construction after the completion of the experiments showed that no damage whatever had been done by their evolutions.

"The platform was initially covered with laborers packed as closely as possible; however, no walking, running, or jumping actions by the 300 men caused any damage at all, and the maximum deflection of the girders didn’t exceed a quarter of an inch. Soldiers from the Royal Sappers and Miners replaced the contractors’ workers; and despite the precise regularity of their marching being a notably tough test, a thorough inspection of the structure after the experiments revealed that their movements caused no damage whatsoever."

"But as the Commissioners were deeply impressed with the necessity of thoroughly convincing the public, who should visit the Exhibition, that they might feel perfectly secure in every part of the building, it was deemed desirable to apply a still further test to the actual galleries as they stand; as it might perhaps be said that the single bay which had been experimented upon was not similarly circumstanced to those forming parts of the building.

"But since the Commissioners were strongly aware of the need to fully assure the public visiting the Exhibition that they could feel completely safe in every area of the building, they thought it necessary to apply an additional test to the actual galleries as they are; as it could be argued that the single bay that had been tested was not in the same conditions as those that are part of the building."

Testing the Gallery Floor.

Testing the Gallery Floor.

Testing the Gallery Floor.

View of the Boiler House.

View of the Boiler House.

Boiler House view.

{89}

"For this purpose a very ingenious apparatus was devised by the late Mr. Field, President of the Institution of Civil Engineers, for testing the stability of the galleries in situ, and on being applied over the greater part of the building not a single bolt or girder gave way under its action. This apparatus consisted of eight square wooden frames divided into thirty-six compartments, each just capable of containing and allowing to rotate a 68-pounder shot. The surfaces of the balls placed in each of these compartments came in contact with the gallery floor, the frames themselves being attached to one another and running along the floor by means of castors fixed at the angles; the whole apparatus being drawn along by a number of men. Two hundred and eighty-eight 68-pound shot confined in a limited area were thus set rolling over more than half the extent of the galleries; when, not the slightest mishap having occurred, the experiment was considered decisive, and a persistence in it deemed unnecessary."

"For this purpose, the late Mr. Field, President of the Institution of Civil Engineers, created a clever device to test the stability of the galleries in situ. When this device was applied to most of the building, not a single bolt or girder failed under its pressure. The apparatus consisted of eight square wooden frames divided into thirty-six compartments, each just large enough to hold and allow a 68-pound shot to rotate. The balls in each compartment contacted the gallery floor, while the frames were connected and moved along the floor on castors attached to the corners. A group of men pulled the entire apparatus. Two hundred eighty-eight 68-pound shots confined in a limited area were rolled across more than half of the galleries; since there were no incidents, the experiment was deemed conclusive, and further testing was considered unnecessary."

The pressure obtained in this experiment amounted to about a hundred pounds per square foot, and it had been ascertained that the greatest pressure caused by packing men together as closely as possible was equal to about ninety-five pounds per square foot; so that the testing force applied was considered amply sufficient, as a considerable portion of the surface of the gallery will be occupied by light articles exhibited in the cases and stalls which are placed along the centre of the gallery, where a great weight would have most effect.

The pressure measured in this experiment was around a hundred pounds per square foot, and it was found that the maximum pressure from packing people together as tightly as possible was about ninety-five pounds per square foot. Therefore, the testing force applied was deemed more than enough, since a large part of the gallery's surface will be taken up by light items displayed in the cases and stalls set up along the center of the gallery, where a significant weight would have the greatest impact.

This ingenious method of proving the strength of the galleries in situ, without endangering those engaged in the experiment, is admirable; and the result of the proof will no doubt allay all fear in the mind of the public as to the safety of this portion of the building.

This clever way of testing the strength of the galleries in situ, without putting the people involved in the experiment at risk, is impressive; and the outcome of the test will surely ease any concerns the public has about the safety of this part of the building.

General Advantages of the Building.

IT is always much easier to point out the defects of any work than its excellences; whilst we may, therefore, safely leave the former, as regards our present subject, to be discovered and enlarged upon by those who may be perhaps more competent than ourselves, we will attempt to point out what we conceive to be some of the advantages obtained in the present building.

IIt’s always a lot easier to highlight the flaws in any work than its strengths. So, while we can leave the criticism to those who might be better suited for it, we’ll try to point out what we believe are some of the benefits of the current building.

One of the principal of these, considering throughout the purpose of the structure, is, perhaps, the uninterrupted view of the interior which the spectator may obtain from any point of the building—a matter of great importance to the general grandeur of its effect. From the galleries more particularly, which will be less obstructed by large objects, the eye of the spectator will be able to range from end to end of the vast edifice; while the transparency of the material used for the roof allows every object to be brilliantly illuminated. The slender lines of the supports, though they serve to sustain a protecting covering, scarcely interrupt the view of the objects protected, and the absence of any fixed divisions or partitions enables all the articles exhibited to be so arranged as to suit the peculiar requirements of each particular class; while the ample space between the {90}supports has admitted of the formation of large open avenues for the free passage of visitors, who may thus reach as readily the remotest corners of the building as those situated near the entrances; and whenever the visitor may find himself fatigued by the labour of sight-seeing, he will be sure to find himself near one of the numerous exit-doors, whereby he may immediately free himself from the crowd of spectators.

One of the main aspects of this structure, considering its overall purpose, is probably the uninterrupted view of the interior that visitors can get from anywhere in the building—something really important for its overall grandeur. From the galleries especially, which are less obstructed by large objects, visitors will be able to see from one end of the vast building to the other; meanwhile, the transparency of the roof material allows everything to be beautifully illuminated. The slender support beams, which help hold up the covering, hardly block the view of the objects they protect, and the lack of fixed divisions or partitions allows all the exhibits to be arranged according to the specific needs of each category. The generous space between the {90}supports has created wide open pathways for visitors to move freely, so they can easily reach even the farthest corners of the building just as easily as those near the entrances; and whenever visitors feel tired from sightseeing, they are sure to be close to one of the many exit doors, allowing them to quickly escape the crowd.

From the simplicity of the details of the construction, and their constant recurrence, it will be seen that so long as the ends of the building were left incomplete, its size could easily be limited or expanded, so as to include that precise amount of space which, up to the last moment when the point could be kept open, appeared most likely to be required. This simplicity of arrangement will also be found very advantageous in case the building is removed after the termination of its present temporary purpose; as the parts may be easily separated without much injury, and as readily re-erected, either as a whole, or even in many separate buildings, having the same arrangement of parts, without the same general form or appearance.

From the straightforward nature of the construction details and their frequent repetition, it becomes clear that as long as the ends of the building were left unfinished, its size could easily be adjusted to fit the exact space that seemed most likely to be needed right up until the last moment. This straightforward arrangement will also prove very helpful if the building needs to be dismantled after its temporary use; the parts can be easily separated with minimal damage and just as easily reassembled, either as a whole or in several separate buildings, maintaining the same arrangement of parts without necessarily keeping the same overall shape or look.

It has been calculated that the passages remaining in the building, after deducting the space appropriated to the objects exhibited, will hold more than 100,000 persons; though it is not to be expected that half that number will be collected there at one time. The ventilation and supply of fresh air for so vast a throng was therefore a matter of the first importance; and the means already described for accomplishing this great object are so ample, that any inconvenience from oppressive heat or foul air can hardly be expected. The canvass with which the roof is covered will not only serve to modify the heat of the sun in the interior, but it is expected that if it be watered by the hose of engines, it may even reduce the temperature within to considerably below that of the external air. From his experience in glass-houses for horticultural purposes, Mr. Paxton speaks confidently on this point.

It has been calculated that the areas left in the building, after removing the space used for the displayed items, can accommodate more than 100,000 people; although it's not expected that half that number will be gathered there at any one time. Therefore, ensuring proper ventilation and a supply of fresh air for such a large crowd is extremely important; and the methods previously described for achieving this goal are so effective that any discomfort from excessive heat or stale air is unlikely. The canvas covering the roof will not only help to lessen the sun's heat inside, but it is also anticipated that if it is sprayed with water from fire hoses, it may even lower the temperature inside significantly below that of the outside air. Based on his experience with glasshouses for gardening, Mr. Paxton is confident about this.

The arrangement of the construction of the building resting on isolated instead of continuous supports, will enable all traces of it to be readily effaced from the site if it is removed; and, on the other hand, if it remains, it is evidently peculiarly suited to form a vast winter-garden and public promenade.

The way the building is constructed on separate supports rather than continuous ones allows for it to be easily removed from the site without leaving much trace. On the flip side, if it stays, it clearly has the potential to become a large winter garden and public walkway.

Conclusion.

BEFORE taking leave of the reader who may have patiently followed us thus far, a few words may be necessary on the general arrangement of the articles to be exhibited in the building whose outline and details we have been endeavouring to trace. The first classification is geographical. All the western half of the building is given to England, and the eastern, which is rather the larger of the two, to foreign countries; {91}the space assigned to each country being distinctly defined, so as to avoid the possibility of any disputes. As far as it was possible, the space for each country is so arranged as to have a frontage towards the main central avenue, and in most cases occupies a strip the whole width of the building; the visitor, therefore, passing up and down the length, will not miss out any country.

BBefore we say goodbye to the reader who has followed us this far, we should briefly discuss the overall layout of the exhibits in the building we've been trying to describe. The first way we organized things is by geography. The entire western half of the building is dedicated to England, while the larger eastern side is for foreign countries; {91} each country's area is clearly marked to prevent any disputes. Where possible, each country's space is arranged to face the main central avenue and typically covers the full width of the building, so visitors will be able to see every country as they walk up and down.

In the central avenue, and immediately on either side of it, are placed the most remarkable specimens of objects coming under the class of fine-arts, or otherwise sufficiently remarkable to entitle them to such a prominent place. Behind these, in the side avenues, will be found the various specimens of manufactured articles; and along the outside longitudinal avenues are placed, on the south side, those belonging to the class of raw products (a portion being devoted to agricultural implements), and the projecting portion of the building on the north side forms the hall of machinery, which is separated by a partition of glazed sashes from the rest of the building. Many of the articles will be grouped in courts, an arrangement which the construction particularly leads to; and these will probably form some of the greatest attractions in the Exhibition, each being, as it were, complete in itself, and the inclosures preventing the eye from being distracted by distant objects. To enter further into the detail of this part of the subject would be foreign to the purpose of this work, the building itself being our text.

On the main avenue, and right next to it on both sides, are the most impressive examples of fine art and other noteworthy items that deserve such a prominent spot. Behind these, in the side streets, you'll find a variety of manufactured goods; along the outer long avenues, on the south side, are those belonging to raw materials (with some space dedicated to agricultural tools), and the extended part of the building on the north side houses the machinery hall, which is separated by a partition of glass panels from the rest of the building. Many of the items will be arranged in courts, a setup that the construction naturally encourages; these are likely to be some of the biggest attractions at the Exhibition, each being somewhat self-contained, and the enclosures keeping the eye from wandering to distant objects. Going into more detail about this part of the topic would stray from the purpose of this work, as the building itself is our focus.

We have now, we believe, completed the pleasant task we proposed to ourselves at the outset, and we hope that in doing so we may have been able to render interesting to our general readers this description of operations, usually occupying the attention of the technical professions only. With this intention, we have avoided as far as possible the use of technical terms, which would be a dead letter to the uninitiated, at the risk, perhaps, of being considered inaccurate by those acquainted with all the details of the subject.

We believe we have now finished the enjoyable task we set out to accomplish at the beginning, and we hope that in doing so, we've made this description of operations interesting to our general readers, which typically only captures the attention of professionals in the field. To achieve this goal, we've tried to limit the use of technical terms that might be meaningless to those unfamiliar with the topic, even at the risk of being seen as inaccurate by those who know all the details.

So many men whose eminent talent is well known and appreciated by the public have been engaged in perfecting the designs and carrying out the erection of this vast structure, that the critic should be one of no mean reputation who would venture to raise even a small voice of individual criticism on its merits. We have considered it, therefore, to be our part rather to record the opinions of others on any points where a discussion has been raised than to trouble the reader with any personal views, which would, perhaps, have only appeared impertinent.

So many talented men, whose skills are recognized and admired by the public, have been involved in perfecting the designs and constructing this massive structure that it would take a critic of notable reputation to dare to express even minor criticism about it. Therefore, we believe it’s more appropriate to share the opinions of others on any points where there has been discussion rather than burden the reader with personal views that might seem disrespectful.

The nature and extent of the difficulties which have been successfully surmounted in carrying out this great work can only be fully appreciated by those intimately acquainted with all its structural details and with its rapid progress; and its completion in so short a period must be regarded as a striking instance of the productive power and spirit of commercial {92}enterprise of this country, while the fact of its being defrayed by the voluntary contributions of the people will illustrate in an interesting manner to our continental visitors that principle of self-government which forms the basis of all our institutions, and the spirit of private enterprise which characterises most of our great undertakings.

The challenges that have been successfully overcome in completing this major project can truly be appreciated only by those who are familiar with all its structural details and the swift progress made; its completion in such a short time is a remarkable example of the productive power and spirit of commercial {92} enterprise in this country. Moreover, the fact that it was funded by voluntary contributions from the public will provide an interesting illustration to our visitors from abroad of the principle of self-government that underpins all our institutions, as well as the spirit of private enterprise that defines most of our significant projects.

The illustrative engravings with which we have endeavoured to render more interesting the descriptive details, necessarily somewhat dry to the general reader, are only intended to convey general ideas, without attempting that minute accuracy which would be required in a more technical work; and with reference to some of them we take this opportunity of acknowledging the assistance our artists have derived from views already published elsewhere, others having been exclusively drawn for the present work.

The illustrations we've included to make the descriptive details more engaging for the average reader may seem a bit dull, are only meant to share general concepts, not the precise accuracy you would find in a more technical piece. We also want to take a moment to acknowledge that our artists drew inspiration from previously published views for some of these images, while others were created specifically for this work.

We have much pleasure in presenting our readers, in the Appendix, with views and descriptions of two of the most striking designs sent in the first competition for the building, the materials for which have been kindly afforded us by their respective authors; and we may remind the reader that these two designs were specially mentioned by the Building Committee in their Report already quoted. In the same place some interesting documents connected with the building will also be found, which we were unable to insert in the text.

We’re excited to share with our readers in the Appendix some views and descriptions of two of the most impressive designs submitted in the first competition for the building. The materials have been generously provided by their respective creators. We’d also like to remind readers that these two designs were specifically highlighted by the Building Committee in their previously mentioned Report. Additionally, you’ll find some interesting documents related to the building in the same section, which we couldn’t include in the main text.

VIEW OF SOUTH FRONT OF THE BUILDING.

VIEW OF SOUTH FRONT OF THE BUILDING.

VIEW OF SOUTH FRONT OF THE BUILDING.

{i}

APPENDIX.

APPENDIX.

LIST OF COMPETITORS FOR THE BUILDING PROPOSED TO BE ERECTED IN HYDE PARK.

LIST OF COMPETITORS FOR THE BUILDING INTENDED TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN HYDE PARK.

Mons. Acollas, Architecte, 33, Rue Lafayette, à Paris.

Mons. Acollas, Architect, 33 Rue Lafayette, Paris.

Messrs. Aickin and Capes, 1, Clarence-street, Islington.

Messrs. Aickin and Capes, 1 Clarence Street, Islington.

W. Albon, Esq., 32, Abingdon-street, Westminster.

W. Albon, Esq., 32 Abingdon Street, Westminster.

C. B. Allen, Architect, 9, Great College-street, Westminster.

C. B. Allen, Architect, 9 Great College Street, Westminster.

F. C. Anderson, Esq., 9, Holles-street, Cavendish-square.

F. C. Anderson, Esq., 9 Holles Street, Cavendish Square.

Architekton (W. Bardwell, 4, Great Queen-street, Westminster).

Architekton (W. Bardwell, 4, Great Queen Street, Westminster).

Henry Ashton, Esq., 50A, Lower Brooke-street.

Henry Ashton, Esq., 50A, Lower Brooke Street.

John S. Austin, Architect, Bedford.

John S. Austin, Architect, Bedford.

William Austin, Esq., High-street, East Dereham, Norfolk.

William Austin, Esq., High Street, East Dereham, Norfolk.

C. Badger, Esq., Architect, 40, Rue Blanche, Paris.

C. Badger, Esq., Architect, 40 Rue Blanche, Paris.

R. Baly, Esq., 14, Buckingham-street, Adelphi.

R. Baly, Esq., 14 Buckingham Street, Adelphi.

Alfred Beaumont, Architect, 5, Warwick Chambers, Beak-street.

Alfred Beaumont, Architect, 5 Warwick Chambers, Beak Street.

Richard Bell, Architect, Pope's Head Chambers, Cornhill.

Richard Bell, Architect, Pope's Head Chambers, Cornhill.

W. Bell, Esq., Clift Cottage, Coronation-road, Bristol.

W. Bell, Esq., Clift Cottage, Coronation Road, Bristol.

Thomas Bellamy, Esq., 8, Charlotte-street, Bedford-square.

Thomas Bellamy, Esq., 8 Charlotte Street, Bedford Square.

Mons. Felix Belleflamme, Brussels.

Mons. Felix Belleflamme, Brussels.

J. S. Benest, Esq., 21, Rutland-street, Hampstead-road.

J. S. Benest, Esq., 21 Rutland Street, Hampstead Road.

J. H. Bertram, M. Inst. C. E., Reading.

J. H. Bertram, M. Inst. C. E., Reading.

John Black, Esq., 33, Ernest-street, Regent's Park.

John Black, Esq., 33 Ernest Street, Regent's Park.

E. Blatchley, Esq., Jun., 362, Oxford-street.

E. Blatchley, Esq., Jr., 362 Oxford Street.

Mons. Alphonse Botrel, Architecte, 121, Rue Poissonnière, Paris.

Mons. Alphonse Botrel, Architect, 121, Rue Poissonnière, Paris.

A. W. Boulnois, Esq., Bazaar, King-street, Baker-street.

A. W. Boulnois, Esq., Bazaar, King Street, Baker Street.

W. Boyle, Esq., 5, Little George-street, Westminster.

W. Boyle, Esq., 5 Little George Street, Westminster.

R. Brandon, Architect, 11, Beaufort-buildings, Strand.

R. Brandon, Architect, 11 Beaufort Buildings, Strand.

R. Broad, Esq., Horseley Works, Tipton.

R. Broad, Esq., Horseley Works, Tipton.

B. Broadbridge, Architect, 35, Ladbroke-square, Notting-hill.

B. Broadbridge, Architect, 35 Ladbroke Square, Notting Hill.

F. Brown, Esq., Francis-street, Torrington-square.

F. Brown, Esq., Francis St, Torrington Sq.

R. Brown, Esq., 41, Lord-street, Liverpool.

R. Brown, Esq., 41 Lord Street, Liverpool.

J. B. Bunning, Esq., Guildhall.

J. B. Bunning, Esq., City Hall.

George A. Burn, Architect, George-place, Hammersmith.

George A. Burn, Architect, George Place, Hammersmith.

{ii}H. P. Burt, Esq., 238, Blackfriars-road.

{ii}H. P. Burt, Esq., 238 Blackfriars Road.

John G. Grace, Esq., 14, Wigmore-street.

John G. Grace, Esq., 14 Wigmore Street.

E. I. C., Alnwick.

E. I. C., Alnwick.

Mons. J. Cailloux, 25, Marché St. Honoré, Paris.

Mons. J. Cailloux, 25, Marché St. Honoré, Paris.

A. F. Campbell, Esq., 104, Pall Mall, Reform Club.

A. F. Campbell, Esq., 104 Pall Mall, Reform Club.

Henry Case, Esq., 19, Hanover Villas, Kensington Park.

Henry Case, Esq., 19 Hanover Villas, Kensington Park.

James Catt, Esq., Blackheath Park.

James Catt, Esq., Blackheath Park.

Mons. J. Charpentier, Architecte, 15, Rue Larochefoucalt, Paris.

Mons. J. Charpentier, Architect, 15, Rue Larochefoucalt, Paris.

J. Claringbull, Esq., 95, Herbert-street, New North-road.

J. Claringbull, Esq., 95 Herbert Street, New North Road.

Mons. Henri van Cléemputte, Laon, France.

Mons. Henri van Cléemputte, Laon, France.

Mons. J. P. Cluysenaar, Architecte, Bruxèlles.

Mons. J. P. Cluysenaar, Architect, Brussels.

J. Colshurst, Esq., 36, Jermyn-street, St. James's.

J. Colshurst, Esq., 36 Jermyn Street, St. James's.

John Colson, Architect, Winchester.

John Colson, Architect, Winchester.

Mons. J. W. Conrad, Chief Engineer, La Haye, Holland.

Mons. J. W. Conrad, Chief Engineer, La Haye, Netherlands.

C. E. Coote, Esq., Clifton.

C. E. Coote, Esq., Clifton.

W. R. Corson, Architect, 3, Albion-place, Leeds.

W. R. Corson, Architect, 3 Albion Place, Leeds.

H. Courtney, Esq., 39, Awylne-road, Canonbury-square, Islington.

H. Courtney, Esq., 39 Awylne Road, Canonbury Square, Islington.

David Cowan, Esq., 9, Hungerford-street, Strand.

David Cowan, Esq., 9 Hungerford Street, Strand.

Mons. Crémont, 10, Place des Vosges, Paris.

Mons. Crémont, 10, Place des Vosges, Paris.

W. Cruikshank, Esq., 24, Duke-street.

W. Cruikshank, Esq., 24 Duke Street.

Mons. E. Damas de Culture, 20, Rue Mazayran, Paris.

Mons. E. Damas de Culture, 20, Rue Mazayran, Paris.

G. J. Darley, Esq., C.E., 7, Kildare-street, Dublin.

G. J. Darley, Esq., C.E., 7 Kildare Street, Dublin.

Mons. A. Delaage, 6, Place de l'Oratoire du Louvre, Paris.

Mons. A. Delaage, 6, Place de l'Oratoire du Louvre, Paris.

W. Dennis, Esq., Church-street, Hackney.

W. Dennis, Esq., Church Street, Hackney.

Charles Downes, Esq., 29, Coleshill-street, Eaton-square.

Charles Downes, Esq., 29 Coleshill Street, Eaton Square.

Francis Drake, Esq., 11, Calthorpe-street, Gray's-inn-road.

Francis Drake, Esq., 11 Calthorpe Street, Gray's Inn Road.

Henry Duesbury, Architect, Kensington Gore.

Henry Duesbury, Architect, Kensington Gore.

Mons. Duflocq, 96, Rue Rochechouart, Paris.

Mons. Duflocq, 96, Rue Rochechouart, Paris.

Mons. Dupuy, 9, Rue Duplessés, Versailles.

Mons. Dupuy, 9, Rue Duplessés, Versailles.

Mons. Dusillion, Architecte, Thoune Suisse, Faubourg St. Germain, Paris.

Mons. Dusillion, Architect, Thun, Switzerland, Faubourg St. Germain, Paris.

Mons. A. Durand, Moulins, France.

Mons. A. Durand, Moulins, France.

O. C. Edwards, Esq., Gloucester.

O. C. Edwards, Esq., Gloucester.

J. Eldudge, Esq., 16, Somerset-place, New Road, Commercial-rd. East.

J. Eldudge, Esq., 16 Somerset Place, New Road, Commercial Rd. East.

J. Elliott, Architect, 28, Portland-terrace, Southampton.

J. Elliott, Architect, 28 Portland Terrace, Southampton.

M. G. Fétar van Elven, Architecte, Amsterdam.

M. G. Fétar van Elven, Architect, Amsterdam.

D. Erskine, Esq., 58, Clerk-street, Edinburgh.

D. Erskine, Esq., 58 Clerk Street, Edinburgh.

W. J. Everitt, Esq., 1, Garden-street, Stepney-green.

W. J. Everitt, Esq., 1 Garden Street, Stepney Green.

Mons. Théodore Faure, 2, Little Argyle-street, Regent-street.

Mons. Théodore Faure, 2 Little Argyle Street, Regent Street.

Mons. F. Desaint Félix, and E. E. White, Architects, Ipswich.

Mons. F. Desaint Félix and E. E. White, Architects, Ipswich.

Mons. Henri Fevre, Architecte, 41, Rue de Vaugirard, à Paris.

Mons. Henri Fevre, Architect, 41 Rue de Vaugirard, Paris.

F. Finlay, Esq., 26, Duke-street, Westminster.

F. Finlay, Esq., 26 Duke Street, Westminster.

Charles Folkard, Esq., C.E., 56, King-street, Whitehall.

Charles Folkard, Esq., C.E., 56 King Street, Whitehall.

David Colin Forbes, Esq., Stirling.

David Colin Forbes, Esq., Sterling.

James Forrest, Esq., C.E., 25, Great George-street.

James Forrest, Esq., C.E., 25 Great George Street.

W. Freebody, Esq., 9, Duke-street, Westminster.

W. Freebody, Esq., 9 Duke Street, Westminster.

S. C. Fripp, Architect, Bristol.

S. C. Fripp, Architect, Bristol.

L. Fürges, Architecte, Crefeld.

L. Fürges, Architect, Krefeld.

{iii}C. E. G., Warwick.

C. E. G., Warwick.

A. Garrard. Esq., Surveyor.

A. Garrard, Esq., Surveyor.

Mons. Gaulle, 81, Rue Française, à Calais.

Mons. Gaulle, 81, Rue Française, in Calais.

Arthur Gearing, Esq., 2, Ranelagh-street, Leamington Spa.

Arthur Gearing, Esq., 2 Ranelagh Street, Leamington Spa.

William Geggie, Esq., Knaresbro'.

William Geggie, Esq., Knaresborough.

J. Gibson, Esq., Great Western Railway, Paddington.

J. Gibson, Esq., Great Western Railway, Paddington.

Robert Gilingham, Esq., 31, Clarence-road, Kentish Town.

Robert Gilingham, Esq., 31 Clarence Road, Kentish Town.

Mons. Godebœuf, Architecte, 12, Place Breda, à Paris.

Mons. Godebœuf, Architect, 12, Place Breda, Paris.

C. W. Gooch, Esq., 42, Connaught-terrace, Edgeware-road.

C. W. Gooch, Esq., 42 Connaught Terrace, Edgeware Road.

John Gould, Esq., Tottenham Park, Wiltshire.

John Gould, Esq., Tottenham Park, Wiltshire.

Richard Greene, Esq., F.S.A., Sec. to Lichfield Architectural Society.

Richard Greene, Esq., F.S.A., Secretary to the Lichfield Architectural Society.

Edmund W. Grubb, Esq., Newnham, Gloucestershire.

Edmund W. Grubb, Esq., Newnham, Gloucestershire.

Robert S. Grubb, Esq., Newham-on-Severn, Gloucestershire.

Robert S. Grubb, Esq., Newham-on-Severn, Gloucestershire.

T. R. Guppy, Esq., Naples.

T.R. Guppy, Esq., Naples.

J. C. Haddan, Esq., 29, Bloomsbury-square.

J. C. Haddan, Esq., 29 Bloomsbury Square.

Thomas Roberts Hannaford, Architect, 21, Trigon-terrace, Kennington.

Thomas Roberts Hannaford, Architect, 21 Trigon Terrace, Kennington.

O. Hansard, Architect, 2, Kensington-gardens-terrace, Hyde Park.

O. Hansard, Architect, 2 Kensington Gardens Terrace, Hyde Park.

Robert Hardy, Carpenter, 32, North Conduit-street, Bethnal-green.

Robert Hardy, Carpenter, 32 North Conduit Street, Bethnal Green.

John Thornhill Harrison, Esq., East Bolden, near Gateshead.

John Thornhill Harrison, Esq., East Bolden, near Gateshead.

J. P. Harrison, Esq., 11, Chancery-lane.

J. P. Harrison, Esq., 11 Chancery Lane.

Thomas Haw, Esq., 27, Prospect-terrace, Globe-road, Mile-end.

Thomas Haw, Esq., 27 Prospect Terrace, Globe Road, Mile End.

Thomas Hayes, Esq., 7, St. George's-terrace, Hyde Park.

Thomas Hayes, Esq., 7 St. George's Terrace, Hyde Park.

Samuel Heilton, Esq., 54, Red Cross-street, City.

Samuel Heilton, Esq., 54 Red Cross Street, City.

Mons. J. Henard, 98, Rue St. Lazarre, Paris.

Mons. J. Henard, 98 St. Lazare Street, Paris.

James Hendrey, Esq., 4, Pancras-lane, Cheapside.

James Hendrey, Esq., 4 Pancras Lane, Cheapside.

J. Hewitt, Esq., Oxford.

J. Hewitt, Esq., Oxford.

W. S. Hollands, Esq., 37, King William-street.

W. S. Hollands, Esq., 37 King William Street.

Mons. Hector Horeau, 70, Rue Richelieu, Paris.

Mons. Hector Horeau, 70, Rue Richelieu, Paris.

George Horton, Esq., 6, Green-street, Grosvenor-square.

George Horton, Esq., 6 Green Street, Grosvenor Square.

Albert P. Howell, Architect, 2, Holywell-street, Westminster.

Albert P. Howell, Architect, 2 Holywell Street, Westminster.

Mons. C. Huchon, 28, Rue Meslay, Paris.

Mons. C. Huchon, 28 Meslay Street, Paris.

Benjamin Hurwitz, Esq., 1, Brydges-street, Strand.

Benjamin Hurwitz, Esq., 1 Brydges Street, Strand.

John Imray, Esq., Engineer, 12, Howley-street, Lambeth.

John Imray, Esq., Engineer, 12 Howley Street, Lambeth.

A. Jackson, Esq., Barkhart House, Orpington, Kent.

A. Jackson, Esq., Barkhart House, Orpington, Kent.

Mons. Ch. Schœch Jaquet, 238, Rue de la Vertasse, Geneva.

Mons. Ch. Schœch Jaquet, 238, Rue de la Vertasse, Geneva.

Charles Jayne, Architect, 7, Chancery-lane.

Charles Jayne, Architect, 7 Chancery Lane.

Adam Jizkowski, Architect to the Government, Warsaw.

Adam Jizkowski, Government Architect, Warsaw.

Joseph Jopling, Esq., Felton Villa, Finchley-road.

Joseph Jopling, Esq., Felton Villa, Finchley Road.

H. J. Kaye, Esq., 63, Sloane-street, Knightsbridge.

H. J. Kaye, Esq., 63 Sloane Street, Knightsbridge.

G. P. Kennedy and R. Kennedy, Esqrs., Sussex Chambers, Duke-street, St. James's.

G. P. Kennedy and R. Kennedy, Esqs., Sussex Chambers, Duke Street, St. James's.

J. T. Knowles, Esq., 1, Raymond-buildings, Gray's Inn.

J. T. Knowles, Esq., 1 Raymond Buildings, Gray's Inn.

Herr Friedrich Krahe, Brunswick.

Mr. Friedrich Krahe, Brunswick.

Louis Kûhne, Brunswick.

Louis Kûhne, Brunswick.

A Lady with great diffidence submits this plan.

A lady with great hesitation presents this plan.

M. Laves, Architect to the King of Hanover, Hanover.

M. Laves, Architect for the King of Hanover, Hanover.

Mons. A. G. Ledrut, Claremont.

Mons. A. G. Ledrut, Claremont.

{iv}S. W. Leonard, Assistant-Curator Micrological Society, 11, Upper Stamford-street, Waterloo-road.

{iv}S. W. Leonard, Assistant Curator, Micrological Society, 11 Upper Stamford Street, Waterloo Road.

W. B. Lewis, Esq., Rainbow-hill, Worcester.

W. B. Lewis, Esq., Rainbow Hill, Worcester.

R. Lobb, Esq., 8, Goulden-terrace, Barnsbury-road, Islington.

R. Lobb, Esq., 8 Goulden Terrace, Barnsbury Road, Islington.

Locke Brothers, New Peckham.

Locke Brothers, New Peckham.

Henry Lockwood, F.S.A., and William Mawson, Architects, Bradford.

Henry Lockwood, F.S.A., and William Mawson, Architects, Bradford.

Henry Lote, Esq., 51, Brompton-row.

Henry Lote, Esq., 51 Brompton Row.

R. Lovely, Esq., C.E., 1, Victoria-terrace, Queen's-road, Nottingham.

R. Lovely, Esq., C.E., 1 Victoria Terrace, Queen's Road, Nottingham.

George Mackenzie, Esq., 3, Claremont-row, Barnsbury-road, Islington.

George Mackenzie, Esq., 3 Claremont Row, Barnsbury Road, Islington.

Messrs. Magni and Thummeloup, 26, Boulevard du Temple, Paris.

Messrs. Magni and Thummeloup, 26 Boulevard du Temple, Paris.

R. Mallet, Esq., Victoria Foundry, Dublin.

R. Mallet, Esq., Victoria Foundry, Dublin.

Mansell and Elliott, Architects, Halkin-street West, Belgrave-square.

Mansell and Elliott, Architects, Halkin Street West, Belgrave Square.

R. M. Marchant, Esq., 18, Great George-street.

R. M. Marchant, Esq., 18 Great George Street.

P. J. Margary, Esq., Dawlish, Devonshire.

P. J. Margary, Esq., Dawlish, Devon.

W. P. Marshall, Esq., Temple-buildings, New-street, Birmingham.

W. P. Marshall, Esq., Temple Buildings, New Street, Birmingham.

D. Mickle, Esq., 37, Queen-square, Bloomsbury.

D. Mickle, Esq., 37 Queen Square, Bloomsbury.

Joseph Mitchell, Architect, St. James's-street, Sheffield.

Joseph Mitchell, Architect, St. James's Street, Sheffield.

J. Montheath, Esq., 10, Stanley-street, Paddington.

J. Montheath, Esq., 10 Stanley Street, Paddington.

James Moon, Architect, 1, Millman-street, Bedford-row.

James Moon, Architect, 1 Millman Street, Bedford Row.

Captain W. S. Moorsom, 17½, Great George-street.

Captain W. S. Moorsom, 17½ Great George Street.

G. Morgan, Architect, 6, Charles-street, Westminster.

G. Morgan, Architect, 6 Charles Street, Westminster.

J. H. Muller, Gaes, Holland.

J. H. Muller, Gees, Netherlands.

Charles C. Nelson, Esq., 30, Hyde-park-gardens, London.

Charles C. Nelson, Esq., 30 Hyde Park Gardens, London.

Mons. C. Frédéric Nepveu, 13, Place d'Armes, Versailles.

Mons. C. Frédéric Nepveu, 13, Place d'Armes, Versailles.

W. Nethersole, Esq., C.E., 73, Oakley-square, St. Pancras.

W. Nethersole, Esq., C.E., 73 Oakley Square, St. Pancras.

I. W. Newberry, Esq., Hook Norton, Chipping Norton, Oxon.

I. W. Newberry, Esq., Hook Norton, Chipping Norton, Oxon.

Francis B. Newman, Architect, 14, Heathcote-street, Mecklenburgh-sq.

Francis B. Newman, Architect, 14 Heathcote Street, Mecklenburgh Square.

C. H. Newton, Esq., 92, Camden-road Villas, Regent's Park.

C. H. Newton, Esq., 92, Camden Road Villas, Regent's Park.

Mons. Paliard, 23, Rue d'Enghein, Paris.

Mons. Paliard, 23, Rue d'Enghein, Paris.

E. Paraire, Architect, 16, Woodstock-street, Bond-street.

E. Paraire, Architect, 16 Woodstock Street, Bond Street.

Mons. Henri le Pâtre, 47, Grande Rue de la Chapelle, St. Denis, Paris.

Mons. Henri le Pâtre, 47, Grande Rue de la Chapelle, St. Denis, Paris.

Thomas Peacock, Esq., High-street, Kensington.

Thomas Peacock, Esq., High Street, Kensington.

J. D. Pemberton, Esq., Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester.

J. D. Pemberton, Esq., Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester.

G. Perry, Architect, 42, Newington-place, Kennington.

G. Perry, Architect, 42 Newington Place, Kennington.

Mons. Casimir Pétiaux, Paris.

Mons. Casimir Pétiaux, Paris.

William Radley, Chemical Engineer, Regent-street, Lambeth.

William Radley, Chemical Engineer, Regent Street, Lambeth.

W. Railton, Esq., 12, Regent-street.

W. Railton, Esq., 12 Regent Street.

W. Rankin, Esq., Stirling.

W. Rankin, Esq., Stirling.

W. Reed, Esq., Cannon Cottage Hill, Southampton.

W. Reed, Esq., Cannon Cottage Hill, Southampton.

Messrs. Reid and Butcher, Architects and Surveyors, 38, Red Lion-square, London.

Messrs. Reid and Butcher, Architects and Surveyors, 38 Red Lion Square, London.

Stanley Reilly, Architect, 3, Upper Kennington-green, Kennington.

Stanley Reilly, Architect, 3 Upper Kennington Green, Kennington.

George Banks Rennie, Esq., Whitehall-place.

George Banks Rennie, Esq., Whitehall Place.

Harry Ralph Ricardo, Esq., Beaulieu Lodge, Norwood, Surrey.

Harry Ralph Ricardo, Esq., Beaulieu Lodge, Norwood, Surrey.

W. Riddle, Esq., East Temple Chambers, Whitefriars, Fleet-street.

W. Riddle, Esq., East Temple Chambers, Whitefriars, Fleet Street.

H. S. Ridley, Architect, 31, Vincent-square, Westminster.

H. S. Ridley, Architect, 31 Vincent Square, Westminster.

J. B. Roberts, Architect, Sleaford, Lincolnshire.

J. B. Roberts, Architect, Sleaford, Lincolnshire.

{v}R. Roberta, Esq., Globe Works, Manchester.

{v}R. Roberta, Esq., Globe Works, Manchester.

Andrew John Robertson, Esq., C.E., Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Andrew John Robertson, Esq., C.E., Newcastle upon Tyne.

William Robertson, Esq., 12, Gordon-street, City-road.

William Robertson, Esq., 12 Gordon Street, City Road.

A. Rosengarten, Architect, Hamburg.

A. Rosengarten, Architect, Hamburg.

Alex. M. Ross, Esq., 3, Parliament-street, Westminster.

Alex M. Ross, Esq., 3 Parliament Street, Westminster.

Rough Draught, 42, Stainford-street.

Rough Draft, 42 Stainford Street.

Henry Rouse, Esq.

Henry Rouse, Attorney at Law

H. H. Russell, Esq., C.E., M.R.S.A.

H. H. Russell, Esq., C.E., M.R.S.A.

W. Russell, Esq., 3, Frederick-street, Hampstead-road.

W. Russell, Esq., 3 Frederick Street, Hampstead Road.

E. Ryde, Esq., 14, Upper Belgrave-place, Eaton-square.

E. Ryde, Esq., 14 Upper Belgrave Place, Eaton Square.

George Sanderson, Esq., 136, Solly-street, Sheffield.

George Sanderson, Esq., 136 Solly Street, Sheffield.

Charles Sanderson, Esq., Friar-street, Reading.

Charles Sanderson, Esq., Friar Street, Reading.

Robert Sandeman, Architect, Greenside, Edinburgh.

Robert Sandeman, Architect, Greenside, Edinburgh.

H. Savage, Esq., 22, Beaumont-street. Mary-le-bone.

H. Savage, Esq., 22 Beaumont Street, Marylebone.

W. Scurry, Esq., 7, Denbigh-place, Pimlico.

W. Scurry, Esq., 7 Denbigh Place, Pimlico.

Sed quis custodiet Custodes.

But who will guard the guardians?

J. P. Seddon, Esq., Gray's-inn-road.

J. P. Seddon, Esq., Gray's Inn Road.

J. R. Sewell, Esq., Carrington, near Nottingham.

J. R. Sewell, Esq., Carrington, near Nottingham.

Mons. A. Slater, Architecte, Elève de Mons. l'Architecte Cluysenaar.

Mons. A. Slater, Architect, Student of Mons. Architect Cluysenaar.

E. Smallwood, Architect, 86, Park-street, Camden Town.

E. Smallwood, Architect, 86 Park Street, Camden Town.

F. Smallman Smith, Esq., 18, Brunswick-st., Barnsbury-road, Islington.

F. Smallman Smith, Esq., 18 Brunswick St., Barnsbury Road, Islington.

C. H. Smith, Esq., 29, Clipstone-street.

C. H. Smith, Esq., 29 Clipstone Street.

J. M. Smith, Esq., 1, Chapel-place, Duke-street, Westminster.

J. M. Smith, Esq., 1 Chapel Place, Duke Street, Westminster.

W. J. Smith, Esq., 18, Bond-street, Commercial-road, Lambeth.

W. J. Smith, Esq., 18 Bond Street, Commercial Road, Lambeth.

G. Campbell Smith, Esq., Banff.

G. Campbell Smith, Esq., Banff.

Messrs. Soyer and Warrener, Reform Club.

Messrs. Soyer and Warrener, Reform Club.

Paul Sprenger, Esq., Architect to the Government, Vienna.

Paul Sprenger, Esq., Government Architect, Vienna.

Herr Friederich Stammann, Hamburg.

Mr. Friederich Stammann, Hamburg.

Francis Sternitz, Esq., 10, Berner-street, Commercial-road East.

Francis Sternitz, Esq., 10 Berner Street, Commercial Road East.

W. Stewart, Esq., Seacombe, Cheshire.

W. Stewart, Esq., Seacombe, Cheshire.

M. J. Stutely, Architect, 4, Doughty-street, Mecklenburgh-square.

M. J. Stutely, Architect, 4 Doughty Street, Mecklenburgh Square.

H. Suckling, Esq., 1, Conduit-street, Regent-street.

H. Suckling, Esq., 1 Conduit Street, Regent Street.

George Tate, Esq., Bawtry, Yorkshire.

George Tate, Esq., Bawtry, UK.

J. Taylor, Architect, 22, Parliament-street.

J. Taylor, Architect, 22 Parliament St.

T. Taylor, Architect, 33, Clarendon-street, Oakley-square.

T. Taylor, Architect, 33 Clarendon Street, Oakley Square.

J. H. Taunton, Esq., 2, Gordon-place, Kensington.

J. H. Taunton, Esq., 2 Gordon Place, Kensington.

D. W. Thomas, Esq., 20, St. Petersburg-place, Bayswater.

D. W. Thomas, Esq., 20 St. Petersburg Place, Bayswater.

R. M. Thompson, Esq., 46, Leicester-square.

R. M. Thompson, Esq., 46, Leicester Square.

P. Thompson, Architect, 1, Osnaburgh-place, New-road.

P. Thompson, Architect, 1 Osnaburgh Place, New Road.

F. Thompson, Esq., 15, Trafalgar-square, Peckham.

F. Thompson, Esq., 15 Trafalgar Square, Peckham.

James Thrupp, Architect, 2, Park-place, Bath.

James Thrupp, Architect, 2 Park Place, Bath.

H. W. Todd and W. Allingham, 91, Newman-street, Oxford-street.

H. W. Todd and W. Allingham, 91 Newman Street, Oxford Street.

Richard Turner and Thomas Turner, Hammersmith Works, Dublin.

Richard Turner and Thomas Turner, Hammersmith Works, Dublin.

Henry Turner, Esq., Low Heaton, Haugh, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Henry Turner, Esq., Low Heaton, Haugh, Newcastle upon Tyne.

F. Tyerman, Jun., Architect, 14, Parliament-street.

F. Tyerman, Jr., Architect, 14 Parliament Street.

Mons. Véron, 2, Quai des Armes, Paris.

Mons. Véron, 2, Quai des Armes, Paris.

John Walker, Esq., Crooked-lane Chambers, King William-street.

John Walker, Esq., Crooked Lane Chambers, King William Street.

{vi}George Wallis, Artist, and Henry Summers, Architect, 14, College-place, Camden Town.

{vi}George Wallis, Artist, and Henry Summers, Architect, 14 College Place, Camden Town.

J. N. Warren, Esq., C.E., 18, Adam-street, Adelphi.

J. N. Warren, Esq., C.E., 18 Adam Street, Adelphi.

J. E. Watson, Esq., 74, Grey-street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

J. E. Watson, Esq., 74 Grey Street, Newcastle upon Tyne.

Henry Whitcombe, Esq., Slough.

Henry Whitcombe, Esq., Slough.

George Wightwick, Architect, 3, Athenæum-terrace, Plymouth.

George Wightwick, Architect, 3 Athenæum Terrace, Plymouth.

George Wilkie, Esq., C.E., 8, Powell-street West, King's-square.

George Wilkie, Esq., C.E., 8 Powell Street West, King's Square.

George Wilkinson, Esq., Horsham.

George Wilkinson, Esq., Horsham.

S. J. Wilkinson, Esq., 7, Jeffry's-square, St. Mary Axe.

S. J. Wilkinson, Esq., 7 Jeffry's Square, St. Mary Axe.

James Williams, Esq., 18, Westgate-buildings, Bath.

James Williams, Esq., 18 Westgate Buildings, Bath.

George Wilson, Esq., Knaresbro', Yorkshire.

George Wilson, Esq., Knaresborough, Yorkshire.

Ralph Wilson, Architect, 16, Bridge-street, Westminster.

Ralph Wilson, Architect, 16 Bridge Street, Westminster.

James G. Wilson, Esq., 18, Great George-street, Westminster,

James G. Wilson, Esq., 18 Great George Street, Westminster,

Richard Winder, Esq., Fenchurch-street.

Richard Winder, Esq., Fenchurch Street.

R. A. Withall, Architect, 80, Cheapside.

R. A. Withall, Architect, 80 Cheapside.

W. H. Wontner, Architect, St. Ann's-road, North Brixton.

W. H. Wontner, Architect, St. Ann's Road, North Brixton.

Frederick Wood, Esq., 6, Franklin-road, Queen's-road, East Chelsea.

Frederick Wood, Esq., 6 Franklin Road, Queen's Road, East Chelsea.

Thomas Worthington, Architect, 54, King-street, Manchester.

Thomas Worthington, Architect, 54 King Street, Manchester.

James Wylson, Architect, 112, Fyfe-place, Glasgow.

James Wylson, Architect, 112 Fyfe Place, Glasgow.


LIST A.

LIST A.

ENTITLED TO FAVOURABLE AND HONOURABLE MENTION.

Worthy of positive and respectful recognition.

C. B. Allen, Architect, Great College-street, Westminster.

C. B. Allen, Architect, Great College Street, Westminster.

W. Allingham (and Todd), 91, Newman-street, Oxford-street.

W. Allingham (and Todd), 91, Newman Street, Oxford Street.

Architekton (W. Bardwell, 4, Great Queen-street, Westminster).

Architekton (W. Bardwell, 4, Great Queen Street, Westminster).

H. Ashton, 50A, Lower Brooke-street.

H. Ashton, 50A, Lower Brooke St.

C. Badger, Architect, Rue Blanche, Paris.

C. Badger, Architect, Rue Blanche, Paris.

B. P. Baly (four designs).

B. P. Baly (4 designs).

R. Bell, Architect, Pope's Head Chambers, Cornhill.

R. Bell, Architect, Pope's Head Chambers, Cornhill.

Thomas Bellamy, Architect, Charlotte-street, Bedford-square.

Thomas Bellamy, Architect, Charlotte Street, Bedford Square.

J. H. Bertram, C. E., Reading.

J. H. Bertram, C. E., Reading.

A. Botrel, Architect, 121, Rue Poissonnière, Paris.

A. Botrel, Architect, 121 Rue Poissonnière, Paris.

R. Brandon, Architect, Little Beaufort-buildings, Strand.

R. Brandon, Architect, Little Beaufort Buildings, Strand.

F. Brown, Francis-street, Torrington-square.

F. Brown, Francis Street, Torrington Square.

J. B. Bunning, Architect, Guildhall, City of London.

J. B. Bunning, Architect, Guildhall, City of London.

G. A. Burn, Architect, George-place, Hammersmith.

G. A. Burn, Architect, George Place, Hammersmith.

J. Cailloux, Architect, 25, Marché St. Honoré, Paris.

J. Cailloux, Architect, 25, Marché St. Honoré, Paris.

H. Case, 19, Hanover Villas, Kensington Park.

H. Case, 19, Hanover Villas, Kensington Park.

J. Charpentier, Architect, 15, Rue Larochefoucalt, Paris.

J. Charpentier, Architect, 15 Rue Larochefoucauld, Paris.

Henri Van Cléemputte, Architect, Laon, France.

Henri Van Cléemputte, Architect, Laon, France.

J. P. Cluysenaar, Architect of King of the Belgians, Brussels.

J. P. Cluysenaar, Architect to the King of the Belgians, Brussels.

{vii}J. W. Conrad, Chief Engineer, La Haye, Holland.

{vii}J. W. Conrad, Chief Engineer, The Hague, Netherlands.

H. Courtney, Esq., 39, Alwyne-road, Canonbury-square, Islington.

H. Courtney, Esq., 39 Alwyne Road, Canonbury Square, Islington.

Mons. Crémont, Architect, 10, Place des Vosges, Paris.

Mons. Crémont, Architect, 10, Place des Vosges, Paris.

W. Cruikshank, 24, Duke-street.

W. Cruikshank, 24 Duke Street.

A. Delaage, Architect, 6, Place de l'Oratoire du Louvre, Paris.

A. Delaage, Architect, 6, Place de l'Oratoire du Louvre, Paris.

C. Downes, Coleshill-street, Eaton-square.

C. Downes, Coleshill St, Eaton Sq.

A. Durand, Moulins, France.

A. Durand, Moulins, France.

Mons. Dusillion, Architect, Thoune Suisse, Faubourg St. Germain, Paris.

Mons. Dusillion, Architect, Thun, Switzerland, Faubourg St. Germain, Paris.

M. G. Fétar Van Elven, Architect, Amsterdam.

M. G. Fétar Van Elven, Architect, Amsterdam.

H. Fevre, Architect, 41, Rue de Vaugirard, à Paris.

H. Fevre, Architect, 41, Rue de Vaugirard, Paris.

S. C. Fripp, Architect, Bristol.

S. C. Fripp, Architect, Bristol.

Mons. Gaulle, 81, Rue Française, Calais.

Mons. Gaulle, 81, Rue Française, Calais.

A. Gearing, 2, Ranelagh-street, Leamington Spa.

A. Gearing, 2 Ranelagh Street, Leamington Spa.

Eugene Godebœuf, 12, Place Breda, Paris.

Eugene Godebœuf, 12 Place Breda, Paris.

J. T. Harrison, East Bolden, near Gateshead.

J. T. Harrison, East Bolden, near Gateshead.

T. Hayes, 7, St. George's-terrace, Hyde-park.

T. Hayes, 7 St. George's Terrace, Hyde Park.

J. Henard, Architect, 98, Rue St. Lazarre, Paris.

J. Henard, Architect, 98 St. Lazarre Street, Paris.

H. Horeau, 70, Rue Richelieu, Paris.

H. Horeau, 70 Rue Richelieu, Paris.

C. Huchon, 28, Rue Meslay, Paris.

C. Huchon, 28 Meslay Street, Paris.

J. Imray, C. E., Howley-street, Lambeth.

J. Imray, C. E., Howley Street, Lambeth.

Ch. Schœch Jaquet, 238, Rue de la Vertasse, Geneva.

Ch. Schœch Jaquet, 238, Rue de la Vertasse, Geneva.

Louis Kûhne, Brunswick.

Louis Kûhne, Brunswick.

J. T. Knowles, Architect, 1, Raymond-buildings, Gray's Inn.

J. T. Knowles, Architect, 1 Raymond Buildings, Gray's Inn.

M. Laves, Architect of the King, Hanover.

M. Laves, Royal Architect, Hanover.

A. G. Ledrut, Clermont, France.

A.G. Ledrut, Clermont, France.

W. B. Lewis, Rainbow-hill, Worcester.

W. B. Lewis, Rainbow Hill, Worcester.

C. C. Nelson, 30, Hyde-park-gardens, London.

C. C. Nelson, 30, Hyde Park Gardens, London.

C. F. Nepveu, 13, Place d'Armes, Versailles.

C. F. Nepveu, 13, Place d'Armes, Versailles.

Mons. Paliard, Rue d'Enghein, Paris.

Mons. Paliard, Rue d'Enghien, Paris.

H. le Pâtre, Architect, 47, Grande Rue de la Chapelle, St. Denis, Paris.

H. le Pâtre, Architect, 47 Grande Rue de la Chapelle, St. Denis, Paris.

Casimir Pétiaux, Paris.

Casimir Pétiaux, Paris.

H. S. Ridley, Architect, 31, Vincent-square, Westminster.

H. S. Ridley, Architect, 31 Vincent Square, Westminster.

J. B. Roberts, Architect, Sleaford, Lincolnshire.

J. B. Roberts, Architect, Sleaford, Lincolnshire.

A. Rosengarten, Architect, Hamburg.

A. Rosengarten, Architect, Hamburg.

H. Rouse, Esq.

H. Rouse, Esq.

W. Russell, 3, Frederick-street, Hampstead-road.

W. Russell, 3 Frederick St, Hampstead Rd.

H. Savage, 22, Beaumont-street, Marylebone.

H. Savage, 22 Beaumont Street, Marylebone.

J. P. Seddon, Esq., Gray's-inn-road.

J. P. Seddon, Esq., Gray's Inn Road.

A. Slater, Architect, Elève de Mons. Cluysenaar.

A. Slater, Architect, Student of Mr. Cluysenaar.

F. Smallman Smith, 18, Brunswick-street, Barnsbury-road, Islington.

F. Smallman Smith, 18 Brunswick Street, Barnsbury Road, Islington.

C. H. Smith, Clipstone-street, London.

C. H. Smith, Clipstone Street, London.

Paul Sprenger, Architect, Vienna.

Paul Sprenger, Architect, Vienna.

H. Sumners, Architect, 14, College-place, Camden Town.

H. Sumners, Architect, 14 College Place, Camden Town.

Richard and Thomas Turner, Hammersmith Works, Dublin.

Richard and Thomas Turner, Hammersmith Works, Dublin.

F. Tyerman, Jun., Architect, 14, Parliament-street.

F. Tyerman, Jr., Architect, 14 Parliament Street.

Mons. Véron, 2, Quai des Ormes, Paris.

Mons. Véron, 2, Quai des Ormes, Paris.

{viii}J. Watson, 74, Grey-street, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

J. Watson, 74, Grey Street, Newcastle upon Tyne.

W. H. Wontner, Architect, St. Ann's-road, North Brixton.

W. H. Wontner, Architect, St. Ann's Road, North Brixton.

T. Worthington, Architect, King-street, Manchester.

T. Worthington, Architect, King Street, Manchester.


LIST B.

LIST B.

ENTITLED TO FURTHER HIGHER HONORARY DISTINCTION.

WORTHY OF EVEN GREATER HONORARY RECOGNITION.

C. Badger, Architect, Rue Blanche, Paris.

C. Badger, Architect, White Street, Paris.

Thomas Bellamy, Architect, Charlotte-street, Bedford-square.

Thomas Bellamy, Architect, Charlotte Street, Bedford Square.

J. H. Bertram, C. E., Reading.

J. H. Bertram, C. E., Reading.

A. Botrel, Architect, 121, Rue Poissonnière, Paris.

A. Botrel, Architect, 121 Rue Poissonnière, Paris.

J. Cailloux, Architect, 25, Marché St. Honoré, Paris.

J. Cailloux, Architect, 25, Marché St. Honoré, Paris.

Henri Van Cléemputte, Architect, Laon, France.

Henri Van Cléemputte, Architect, Laon, France.

Mons. Crémont, Architect, 10, Place des Vosges, Paris.

Mons. Crémont, Architect, 10, Place des Vosges, Paris.

A. Delaage, Architect, 6, Place de l'Oratoire du Louvre, Paris.

A. Delaage, Architect, 6, Place de l'Oratoire du Louvre, Paris.

M. G. Fétar Van Elven, Architect, Amsterdam.

M. G. Fétar Van Elven, Architect, Amsterdam.

J. Henard, Architect, 98, Rue St. Lazarre, Paris.

J. Henard, Architect, 98, Rue St. Lazare, Paris.

H. Horeau, 70, Rue Richelieu, Paris.

H. Horeau, 70 Rue Richelieu, Paris.

C. Huchon, 28, Rue Meslay, Paris.

C. Huchon, 28 Rue Meslay, Paris.

A. G. Ledrut, Clermont, France.

A.G. Ledrut, Clermont, France.

H. le Pâtre, Architect, 4K, Grande Rue de la Chapelle, St. Denis, Paris.

H. le Pâtre, Architect, 4K, Grande Rue de la Chapelle, St. Denis, Paris.

Casimir Pétiaux, Paris.

Casimir Pétiaux, Paris.

Paul Sprenger, Architect, Vienna.

Paul Sprenger, Architect, Vienna.

Richard and Thomas Turner, Hammersmith Works, Dublin.

Richard and Thomas Turner, Hammersmith Works, Dublin.

Mons. Véron, 2, Quai des Ormes, Paris.

Mons. Véron, 2, Quai des Ormes, Paris.

Mons. Hector Horeau's Design for the     Building. Exterior

Mons. Hector Horeau's Design for the Building. Exterior

Mons. Hector Horeau's Design for the Building. Exterior

View of the Interior.

View of the Interior.

Interior View.

{ix}

TWO OF THE COMPETITION DESIGNS.

TWO COMPETITION DESIGNS.


The following descriptions and plates of two of the designs sent in competition for the Building, and specially mentioned by the Committee in their Report, are given from information obligingly furnished to us by their respective authors.

The following descriptions and images of two of the designs submitted for the competition for the Building, which were specifically noted by the Committee in their Report, are provided based on information kindly supplied to us by their respective creators.

DESIGN BY M. HECTOR HOREAU, ARCHITECT, OF PARIS.

Design by M. Hector Horeau, architect, from Paris.

This was one of the most striking of all that were submitted to the Commission; it formed one immense hall, or shed, more than 2000 feet long, by about 270 feet wide throughout, with several small detached buildings on the north side, for refreshments, &c.

This was one of the most impressive of all that were presented to the Commission; it created one huge hall, or shed, over 2000 feet long and about 270 feet wide overall, with a few small separate buildings on the north side for snacks, etc.

The interior of the main building was divided into five avenues, the centre one about ninety feet wide, those next adjoining rather more than fifty feet, and the outside ones about forty feet wide. Iron columns, about twenty-three feet apart, formed these avenues and supported arched ribs for the roof. One end of the building was semicircular, the other forming an ornamental façade, and about the centre of the length a transept was formed.

The inside of the main building was split into five sections, with the center one being about ninety feet wide, the two next to it a little over fifty feet, and the outer ones about forty feet wide. Iron columns, roughly twenty-three feet apart, created these sections and held up arched beams for the roof. One end of the building was semicircular, while the other had an elaborate façade, and in the center, there was a transept.

M. Horeau says: "Simplicity, grandeur, ready means of construction, and of increasing or diminishing the accommodation, and of removal if required, forming altogether a specimen of the most recent improvements introduced into the art of building—these are the principal objects which it has been sought to attain. The whole of the construction is of iron, without a single piece of wood, the foundation being executed in brick; the façade to be in metal, porcelain, and glass, the floor of asphalte, the roof to be principally covered with ornamental thick glass, in large dimensions, or ground glass with patterns.

M. Horeau says: "Simplicity, grandeur, easy construction, and the ability to increase or decrease the space, as well as to move it if needed, represent the latest advancements in building design—these are the main goals pursued. The entire structure is made of iron, with not a single piece of wood, while the foundation is made of brick; the façade will consist of metal, porcelain, and glass, the floor will be asphalt, and the roof will be mainly covered with decorative thick glass, either in large sizes or patterned frosted glass."

"Of the trusses or arched ribs supporting the roof there were to be but three varieties, each in three pieces, with which the whole of the building could be erected. This subdivision of the roof-trusses would have facilitated the conversion of the building for other purposes; for, taken singly, or in various combinations, they would have formed many kinds of buildings for ordinary purposes. The attached buildings placed on the north side would have shown several modes of effecting this. The ornamental spandrils of the roof-trusses would be formed in stamped-work out of copper, and gilt.

"There would only be three types of trusses or arched beams supporting the roof, each made up of three pieces, which could be used to construct the entire building. This breakdown of the roof trusses would have made it easier to convert the building for different uses; because taken individually or in different combinations, they could create various types of structures for everyday needs. The buildings attached to the north side would have demonstrated several ways to achieve this. The decorative spandrels of the roof trusses would be made from stamped copper and gilded."

"The façade shows at a glance the purpose of the building, as well as its {x}interior disposition, in which the different widths of avenues would afford space for objects of all varieties of dimensions. The façade itself was to be formed with tracery or trellis-work of cast-iron, the lower part being covered with sheet-iron; the cornice and ornamental panels of porcelain; the medallions in coloured stone-ware; the doors and inclosures of metal, silvered and gilt; the ornamental details to be either cast or stamped; the scrolls in the panels being in coloured glass or mosaic.

"The façade quickly reveals the building's purpose and its {x} interior layout, where the varying widths of the walkways would provide space for objects of all sizes. The façade itself was designed to feature decorative cast-iron work, with the lower section covered in sheet metal; the cornice and decorative panels made of porcelain; medallions crafted from colored stoneware; doors and enclosures of metal, finished in silver and gold; and decorative details created either by casting or stamping, with scroll designs in the panels made from colored glass or mosaic."

"The pediment is crowned with a group of figures representing the Genius of Industry crowning the Arts and Sciences; in the cornice are placed the names of all the principal cities of the world, and the names of eminent men in panels. In the medallions are represented allegorical figures of the different branches of science and industry. At the angles of the building are placed trophies, the base of which would serve as guard-houses."

"The pediment is topped with a group of figures representing the Genius of Industry crowning the Arts and Sciences; in the cornice are the names of all the major cities in the world, along with the names of notable individuals in panels. The medallions feature allegorical figures representing various branches of science and industry. At the corners of the building are trophies, the bases of which would serve as guardhouses."

The engravings will serve to show the general effect of this design in its interior and exterior.

The engravings will display the overall impact of this design both inside and outside.


DESIGN BY MESSRS. R. AND T. TURNER, OF DUBLIN.

Design by R. and T. Turner, Dublin.

In this design also the interior was arranged as one uninterrupted space, about 1,940 feet long, and 408 wide, the roof in one span rising about 120 feet above the floor; the supports, consisting of semicircular ribs, forming the interior into three avenues, the centre one 200 feet wide and the full height, the side ones 104 feet wide and about sixty feet high. In the centre of the length a transept was proposed, and the square area at the meeting of that with the central avenue was to be covered with a glass dome.

In this design, the interior was organized as one continuous space, about 1,940 feet long and 408 feet wide, with a roof that spans roughly 120 feet above the floor. The supports, made up of semicircular ribs, create three pathways inside: the center one is 200 feet wide and the full height, while the side ones are 104 feet wide and about sixty feet high. In the middle of the length, a crossway was planned, and the square area where it intersects with the central pathway was to be topped with a glass dome.

The ends of the building, as well as those of the transept, were to be filled in with tracery in the upper part, a colonnade below protecting the entrances. Galleries, if necessary, were to be placed in the side avenues. The construction of this building was proposed to be principally of wrought iron, which would have given to the circular ribs and other parts a great lightness of effect; but, on the other hand, the difficulties of producing and putting together such an enormous amount of wrought-iron work in so short a space of time as that required was considered an almost insuperable objection to the design. Large portions of the roof were to be covered with glass, so as to admit an abundance of light into the interior.

The ends of the building, along with those of the transept, were intended to have tracery in the upper sections, with a colonnade below to protect the entrances. Galleries, if needed, were to be placed in the side aisles. This building was mainly proposed to be constructed of wrought iron, which would give the circular ribs and other parts a very light appearance; however, the challenges of producing and assembling such a vast amount of wrought iron in the limited time available were seen as an almost insurmountable drawback to the design. Large parts of the roof were to be covered with glass to allow plenty of light into the interior.

The accompanying views of the exterior and interior of this design, from the simplicity of the arrangement, consisting of a repetition of similar parts, require but little description for their elucidation.

The images of the outside and inside of this design, due to the straightforward layout made up of repeated similar elements, need very little explanation for understanding.

Messrs. R and T. Turner's Design. View     of Exterior from one end.

Messrs. R and T. Turner's Design. View of Exterior from one end.

Messrs. R and T. Turner's Design. View of the Exterior from one end.

Messrs. R. and T. Turner's Design.     Transverse Section, and View of the     Interior.

Messrs. R. and T. Turner's Design. Transverse Section, and View of the Interior.

Messrs. R. and T. Turner's Design. Cross Section and View of the Interior.

{xi}

MEMORANDUM ON THE SITE.

MEMO ON THE SITE.

Return to an Order of the Honourable the House of Commons, dated 1st July, 1850; for

Return to an Order of the Honorable House of Commons, dated July 1, 1850; for

COPY of a Letter addressed by the Commissioners of the Exhibition of 1851 to the Lords of the Treasury, inclosing Memorandum as to the Site of the Exhibition Building in Hyde Park.

COPY of a Message sent by the Commissioners of the Gallery展览 of 1851 to the Lords of the Treasury, including a Memorandum regarding the Site of the Exhibition Building in Hyde Park.


Palace of Westminster, 1st July, 1850.

Palace of Westminster, July 1, 1850.

Sir,—I am directed by her Majesty's Commissioners for the Exhibition of 1851 to transmit to you herewith, for the information of the Lords Commissioners of her Majesty's Treasury, a memorandum of the grounds on which the present site has been selected for the Exhibition, and of the proceedings that have been taken in consequence of that selection.—I have, &c.

Sir,—I have been instructed by Her Majesty's Commissioners for the 1851 Exhibition to send you, for the information of the Lords Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury, a memo explaining the reasons the current site was chosen for the Exhibition, along with the actions taken as a result of that selection.—I have, &c.

(Signed) Stafford H. Northcote. 

(Signed) Stafford H. Northcote.

 The Right Honourable W. G. Hayter, M.P., &c. &c. &c.

The Right Honorable W. G. Hayter, M.P., & c. & c. & c.


Memorandum of the grounds on which the site has been selected for the Exhibition of 1851, and of the proceedings which have been taken in consequence of that selection, prepared for the information of the Lords of the Treasury by the Royal Commissioners for promoting the Exhibition.

Memorandum outlining the reasons for choosing the site for the Exhibition of 1851, and the actions taken as a result of that selection, created for the information of the Lords of the Treasury by the Royal Commissioners responsible for promoting the Exhibition.

1. It is within the knowledge of the Lords of the Treasury, that from the time of the earliest announcement of the proposed Exhibition it has always been intended that it should take place in the Metropolis. Not only was such an intention matter of notoriety at the time that the question of issuing a Royal Commission was under consideration, but the Commission itself, when issued formally recited that it was proposed "To establish an Enlarged Exhibition of the Works of Industry of all Nations, to be holden in London, in the year 1851;" and it was to further the holding of such an exhibition that the present Commissioners were specially appointed.

1. The Lords of the Treasury are aware that from the moment the proposed Exhibition was first announced, it was intended to be held in the capital. This intention was well-known when the idea of issuing a Royal Commission was being considered, and the Commission itself, when formally issued, stated that the goal was "To establish an Enlarged Exhibition of the Works of Industry of all Nations, to be held in London, in the year 1851." The current Commissioners were specifically appointed to help organize this exhibition.

2. Considering the importance of the undertaking, and the circumstances attending its promulgation, the selection of the Metropolis as its intended locality appears to have been both natural and proper. It will be borne in mind that the exhibitions which have from time to time been held in foreign countries have generally, and, as the Commissioners believe, invariably, been held in the capitals of the respective countries. In the present case it was peculiarly important that an undertaking which required the constant superintendence of a body of Commissioners, whose {xii}occupations for the most part confine them to London, should be carried on within their immediate cognisance, and not removed to a distant situation.

2. Considering how important this project is and the circumstances surrounding its launch, choosing the Metropolis as its location seems both natural and appropriate. It's worth noting that exhibitions held in other countries have generally, and the Commissioners believe, always been hosted in the capitals of those countries. In this case, it was particularly important for a project that requires ongoing oversight from a group of Commissioners, whose main activities keep them in London, to take place within their immediate awareness rather than in a far-off location.

3. It being thus distinctly evident that the Exhibition ought to take place in London, it is further obvious that the actual site which may be selected for it should be within the precincts of, or in the closest vicinity to, the most central and accessible parts of the Metropolis itself. It need hardly be pointed out that it would be objectionable to impose upon persons who may have come to London from a great distance the necessity of an additional journey to visit the Exhibition; a consideration which has already been urged upon the Commissioners by the representatives of several of the most important provincial towns, who are apprehensive of the inconvenience to which artizans in particular might thus be subjected. Moreover, the removal of the Exhibition to any distance sufficient to diminish the number of visitors would not only militate against its essential character of general accessibility, but might most seriously affect the receipts upon which its self-supporting character must depend, a point upon which it appears that much stress has been laid.

3. It’s clearly evident that the Exhibition should be held in London, and it’s also obvious that the actual site should be in or very close to the central and most accessible areas of the city. It's important to note that it would be unfair to require people traveling from far away to take an extra trip to see the Exhibition; this concern has already been raised by representatives from several key provincial towns, who worry about the inconvenience it would cause, particularly for workers. Additionally, moving the Exhibition far enough away to reduce visitor numbers would not only go against its fundamental goal of being easily accessible but could also significantly impact the revenue it needs to be self-sustaining, which seems to be a crucial point of emphasis.

4. Although Hyde Park, and even the particular space now in question, had been already mentioned before the issue of the Commission, and indeed so far back as October, 1849, as a probable site for the Exhibition, it is unnecessary to assure the Lords of the Treasury that the Commissioners approached the question of the site after their appointment without having in any degree prejudged the merits of particular localities. On the 14th of February, their attention having been directed to the importance of determining the site by the Committee then recently appointed for all matters relating to the building, they deputed two Commissioners, namely, Lord Granville and Mr. Labouchere, to wait upon the Chief Commissioner of Woods and Forests, and to confer with him upon the subject. The result of this conference is set forth in the Report presented by the Building Committee at the next meeting of the Commissioners (Feb. 21), of which the following is the portion which relates to the question of the site:—

4. Although Hyde Park, and even the specific area in question, had already been mentioned before the Commission's issues, going back to October 1849, as a likely location for the Exhibition, it's not necessary to reassure the Lords of the Treasury that the Commissioners approached the site selection without any bias toward specific locations. On February 14th, after being informed about the importance of deciding on the site by the recently appointed Committee for all building matters, they sent two Commissioners, Lord Granville and Mr. Labouchere, to meet with the Chief Commissioner of Woods and Forests to discuss the topic. The outcome of this meeting is detailed in the Report presented by the Building Committee at the next meeting of the Commissioners (Feb. 21), from which the following section pertains to the site question:—

"With respect to the site, it has appeared to your Committee that, firstly, the north-eastern portion of Hyde Park; secondly, the long space between her Majesty's private road and the Kensington-road, in the southern part of Hyde Park; and, thirdly, the north-western portion of Regent's Park, are the only available spaces about the Metropolis which would afford the necessary accommodation; and it is believed that the order in which they have been named represents also their relative eligibility. As regards the first, the Committee are informed by the Chief Commissioner of her Majesty's Woods and Forests, that considerable objections would arise to its occupation for such a purpose, and that no such objections would be raised to the use of the second; the Committee, therefore, recommend the adoption of this site, which, amongst other advantages, is remarkable for the facility of access afforded by the existing roads. Upon this occasion a letter was received from the Westminster Committee, stating that the local Commissioners for Westminster had visited the site in Hyde Park, and a site suggested in the Regent's Park, and that they were of opinion that the site in Hyde Park was the preferable one."

"Regarding the site, your Committee believes that, first, the northeastern part of Hyde Park; second, the long area between Her Majesty's private road and Kensington Road in the southern part of Hyde Park; and third, the northwestern part of Regent's Park are the only available spaces in the city that could provide the necessary accommodations. It is thought that the order in which they are listed reflects their relative suitability. For the first option, the Committee has been informed by the Chief Commissioner of Her Majesty's Woods and Forests that there would be significant objections to using it for this purpose, whereas no such objections would arise for the second option. Therefore, the Committee recommends this site, which, among other advantages, is notable for its easy access via the existing roads. On this occasion, a letter was received from the Westminster Committee, stating that the local Commissioners for Westminster had visited the site in Hyde Park and a site suggested in Regent's Park, and they believed that the site in Hyde Park was the better choice."

The recommendation of the Building Committee having been agreed to, a form of advertisement, requesting plans and suggestions for the building, was, at the next meeting (28th February), submitted for approbation, and was ordered to be immediately issued in the English, French, and, German languages. To this advertisement was appended a ground-plan of the site in Hyde Park for the guidance of those to whom the advertisement was addressed. The details of this plan were discussed in the presence of the Chief Commissioner of Woods and Forests, and were settled in conformity with his lordship's wishes.

The Building Committee's recommendation was approved, and at the next meeting (February 28th), a draft advertisement requesting plans and ideas for the building was presented for approval and was ordered to be issued right away in English, French, and German. This advertisement included a site plan of Hyde Park to guide those it was intended for. The details of this plan were discussed in the presence of the Chief Commissioner of Woods and Forests and were finalized according to his preferences.

5. In consequence of the advertisement thus issued, no less than 248 plans and suggestions, many of them the productions of foreign artists, were sent in to the Commissioners. A large number of these were of a very elaborate character, and bore evident marks of considerable application and ability.

5. As a result of the advertisement that was published, a total of 248 plans and suggestions, many from foreign artists, were submitted to the Commissioners. A significant number of these were quite detailed and showed clear evidence of considerable effort and skill.

6. Soon after the site had been selected, some other important arrangements having also by this time been made, the Commissioners prepared and published a statement (21 February) explanatory of the nature and objects of the Exhibition, which was widely circulated in this country, was forwarded to our consuls abroad and to the foreign consuls in England, and was officially transmitted by the Secretary of State to all Foreign Governments, and to all the Governors of the British Colonies, as well as to India. In this statement it was announced that "Her Majesty had {xiii}been graciously pleased to grant a site for the purpose (of the Exhibition) on the south side of Hyde Park, lying between the Kensington Drive and the ride commonly called Rotten Row."

6. Soon after the location was chosen, and with other important arrangements already in place, the Commissioners prepared and published a statement (21 February) explaining the nature and purpose of the Exhibition. This statement was widely distributed throughout the country, sent to our consuls abroad, and to foreign consuls in England. It was also officially sent by the Secretary of State to all foreign governments, all Governors of the British Colonies, and to India. In this statement, it was announced that "Her Majesty had {xiii} been graciously pleased to grant a site for the purpose (of the Exhibition) on the south side of Hyde Park, located between Kensington Drive and the path commonly known as Rotten Row."

7. The site having been thus deliberately chosen and formally announced, all subsequent proceedings connected with the building have been taken with direct reference to it. The plans have been prepared with a view to its peculiarities, and the form of the building and its internal as well as its external arrangements have been determined by them. The amount of space available for the display of articles has been calculated upon the data afforded by the site, and from a calculation of this amount the Commissioners have been able to assign to each foreign country a definite space for the arrangement of its own productions. All the necessary working-drawings and specifications have been prepared with very great labour and at considerable expense, and have now been issued in a form which will insure to the Commissioners the certainty of obtaining, within a few days, bonâ fide tenders for the execution of a design presenting every facility for construction within the time prescribed. The mechanical difficulties have been surmounted, and all the preliminary arrangements, even to the extent of provision for an effective drainage and a sufficient water supply, have been entered into. The whole of these preparations have reference to this particular site only, and are inapplicable or unsuitable to any other.

7. The location has been carefully chosen and officially announced, so all the subsequent actions related to the construction have been directly linked to it. The plans have been designed with its specific features in mind, and both the building's shape and its internal and external layouts have been shaped by these considerations. The space available for displaying items has been determined based on the information provided by the site, and from this calculation, the Commissioners have allocated specific areas for each foreign country to arrange its own products. All necessary working drawings and specifications have been created with significant effort and at considerable cost, and they have now been released in a format that guarantees the Commissioners will receive, within a few days, genuine bids for carrying out a design that allows for construction within the required timeline. The mechanical challenges have been addressed, and all preliminary arrangements, including effective drainage and a reliable water supply, have been made. All of these preparations are specifically suited to this site and are not applicable or appropriate for any other location.

8. From what has been already stated, it will be seen that the present site was not selected without consideration, and that the proceedings which have been taken with respect to it were not commenced until the Commissioners had good ground for believing that there would be no objection to its occupation. The attention, however, which has lately been directed to the point, has caused them anxiously to reconsider the whole subject, and renders it now necessary for them to enter into somewhat more of detail as to the grounds upon which they have come to the conclusion which they have formed, that this is the only site in or about the Metropolis which is at once suitable and practically available for the purposes of the Exhibition.

8. From what’s been said so far, it’s clear that the current site wasn’t chosen lightly and that the actions taken regarding it didn’t start until the Commissioners had solid reasons to believe there would be no objections to using it. However, the recent focus on this issue has led them to carefully rethink the entire matter, making it necessary for them to provide more details about why they believe this is the only location in or around the Metropolis that is both suitable and practically available for the Exhibition.

9. Of the other sites which have been suggested, the following are the only ones deserving of particular consideration:—

9. Of the other sites that have been suggested, the following are the only ones worth special attention:—

(a) The North-eastern portion of Hyde Park.

(a) The northeastern part of Hyde Park.

(b) The North-western portion of Regent's Park.

(b) The northwest section of Regent's Park.

(c) Battersea Park.

Battersea Park.

(d) Victoria Park.

Victoria Park.

(e) Wormwood Scrubbs.

Wormwood Scrubs.

10. The north-eastern portion of Hyde Park would, in the opinion of many members of the Building Committee, be a very eligible situation; but, as has been already mentioned, an objection was taken to this locality on the part of the Commissioners of Woods and Forests, on the ground that the building would interfere with some important thoroughfares in that part of the park, and on account of other considerations of public importance; and the idea was abandoned in consequence.

10. Many members of the Building Committee felt that the northeast section of Hyde Park would be a great location; however, as previously mentioned, the Commissioners of Woods and Forests raised an objection to this area, arguing that the construction would disrupt key pathways in that part of the park and due to other important public considerations. As a result, the idea was dropped.

11. The site suggested in the Regent's Park has been found, since it was visited by the Building Committee, not to be available, as the leases under which the houses in the neighbourhood are held contain a clear and stringent provision that no new building of any kind shall be erected within the limits of the park.

11. The location proposed in Regent's Park has been determined, after a visit by the Building Committee, to be unavailable, as the leases for the houses in the area clearly state that no new construction of any kind can take place within the park boundaries.

12. With regard to the ground in the neighbourhood of Battersea proposed to be purchased by the Government, and to be converted into a park to be called Battersea Park, the Lords of the Treasury are of course aware that only a small proportion of the whole area has as yet been purchased; and the Commissioners found on inquiry that this proportion consists of numerous small detached pieces, utterly insufficient to accommodate a building of the contemplated size, and separated from each other by intervening plots of ground, many of them in a state of high cultivation, and belonging to a great number of different proprietors, with whom it would be absolutely impossible to effect arrangements within any time which would afford the slightest chance of the Commissioners being put in possession of a site in time to complete their building by the spring of next year. It should be added that the site of this district is very low, a great portion of it being some feet under high-water mark, and that the nature of the soil presents serious objections to its use as a building-ground.

12. Regarding the land in the Battersea area that the Government plans to buy and turn into a park called Battersea Park, the Treasury officials know that only a small part of the total area has been purchased so far. The Commissioners discovered that this small portion is made up of several small, separate pieces that are not enough to support a building of the proposed size. These pieces are divided by intervening plots of land, many of which are well-cultivated and owned by numerous different owners. It would be completely impossible to make arrangements with them in any timeframe that would allow the Commissioners to have a site ready to complete their building by next spring. Additionally, this area is quite low, with a lot of it being several feet below high-water mark, and the type of soil there raises serious concerns about its suitability for building purposes.

{xiv}

13. Victoria Park is situated in an inconvenient and not very accessible part of the town. It would, moreover, be impossible to erect in it a building of the required size without most seriously interfering with the plantations and ornamental water which have been recently laid out there; thus inflicting on the classes for whose recreation that park has been opened an inconvenience infinitely more serious than could be caused to the frequenters of the very much larger area of Hyde Park by the proposed occupation of a comparatively small portion of it.

13. Victoria Park is located in a difficult-to-reach part of town. Additionally, it would be nearly impossible to build the required structure there without significantly disrupting the recently developed plants and decorative water features. This would create a much bigger inconvenience for the people the park was designed for than what could happen to visitors of the much larger Hyde Park from using a small section of it.

14. Lastly, as regards Wormwood Scrubbs, besides that the distance is a very serious objection, the rights of the commoners in that locality would prevent its appropriation; and the Commissioners are advised that it would be impossible to erect the building there without risk, as any single commoner would have it in his power to interrupt the proceedings, and to cause them to be discontinued at any stage of the work, however advanced. Similar objections apply to Wandsworth and some other commons in the neighbourhood of London, which have been occasionally mentioned as possible sites.

14. Lastly, regarding Wormwood Scrubs, not only is the distance a significant issue, but the rights of the local commoners would also prevent its use. The Commissioners have been informed that it would be impossible to construct the building there without risk, as any single commoner could stop the work at any point, no matter how far along it was. Similar concerns apply to Wandsworth and a few other common areas around London that have been occasionally suggested as potential sites.

14a. As regards Primrose Hill and the Isle of Dogs, the want of level space on the former, and the objectionable situation and dampness of the latter, render them so obviously unsuitable as to make any particular observations unnecessary.

14a. Concerning Primrose Hill and the Isle of Dogs, the lack of flat land on the former, and the undesirable location and dampness of the latter, make them clearly unsuitable, so specific comments are not needed.

15. But even could the objections to any of these sites be removed, or could another and an unobjectionable site be pointed out, the Commissioners feel hound to state, from their experience of the time, thought, and labour necessarily consumed in the investigation, arrangement, and preparation of the great mass of detail requisite to enable them to carry out this extensive work, that they are fully convinced of the impossibility of now adapting their plans to any other site, with any reasonable prospect of being able to complete the work within the time to which they stand pledged in the face of the world; and they could only regard a change of site, particularly if it should involve a change of plan, as tantamount to the postponement of the Exhibition till another year. And the Commissioners cannot shut their eyes to the fact, that a postponement of the Exhibition would, under the circumstances, certainly lead to its entire abandonment.

15. Even if the objections to any of these sites could be resolved, or if another suitable site could be found, the Commissioners feel compelled to express, based on their experience with the time, effort, and work needed to investigate, organize, and prepare the extensive details required to carry out this large project, that they are fully convinced it is impossible to adapt their plans to any other site now, with any realistic chance of completing the work within the timeframe they have committed to publicly. They see changing the site, especially if it means altering the plan, as equivalent to delaying the Exhibition until next year. The Commissioners also cannot ignore the fact that, under the current circumstances, postponing the Exhibition would likely result in its complete cancellation.

16. In order to give the Lords of the Treasury some idea of the consequences of an abandonment of this scheme, the Commissioners would in the first place direct their attention to the large amount of money already subscribed towards its completion (which is at present nearly 64,000l.), to the number of local committees (now about 240) which have been called into existence throughout the country, to the funds now being raised by subscriptions out of their wages among the working-classes in all parts of the country towards enabling them to visit an Exhibition to which they are anxiously looking forward, and the abandonment of which would be a great disappointment to numbers, and still more to the extensive preparations which are now making for the supply of articles for exhibition. It is within the knowledge of the Commissioners that several individuals in this country have incurred several thousand pounds' expense in such preparations, besides the anxiety which they have occasioned.

16. To give the Lords of the Treasury an understanding of the consequences of abandoning this scheme, the Commissioners would first focus on the significant amount of money already pledged for its completion (which is currently nearly £64,000), the number of local committees (now about 240) that have been established across the country, and the funds being raised through subscriptions from workers' wages in various regions to help them attend an Exhibition they are eagerly anticipating. Abandoning this plan would disappoint many people and particularly disrupt the extensive preparations underway for the exhibition items. The Commissioners are aware that several individuals in this country have incurred expenses amounting to thousands of pounds for these preparations, along with the stress they have caused.

17. But the evils which would result from postponement, so far as this country is concerned, are as nothing when compared with those which would arise in the case of foreign nations and the colonies. The plan of the Exhibition has been widely circulated for several months, and the following States have already signified, through their respective Governments, that they have appointed Committees or Commissioners, consisting of the most distinguished individuals in those countries, to co-operate with the Royal Commissioners in this country:—

17. But the problems that would come from delaying this, at least for our country, are minor compared to what could happen with foreign nations and the colonies. The plan for the Exhibition has been shared widely for several months, and the following countries have already indicated, through their governments, that they have appointed committees or commissioners made up of the most notable people in those countries to work together with the Royal Commissioners here:—

Russia,
Sweden,
Norway,
Denmark,
Prussia,
Saxony,
Austria,
Bavaria,
Hanover,
Oldenburg,
Mecklenburg,
Hanse Towns,
France,
Holland,
Belgium,
Spain,
The United States,
Turkey,
Sardinia,
Venezuela,
Switzerland,
Nassau,
Anhalt, Dessau, &c.

Besides which it may be mentioned that special Commissioners have been sent to this country by France, Russia, and one or two other States; and that in most cases the Governments have {xv}undertaken the collection and the transmission to this country, at their own expense, of the articles intended for exhibition, for which, of course, their preparations are now made.

Besides that, it's worth noting that special Commissioners have been sent to this country by France, Russia, and a couple of other countries. In most cases, the Governments have {xv}handled the collection and delivery of the items meant for exhibition to this country at their own expense, for which they are currently making preparations.

18. In all the countries which have been mentioned active preparations for the Exhibition are now going on, and in some considerable expense is known to have been incurred. The Russian Government has announced that the goods intended for exhibition will be shipped from that country in the autumn of this year, and questions pointing to a similar arrangement have recently been put by the Government of Denmark. The Austrian Government have given notice, that the Great Exhibition which was to have been held at Vienna in the year 1851 has been postponed till the year 1852, in order not to clash with the Exhibition in London. All these circumstances tend to show that the postponement of the Exhibition would be seriously inconvenient to many countries, and would probably occasion considerable and natural irritation at what would appear like national vacillation, besides the certainty of rendering these countries unwilling to run the risk of a second disappointment, and of deterring them from continuing their preparations for a later period.

18. In all the countries mentioned, active preparations for the Exhibition are currently underway, and in some cases, a significant amount of money has already been spent. The Russian Government has announced that the goods intended for the exhibition will be shipped from the country this fall, and similar inquiries have recently been made by the Government of Denmark. The Austrian Government has notified that the Great Exhibition, which was scheduled to take place in Vienna in 1851, has been postponed until 1852 to avoid conflicting with the Exhibition in London. All of these factors indicate that postponing the Exhibition would be quite inconvenient for many countries and could lead to notable frustration over what would seem like national indecisiveness. Additionally, it would likely discourage these countries from risking another disappointment and could deter them from continuing their preparations for a later date.

19. These inconveniences would be felt also by the British Colonies. Committees have been announced as formed in Malta, Ceylon, Nova Scotia, Barbadoes, Guiana, and several of the West India Islands, and it is probable that others have been appointed elsewhere. In India most extensive preparations are being made, and the East India Company have incurred very great expense by their exertions to contribute to the Exhibition.

19. These inconveniences would also affect the British Colonies. Committees have been set up in Malta, Ceylon, Nova Scotia, Barbados, Guiana, and various West Indian Islands, and it’s likely that others have been created in other places. In India, extensive preparations are underway, and the East India Company has spent a lot of money on their efforts to contribute to the Exhibition.

20. After what has been said, it is unnecessary that the Commissioners should enlarge any further upon the consequences to be apprehended from the postponement which would be occasioned by an alteration of the site of building. They will proceed to offer a few remarks upon some of the objections which have been taken to that at present proposed.

20. After what has been said, it's not necessary for the Commissioners to elaborate further on the potential consequences of the delay caused by changing the building site. They will move on to address some of the objections raised against the current proposal.

21. An idea appears to prevail in some quarters that the occupation of the Park is intended to be of a permanent, and not, as has been repeatedly announced, of a merely temporary character, and the Commissioners are given to understand that by proposing to construct a building into which a good deal of brickwork is to enter, they have shown an intention at variance with their professions. Upon this point they have to remark, in the first place, that, although the eminent architects and engineers whom they have consulted, and to whom they have uniformly given instructions to prepare plans suitable to a temporary structure, have agreed to recommend the use of brick and other durable materials, they have left it perfectly open to contractors to send in their tenders for the execution of the work in any material or materials whatsoever, and have notified their readiness to entertain such tenders, on the single condition of their being "accompanied by working-drawings and specifications, and fully priced bills of quantities." It is probable that some such tenders will be made, and if made they will be impartially considered; but the Commissioners must protest against the supposition that it is necessarily more judicious to construct a temporary building of perishable than of enduring materials. The first requisite of the building is, that it should be suitable for its purpose, capable of protecting the valuable goods deposited in it from injury of every kind—as, for instance, from the weather, from the effects of the dampness of the soil, from the danger of fire, and so forth, and that it should be strong enough to avert all risk of accidental damage. Its next requisite is, that it should be economical, and in estimating its cost regard must be had not only to the expense of erection, but to the facility of removal and the value of the materials when removed, as a building may easily be conceived to be cheaper which should cost 100,000l. to erect, but of which the materials could afterwards be sold for 50,000l., than another would be which cost but 80,000l. in the first instance, but of which the materials should become so far deteriorated as to produce only 20,000l. when taken down. It is the opinion of those who have devised the plans in the present case, that a building constructed of durable materials will in the end be cheaper than one constructed of such as are more perishable; particularly as a considerable portion of the building, namely, the iron roofing, will be of a kind which is generally used in the construction of railway-stations, and will probably be disposed of for that purpose after the close of the Exhibition, as its temporary application to the purposes of the Exhibition will be of no detriment to its being so. An opportunity of testing the correctness of this opinion will be given when the tenders are received, as, in addition to the customary form, it has been required that they should also be sent upon the understanding that the materials shall {xvi}remain the property of the contractor, and shall in fact only be hired for the purposes of the Exhibition. The third requisite of the building is, that it should be at least seemly, though it may not be necessary that it should be highly ornamental. The Commissioners trust that it will fulfil this condition, while they would at the same time point out that no expense is to be incurred for merely ornamental purposes, unless it should be thought desirable to select a dome for covering in the large space which must necessarily be left in the centre of the building to suit the internal arrangements. A cheaper mode of covering in this space will probably be resorted to, and the Commissioners have directed that a special estimate of the cost of the dome should be laid before them when the tenders are complete, in order that they may judge of the propriety of sanctioning its erection.

21. There's a belief in some circles that the occupation of the Park is meant to be permanent, rather than the temporary setup that has been repeatedly stated. The Commissioners have been led to understand that their plan to build a structure that involves a significant amount of brickwork contradicts their claims. They want to point out that, although the prominent architects and engineers they've consulted were instructed to create plans for a temporary structure, they have recommended using brick and other durable materials. However, they've left it open for contractors to submit bids using any materials they choose, as long as those bids come with working drawings, specifications, and fully priced bills of quantities. It's likely that some bids will be submitted, and if they are, they will be considered fairly. However, the Commissioners strongly disagree with the idea that it’s necessarily wiser to build a temporary structure from less durable materials. The primary requirement for the building is that it must serve its purpose, protecting the valuable items stored inside from all kinds of harm—like exposure to the elements, soil moisture, fire risks, etc.—and it needs to be sturdy enough to prevent accidental damage. Next, it should be cost-effective, taking into account not just the building costs, but also how easy it is to remove and the potential resale value of the materials after being taken down. A building might be cheaper to construct if it costs £100,000 but the materials can later be sold for £50,000 compared to another building that initially costs only £80,000, but the materials depreciate to a value of £20,000 when dismantled. Those who created the current plans believe that a building made of durable materials will ultimately be more economical than one made of less lasting materials, especially since a significant part of the structure, the iron roof, will be similar to those typically used in railway stations and could likely be repurposed for that use once the Exhibition is over without affecting its temporary use during the event. An opportunity to test this opinion will come when bids are submitted, which, in addition to the usual format, must indicate that the materials will remain the contractor’s property and will essentially just be rented for the Exhibition. The third requirement for the building is that it should at least look decent, even if it doesn’t need to be highly decorative. The Commissioners hope it will meet this expectation while emphasizing that no funds will be spent purely for decoration unless they decide to choose a dome to cover the large space that must be left open in the middle of the building for internal arrangements. They anticipate using a more affordable solution to cover that space and have instructed that a detailed estimate for the dome’s cost be presented once the bids are in so they can evaluate whether it is appropriate to approve its construction.

Having offered this short explanation, they can only repeat once more the assurances they have already given, that the building is not intended to be permanent, and that it will be entirely removed, in accordance with the conditions prescribed by the Lords of the Treasury on yielding up the site, within seven months after the closing of the Exhibition, which cannot be deferred after the 1st of November, and will probably take place at an earlier period in the autumn of next year.

Having provided this brief explanation, they can only reiterate the assurances they have already given: the building is not meant to be permanent and will be completely taken down as required by the Lords of the Treasury when the site is returned. This will happen within seven months after the Exhibition ends, which cannot be delayed beyond November 1st and will likely occur earlier in the fall of next year.

22. Another ground of apprehension is stated to be, lest the Park should be injured by the erection of the building, and the injury should continue after the structure is removed. This apprehension is, however, groundless; a small clump of ten trees has been allowed to be removed, in compensation for which, it is proposed by the Commissioners of Woods and Forests to plant another clump elsewhere. It is not intended to cut down any more than that clump. As regards the surface of the ground to be occupied, it will not only not be injured, but will ultimately be materially improved by being drained and freshly sown with grass seed. It will be a strict condition with the contractors for the building that they shall, on its removal, restore the ground to its present condition.

22. Another concern mentioned is that the Park could be harmed by the construction of the building, and that damage might persist even after the building is taken down. However, this concern is unfounded; a small group of ten trees has been permitted to be removed, and in return, the Commissioners of Woods and Forests plan to plant another group of trees in a different location. No additional trees will be cut down beyond that group. Regarding the ground where the building will be located, it won’t just be unharmed, but will actually be significantly improved through drainage and fresh grass seeding. One strict requirement for the construction contractors will be that they must restore the ground to its current condition once the building is removed.

23. Some dissatisfaction has been expressed at the prospect of a furnace being erected to heat the boiler and drive the steam-apparatus. It is however, intended to construct such furnace on the principle of consuming its own smoke, or to burn coke instead of coal, should that, upon the whole, appear the best mode of preventing annoyance. Care will also be taken not to erect any chimney of an unsightly character.

23. Some concern has been raised about the idea of building a furnace to heat the boiler and power the steam apparatus. However, the plan is to construct this furnace using a method that burns its own smoke, or to use coke instead of coal, if that seems like the best way to minimize issues. We will also ensure that any chimney built is visually appealing.

24. As regards the amount of traffic which will be occasioned by the transport of materials and goods to the site, the Commissioners have been furnished by the Building Committee with an approximate estimate that it will not in the whole exceed the ordinary amount of three weeks' general traffic of a single railway-station, and as this traffic will be spread over a period of more than six months, it is manifest that its amount has been enormously exaggerated by public estimation.

24. Regarding the amount of traffic that will be generated by transporting materials and goods to the site, the Commissioners have received an approximate estimate from the Building Committee indicating that it will not exceed the usual amount of three weeks' general traffic from a single railway station. Since this traffic will be spread out over more than six months, it’s clear that the public has greatly exaggerated its potential impact.

25. The Queen's Ride, though in the immediate vicinity of the site, will not be in any degree interfered with, except that it may be advisable to rail off a strip not exceeding ten feet, or one-sixth of the whole in width, for foot-passengers, in order to prevent the inconvenience of crowding the space open to riding parties. By this arrangement the riders will be secured from annoyance.

25. The Queen's Ride, while very close to the site, won't be disrupted at all, except it might be a good idea to set up a railing for a strip no more than ten feet wide, or one-sixth of the total width, for pedestrians, to avoid crowding the area open to riders. This setup will protect the riders from disturbances.

25 a. It has been said that the effect of the erection of the building will be to drive the inhabitants of London out of their Parks. The Commissioners think it right to draw the attention of the Lords of the Treasury to the following statistics:—

25 a. People say that building the structure will force Londoners out of their Parks. The Commissioners believe it's important to bring the following statistics to the attention of the Lords of the Treasury:—

The area of Hyde Park is 387 acres.
" Kensington Gardens  290 "
" Regent's Park 403 "
" St. James's Park 83 "
" Green Park 71 "
" Victoria Park 160 "
" Greenwich Park 174 "

making a total of 1,568 acres, while only twenty acres are proposed to be taken or the purposes of this Exhibition.

making a total of 1,568 acres, while only twenty acres are planned to be taken for the purposes of this Exhibition.

26. In conclusion, the Commissioners think it desirable to call attention to the fact, that the three last Exhibitions of this nature which have taken place in Paris have been held on a site (the Champs Elysées) very closely corresponding to our own Hyde Park in many respects, and {xvii}particularly resembling it in being the most fashionable and the most frequented promenade in Paris—more frequented, indeed, than the particular spot selected on the present occasion has ever been, or is likely to be; and yet it does not appear that the Parisians have had occasion to complain of those annoyances which are now apprehended by some persons in this country. And the Commissioners are informed, that the Exhibition in Vienna was held in the Prado, the principal public place in that city; and that the Exhibition in Berlin was held in the Thiergarten, which is not only the principal public place within the city, but is remarkable as being the only open Park of any sort within several miles.

26. In conclusion, the Commissioners believe it's important to highlight that the last three exhibitions of this kind held in Paris took place in a location (the Champs Elysées) that closely resembles our own Hyde Park in many ways, particularly as it is the most fashionable and busiest walking area in Paris—busier, in fact, than the specific spot chosen for the current event has ever been, or is likely to be. Yet, it seems that the Parisians have not complained about the annoyances that some people here are worried about. The Commissioners have also been informed that the exhibition in Vienna took place in the Prado, the main public space in that city, and that the exhibition in Berlin was held in the Thiergarten, which is not only the main public area in the city but is also notable for being the only open park of any kind within several miles.

27. In the foregoing observations the Commissioners have thought it right to confine themselves strictly to a discussion of the practical difficulties which would attend a change of site. They cannot, however, but express their decided opinion, that the renouncement of the selection of the most beautiful park in London for the scene of the Exhibition may be looked upon as indicating a diminution of interest in the undertaking, and would materially detract from that appearance of hospitality on the part of England which has been one great cause for the very favourable reception which this proposal has everywhere secured.

27. In the previous comments, the Commissioners felt it was important to focus solely on the practical challenges that would come with changing the location. However, they must express their strong belief that abandoning the choice of the most beautiful park in London for the Exhibition site might show a reduced interest in the project and would significantly lessen the impression of hospitality from England, which has been a major reason for the highly positive response this proposal has received everywhere.

They must add, that the possibility that the bringing the Exhibition into Hyde Park should be considered as an interference with the enjoyment of that Park by the public has never entered their minds. They have, on the contrary, always intended it as a means of recreative and intellectual enjoyment for the greatest portion of her Majesty's subjects: and they have hitherto had reason to believe that it has been so regarded by the country in general.

They want to emphasize that the idea of holding the Exhibition in Hyde Park as a disruption to the public's enjoyment of the park has never occurred to them. On the contrary, they have always viewed it as a way to provide recreational and intellectual enjoyment for most of Her Majesty's subjects. So far, they have had reason to believe that the country has seen it the same way.


REPORT OF THE ROYAL COMMISSIONERS,

REPORT OF THE ROYAL COMMISSIONERS,

PRESENTED TO HER MAJESTY ON THE OPENING OF THE BUILDING.

PRESENTED TO HER MAJESTY ON THE OPENING OF THE BUILDING.

The following Report, together with her Majesty's Answer, on the occasion of the inauguration of the building, cannot fail to be interesting as a brief record of the proceedings connected with this noble undertaking up to that period:—

The following report, along with Her Majesty's response, regarding the inauguration of the building, is sure to be interesting as a brief account of the events related to this remarkable endeavor up to that point:—

"May it please your Majesty,—We, the Commissioners appointed by your Majesty's royal warrant of the 3rd of January, 1850, for the promotion of the Exhibition of the Works of Industry of all Nations, and subsequently incorporated by your Majesty's Royal Charter of the 15th of August in the same year, humbly beg leave, on the occasion of your Majesty's auspicious visit at the opening of the Exhibition, to lay before you a brief statement of our proceedings to the present time.

"May it please your Majesty,—We, the Commissioners appointed by your Majesty's royal warrant of January 3, 1850, for the promotion of the Exhibition of the Works of Industry of all Nations, and later incorporated by your Majesty's Royal Charter of August 15 of the same year, respectfully submit, on the occasion of your Majesty's favorable visit to the opening of the Exhibition, a brief summary of our activities up to this point."

"By virtue of the authority graciously committed to us by your Majesty, we have made diligent inquiry into the matters which your Majesty was pleased to refer to us, namely, into the best mode of introducing the productions of your Majesty's colonies and of foreign countries into this kingdom, the selection of the most suitable site for the Exhibition, the general conduct of the undertaking, and the proper method of determining the nature of the prizes and of securing the most impartial distribution of them.

"With the authority graciously given to us by your Majesty, we have thoroughly investigated the issues that your Majesty asked us to address, specifically how to introduce the products from your Majesty's colonies and foreign countries into this kingdom, the best location for the Exhibition, the overall management of the event, and the appropriate way to decide the types of prizes and ensure they are distributed fairly."

"In the prosecution of these inquiries, and in the discharge of the duties assigned to us by your Majesty's Royal Charter of Incorporation, we have held constant meetings of our whole body, and have, moreover, referred numerous questions connected with a great variety of subjects to committees, composed partly of our own members and partly of individuals distinguished in the several departments of science and the arts, who have cordially responded to our applications for their assistance at a great sacrifice of their valuable time.

"In pursuing these investigations and fulfilling the responsibilities outlined in your Majesty's Royal Charter of Incorporation, we have held regular meetings of our entire group. Additionally, we have sent numerous questions related to a wide range of topics to committees made up of both our members and prominent individuals in various fields of science and the arts, who have generously agreed to help us, sacrificing their valuable time."

{xviii}

"Among the earliest questions brought before us was the important one as to the terms upon which articles offered for exhibition should be admitted into the building. We considered that it was a main characteristic of the national undertaking in which we were engaged that it should depend wholly upon the voluntary contributions of the people of this country for its success; and we therefore decided, without hesitation, that no charge whatever should be made on the admission of such goods. We considered, also, that the office of selecting the articles to be sent should be intrusted in the first instance to local committees, to be established in every foreign country, and in various districts of your Majesty's dominions; a general power of control being reserved to the Commission.

"One of the first questions we faced was an important one about the conditions under which items submitted for exhibition would be allowed into the building. We believed that a key aspect of the national project we were involved in should rely entirely on the voluntary contributions of the people in this country for its success; therefore, we made the decision, without hesitation, that there would be no charge at all for the admission of these goods. We also thought that the task of selecting the items to be sent should initially be given to local committees, set up in every foreign country and in various regions of Your Majesty's domains, while reserving overall control for the Commission."

"We have now the gratification of stating that our anticipations of support in this course have in all respects been fully realised. Your Majesty's most gracious donation to the funds of the Exhibition was the signal for voluntary contributions from all, even the humblest, classes of your subjects, and the funds which have thus been placed at our disposal amount at present to about 65,000l. Local committees, from which we have uniformly received the most zealous co-operation, were formed in all parts of the United Kingdom, in many of your Majesty's colonies, and in the territories of the Hon. East India Company. The most energetic support has also been received from the Governments of nearly all the countries of the world, in most of which Commissions have been appointed for the special purpose of promoting the objects of an Exhibition justly characterised in your Majesty's royal warrant as an Exhibition of the Works of Industry of all Nations.

"We are pleased to say that our expectations for support in this endeavor have been fully met. Your Majesty's generous donation to the Exhibition's funds inspired voluntary contributions from all levels of your subjects, including the humblest among them, resulting in a total of about 65,000 l. at our disposal. Local committees, which we have consistently received enthusiastic cooperation from, were established throughout the United Kingdom, in many of your Majesty's colonies, and in the territories of the Hon. East India Company. We have also received strong support from the governments of nearly all the countries worldwide, many of which have appointed commissions specifically to promote the goals of an Exhibition rightly described in your Majesty's royal warrant as an Exhibition of the Works of Industry of all Nations."

"We have also to acknowledge the great readiness with which persons of all classes have come forward as exhibitors. And here again it becomes our duty to return our humble thanks to your Majesty for the most gracious manner in which your Majesty has condescended to associate yourself with your subjects by yourself contributing some most valuable and interesting articles to the Exhibition.

"We also need to recognize how eager people from all walks of life have stepped up as exhibitors. Once again, we feel it's our duty to express our heartfelt gratitude to Your Majesty for the gracious way you've chosen to connect with your subjects by contributing some incredibly valuable and interesting items to the Exhibition."

"The number of exhibitors whose productions it has been found possible to accommodate is about 15,000, of whom nearly one-half are British. The remainder represent the productions of more than forty foreign countries, comprising almost the whole of the civilised nations of the globe. In arranging the space to be allotted to each, we have taken into consideration both the nature of its productions and the facilities of access to this country afforded by its geographical position. Your Majesty will find the productions of your Majesty's dominions arranged in the western portion of the building, and those of foreign countries in the eastern. The Exhibition is divided into the four great classes of—1, Raw Materials; 2, Machinery; 3, Manufactures; and 4, Sculpture and the Fine Arts. A further division has been made according to the geographical position of the countries represented; those which lie within the warmer latitudes being placed near the centre of the building, and the colder countries at the extremities.

The number of exhibitors that we can accommodate is about 15,000, with nearly half being British. The rest represent productions from over forty foreign countries, covering almost all the developed nations across the globe. When organizing the space for each exhibitor, we considered both the nature of their products and the ease of access to this country based on their geographical location. Your Majesty will find the products from your Majesty's territories arranged in the western part of the building, while those from foreign countries are in the eastern section. The Exhibition is divided into four main categories: 1, Raw Materials; 2, Machinery; 3, Manufactures; and 4, Sculpture and the Fine Arts. Additionally, we’ve arranged them by geographical location, with countries in the warmer latitudes situated near the center of the building, and the colder countries at the ends.

"Your Majesty having been graciously pleased to grant a site in this your royal Park for the purposes of the Exhibition, the first column of the structure now honoured by your Majesty's presence was fixed on the 26th of September last. Within the short period, therefore, of seven months, owing to the energy of the contractors and the active industry of the workmen employed by them, a building has been erected, entirely novel in its construction, covering a space of more than eighteen acres, measuring 1,851 feet in length, and 456 feet in extreme breadth, capable of containing 40,000 visitors, and affording a frontage for the exhibition of goods to the extent of more than ten miles. For the original suggestion of the principle of this structure the Commissioners are indebted to Mr. Joseph Paxton, to whom they feel their acknowledgments to be justly due for this interesting feature of their undertaking.

"Your Majesty has graciously provided a location in this royal Park for the Exhibition. The first column of the structure, now honored by your Majesty's presence, was placed on September 26th of last year. In just seven months, thanks to the contractors' efforts and the diligent work of their employees, a building has been constructed that is completely new in design. It covers over eighteen acres, measuring 1,851 feet in length and 456 feet in width, capable of holding 40,000 visitors and offering more than ten miles of frontage for the display of goods. The original idea for this structure came from Mr. Joseph Paxton, to whom the Commissioners express their sincere gratitude for this remarkable aspect of their project."

"With regard to the distribution of rewards to deserving exhibitors, we have decided that they should be given in the form of medals, not with reference to merely individual competition, but as rewards for excellence in whatever shape it may present itself. The selection of the persons to be so rewarded has been intrusted to juries equally composed of British subjects and of foreigners, the former having been selected by the Commission from the recommendations made by the local committees, and the latter by the Governments of the foreign nations the productions of which are exhibited. The names of these jurors, comprising, as they do, many of European celebrity, afford the best guarantee of the impartiality with which the rewards will be assigned.

"Regarding the distribution of awards to deserving exhibitors, we've decided that they should be given in the form of medals, not just based on individual competition, but as rewards for excellence in whatever form it takes. The selection of the individuals to receive these awards has been entrusted to juries made up of both British subjects and foreigners. The British jurors were chosen by the Commission based on recommendations from local committees, while the foreign jurors were selected by the governments of the nations whose productions are being exhibited. The names of these jurors, many of whom are well-known figures in Europe, provide the best assurance that the awards will be given fairly."

{xix}

"It affords much gratification that, notwithstanding the magnitude of this undertaking, and the great distances from which many of the articles now exhibited have had to be collected, the day on which your Majesty has been graciously pleased to be present at the inauguration of the Exhibition is the same day that was originally named for its opening, thus affording a proof of what may, under God's blessing, be accomplished by goodwill and cordial co-operation among nations, aided by the means that modern science has placed at our command.

"It is very gratifying that, despite the scale of this project and the long distances many of the items on display have traveled, the day your Majesty has kindly chosen to attend the opening of the Exhibition is the same day originally set for the event. This demonstrates what can be achieved, with God's blessing, through goodwill and cooperation among nations, supported by the tools modern science has given us."

"Having thus briefly laid before your Majesty the results of our labours, it now only remains for us to convey to your Majesty our dutiful and loyal acknowledgments of the support and encouragement which we have derived throughout this extensive and laborious task from the gracious favour and countenance of your Majesty. It is our heartfelt prayer that this undertaking, which has for its end the promotion of all branches of human industry and the strengthening of the bonds of peace and friendship among all nations of the earth, may, by the blessing of Divine Providence, conduce to the welfare of your Majesty's people, and be long remembered among the brightest circumstances of your Majesty's peaceful and happy reign."

"Having briefly presented the results of our work to Your Majesty, we now want to express our sincere gratitude for the support and encouragement we've received throughout this challenging and extensive task, thanks to Your Majesty's generous favor and guidance. We genuinely hope that this project, aimed at promoting various sectors of human industry and strengthening the ties of peace and friendship among all nations, will, with the blessing of Divine Providence, contribute to the well-being of Your Majesty's people and be remembered as one of the highlights of Your Majesty's peaceful and prosperous reign."

Her Majesty returned the following gracious answer:—

Her Majesty replied with the following gracious response:—

"I receive with the greatest satisfaction the address which you have presented to me on the opening of this Exhibition.

"I am very pleased to receive the address you presented to me at the opening of this Exhibition."

"I have observed with a warm and increasing interest the progress of your proceedings in the execution of the duties intrusted to you by the Royal Commission, and it affords me sincere gratification to witness the successful result of your judicious and unremitting exertions in the splendid spectacle by which I am this day surrounded.

"I have watched with growing interest the progress of your work in carrying out the responsibilities entrusted to you by the Royal Commission, and it truly makes me happy to see the successful outcome of your thoughtful and tireless efforts in the impressive scene that I am surrounded by today."

"I cordially concur with you in the prayer, that by God's blessing this undertaking may conduce to the welfare of my people and to the common interest of the human race, by encouraging the arts of peace and industry, strengthening the bonds of union among the nations of the earth, and promoting a friendly and honourable rivalry in the useful exercise of those faculties which have been conferred by a beneficent Providence for the good and the happiness of mankind."

"I wholeheartedly agree with you in the hope that, with God's blessing, this effort will benefit my people and serve the greater good of humanity by fostering peace and industry, strengthening relationships among the nations of the world, and encouraging a friendly and honorable competition in the productive use of the abilities granted to us by a generous Creator for the well-being and happiness of everyone."

THE END.

THE END.

SALISBURY, PRINTER, PRIMROSE-HILL, SALISBURY-SQUARE, FLEET-STREET.

SALISBURY, PRINT SHOP, PRIMROSE HILL, SALISBURY SQUARE, FLEET STREET.


THE FOLLOWING INTERESTING AND IMPORTANT

THE FOLLOWING IMPORTANT AND INTERESTING

NEW BOOKS AND MAPS

NEW BOOKS AND MAPS

ARE PUBLISHED BY

PUBLISHED BY

JAMES GILBERT, 49, PATERNOSTER-ROW, LONDON,

JAMES GILBERT, 49, PATERnostER-ROW, LONDON,

Wholesale and Retail Bookseller, Publisher, and Newsvendor.

Wholesale and Retail Bookseller, Publisher, and News Vendor.


NOW READY, in 200 pages, demy 18mo, with Illustrations, price, in fancy binding, only 1s. 6d., or post free, 2s., the SECOND EDITION,

NOW READY, in 200 pages, demy 18mo, with Illustrations, price, in fancy binding, only £1.50, or post free, £2.00, the SECOND EDITION,

DEDICATED TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCE ALBERT,

DEDICATED TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCE ALBERT,

GILBERT'S

GILBERT'S

POPULAR NARRATIVE OF THE ORIGIN, HISTORY, PROGRESS, & PROSPECTS

THE FAMOUS STORY OF THE ORIGIN, HISTORY, DEVELOPMENT, & FUTURE

OF THE

OF THE

GREAT INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION,

GREAT INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION,

1851:

1851

With a Guide to the future Rules and Arrangements.

With a Guide to Future Rules and Agreements.

By PETER BERLYN, Esq.

By PETER BERLYN, Attorney


OPINIONS OF THE PRESS.

PRESS OPINIONS.

ATHENÆUM.

Athenium.

"A well-written volume. A useful record of the history and progressive development of the marking incident of our age and nation. Mr. Berlyn was, we believe, officially employed by the Executive Committee in the earlier stages of their labours; his statements, therefore, are on good authority and may be relied on. The narrative is sufficiently full in its details for the general public now and hereafter."

"A well-written book. A valuable account of the history and ongoing development of the significant events of our time and nation. Mr. Berlyn was, we believe, officially hired by the Executive Committee during the initial stages of their work; his statements, therefore, are credible and can be trusted. The narrative provides enough detail for the general public now and in the future."

EXAMINER.

Examiner.

"This is a clever book, full of timely and interesting matter, and with sufficient merit as a record of the origin and history of the Great Exhibition to outlive the mere curiosity of the hour. Mr. Berlyn has had official opportunities of becoming well acquainted with the subject, and has not neglected them. He puts his materials together with spirit and intelligence, and indulges a hopeful strain of anticipation and prophecy very properly befitting his theme."

"This is a smart book, filled with relevant and engaging content, and it has enough value as a record of the origin and history of the Great Exhibition to last beyond just the curiosity of the moment. Mr. Berlyn has had official chances to become well-acquainted with the topic and has made the most of them. He organizes his material with energy and insight, and he expresses a hopeful outlook and predictions that are quite fitting for his subject."

LITERARY GAZETTE.

Lit Gazette.

"Within a small compass we have here gathered together all that is interesting in connexion with the great undertaking of the present year—an undertaking which must form a most important chapter in the world's history. We are bound to say that the work has been judiciously done, and the result is a very satisfactory review of all that has been effected in the way of Industrial Exhibitions up to the present time."

"Within a small scope, we've compiled everything interesting related to the major project of this year—an effort that will undoubtedly be a significant chapter in world history. We must say that the work has been thoughtfully executed, and the outcome is a very satisfying overview of everything that has been achieved in the realm of Industrial Exhibitions so far."

MORNING CHRONICLE.

Morning News.

"Gilbert's Popular Narrative of the Exhibition.—With this title a small work has just been published, written by Mr. Peter Berlyn, from authentic and official sources, tracing the origin, history, and progress, and pointing to the prospects, of the Great Exhibition. The author has carefully avoided all speculation and gossip on the subject, and has applied himself with very considerable ability to the statement and elucidation of all those facts, derived from authentic records, which bear upon the progress of this most important national movement. Many interesting facts are stated in connexion with the previous expositions which have taken place on the Continent and in this country, and the difficulties with which, upon its first announcement, the present undertaking had to contend, and the means by which the Executive were enabled to overcome them, are clearly and consecutively stated. The work also contains some valuable statistical and other information connected with the building, and copies of the most recent of the regulations issued by the Executive. We would cordially recommend this very interesting work."

"Gilbert's Well-Known Story of the Exhibition.—A new book has just been published by Mr. Peter Berlyn that covers the origin, history, and development of the Great Exhibition, based on reliable and official sources. The author has skillfully avoided any speculation or rumors and instead focused on presenting and clarifying facts from trustworthy records related to this significant national initiative. The book discusses many intriguing facts related to previous exhibitions held both on the Continent and in this country, the challenges faced when the current project was first announced, and how the organizers managed to overcome those challenges. Additionally, it includes valuable statistical information and updates on the building, along with the latest regulations issued by the Executive. We highly recommend this engaging work."

EXPOSITOR.

EXPOSITOR.

"The volume before us has fair claim to its title of a Narrative of the Exhibition. It commences with an account of such British and foreign exhibitions as may be supposed to have led to the idea of the great international show of industry to be held in the present year. The work also contains a complete account of how the world's industrial products have come to be housed in the present building; gives all the rules and orders of the Commissioners and Executive Committee; special instructions to colonial and foreign exhibitors and Custom-house authorities; names of authorised agents for foreign countries; Custom-house agents recommended by the Royal Commissioners; and such other information as renders it a really useful volume of practical information to all exhibitors and visitors at the Exhibition."

"The book in front of us rightly earns its title as a Narrative of the Exhibition. It starts with an overview of various British and international exhibitions that likely inspired the idea of the major international industry showcase happening this year. The work also includes a complete guide on how the world's industrial products have been arranged in this building; outlines all the rules and regulations from the Commissioners and Executive Committee; provides specific instructions for exhibitors from colonies and foreign countries, as well as customs officials; lists authorized agents for foreign nations; recommends customs agents by the Royal Commissioners; and includes additional information that makes it a genuinely practical resource for all exhibitors and visitors at the Exhibition."

SUN.

SUNDAY.

"Within the compass of an elegant pocket-volume the author of the present narrative has contrived to furnish his readers with a very copious history of the origin, progress, and prospects of the Great Exhibition. Throughout the work he has written with an especial regard at once to simplicity and perspicuity, so that we rest satisfied his labours will prove eminently successful, the book being incontestibly the narrative of the Great Industrial Exposition. Beginning with all the preliminary particulars, which are absolutely essential for the comprehension of the entire scheme of the Prince Consort, the narrative describes very lucidly the growth of the first crude idea to its present gigantic dimensions. The share taken in the project by the Society of Arts is duly celebrated, and the influence of the successive expositions of French industry especially notified. The volume is altogether a very clever and most complete work."

"Within the pages of this elegant pocket book, the author has managed to provide readers with a comprehensive history of the origin, development, and future of the Great Exhibition. Throughout the book, he has focused on both simplicity and clarity, ensuring that his efforts will be highly successful, making this book undoubtedly the narrative of the Great Industrial Exposition. Starting with all the necessary details that are crucial for understanding the entire plan of the Prince Consort, the story clearly explains how the initial, rough idea evolved into its current massive scale. The role played by the Society of Arts in the project is appropriately recognized, and the impact of the various exhibitions of French industry is specifically noted. The book is overall a very clever and complete work."

WEEKLY DISPATCH.

Weekly Update.

"Works upon the above subject will become highly popular from the very necessity of the case; and consequently that which the public must chiefly look for amidst all the competition that will ensue will be correctness and compactness combined with economy. Mr. Peter Berlyn's book combines every requisite information regarding the Exhibition from first to last. Its clever compilation, tasteful form, quantity and variety of information, and the dependance that may be placed upon it for correctness, combine with its early appearance to render it one of the most valuable hand-books that are likely to be generally used."

"Books on this topic will become very popular due to the necessity of the situation; therefore, what the public will primarily seek amidst all the competition is accuracy and conciseness paired with affordability. Mr. Peter Berlyn's book provides all the essential information about the Exhibition from start to finish. Its smart compilation, appealing layout, wealth and variety of information, and the reliability of its accuracy, along with its early release, make it one of the most valuable guides likely to be widely used."

ART JOURNAL.

Art Journal.

"A very useful and sound history of the rise and progress of the Great International Exhibition of 1851, in which the first movements towards it are carefully and ably detailed; and a very good analysis is given of all preceding industrial exhibitions, at home and abroad, as well as a large amount of information connected with the construction of the building itself, and abstracts of official documents connected with the entire movement. The author has done justice to the efforts which have been made to interest the English manufacturer, and stimulate him in his artistic endeavours; and we feel bound to acknowledge his courteous notice of the exertions made by 'The Art Journal' in helping forward its consummation in 1851."

"A very useful and solid history of the rise and progress of the Great International Exhibition of 1851, where the initial steps toward it are thoroughly and skillfully outlined; it also provides a great analysis of all previous industrial exhibitions, both at home and abroad, along with a wealth of information related to the construction of the building itself, as well as summaries of official documents related to the entire movement. The author has done justice to the efforts made to engage English manufacturers and encourage them in their artistic pursuits; we feel it’s important to acknowledge his respectful mention of the efforts made by 'The Art Journal' in supporting its realization in 1851."

LEADER.

Leader.

"For those who wish to know all about the rise and progress of the Great Exhibition and its Crystal Palace this neat hand-book is the very thing. Mr. Berlyn has performed his task with laudable industry. He has drawn together and arranged a large amount of scattered information regarding the Exhibition in a pleasant form. As an elegant and trustworthy hand-book, the narrative deserves to be popular."

"For anyone who wants to learn everything about the rise and development of the Great Exhibition and its Crystal Palace, this handy guide is just what you need. Mr. Berlyn has done his job with impressive diligence. He has gathered and organized a wealth of information about the Exhibition into an enjoyable format. As a stylish and reliable guide, this narrative deserves to be well-known."

OBSERVER.

WATCHER.

"This neat volume gives a history of previous Exhibitions—some on small, some on large scales—that have taken place in divers parts of Europe of late years. It then points out the precise origin of the Exhibition of all Nations, snowing the share his Royal Highness Prince Albert had in it; its history and progress are thus minutely detailed, and its prospects are foreshadowed without exaggeration. We cordially recommend it as a pocket-companion necessary to all those who have not as yet mastered the chief facts connected with the erection of the Palace of Industry."

"This concise book provides a history of various exhibitions—some small, some large—that have occurred in different parts of Europe in recent years. It highlights the exact origin of the Exhibition of All Nations, showing the role that His Royal Highness Prince Albert played in it. The book details its history and development thoroughly, and its future prospects are outlined without exaggeration. We highly recommend it as an essential pocket companion for anyone who hasn't yet grasped the key facts related to the creation of the Palace of Industry."

JOHN BULL.

JOHN BULL.

"An able and complete history of the scheme, which we have all to accept as un fait accompli, and a useful guide to the transparent mazes of the Crystal Palace."

"An effective and thorough history of the plan, which we all have to accept as un fait accompli, and a helpful guide to the clear complexities of the Crystal Palace."

WEEKLY NEWS.

Weekly Updates.

"Of the works already published, and professing to treat of this gigantic undertaking in its national, social, scientific, and artistic light, we have not met with one so completely pervaded by a spirit of universality as this book of Mr. Berlyn's. In matters of detail and relation his narrative is explicit and lucid; where he has touched on the history of an art or a manufacture he is correct in his data; and in tracing the Exhibition to its true source he has displayed a highly philosophical insight into the spirit of the age. Within the pages of his book will be found a faithful record of the most important meetings of the Royal Commissioners, as well as those convened by the corporations of cities, by societies, or by private individuals, for the furtherance of the great work in hand. To these is appended a verbatim report of the speeches delivered at these meetings by the distinguished men who were invited to preside over them; and the enlightened, liberal, and hopeful spirit which pervades their addresses forms a cheerful contrast to the ominous predictions of certain political and theological fanatics. After a full discussion of what may be termed the business portion of the subject, Mr. Berlyn closes his excellent little book with a brief but eloquent and comprehensive consideration of the beneficial results which are likely to accrue from this great national undertaking, not only to ourselves but mankind in general. The entire absence of partiality or prejudice throughout the book, and the very interesting information contained in it for all matters directly or indirectly connected with the Exhibition, induce us to recommend the author to publish editions of it in the French and German languages. By this means he would be conferring a boon on our country's guests."

"Of the works that have been published, claiming to address this massive undertaking from a national, social, scientific, and artistic perspective, we haven't come across any that embodies a spirit of universality as thoroughly as this book by Mr. Berlyn. His narrative is clear and straightforward when it comes to details and relationships; where he discusses the history of an art form or industry, his information is accurate; and in tracing the Exhibition back to its true origins, he demonstrates a keen philosophical understanding of the spirit of the times. Within the pages of his book, you'll find a faithful account of the most significant meetings of the Royal Commissioners, as well as those organized by city corporations, societies, or private individuals, all aimed at advancing this great endeavor. He also includes a verbatim report of the speeches given at these meetings by the distinguished individuals who presided over them; the enlightened, open-minded, and optimistic tone of their addresses sharply contrasts with the grim predictions of certain political and religious extremists. After thoroughly discussing what might be considered the business aspect of the subject, Mr. Berlyn concludes his excellent little book with a brief yet eloquent and comprehensive look at the positive outcomes that are likely to arise from this major national initiative, not only for us but for humanity as a whole. The complete lack of bias or prejudice throughout the book, along with the fascinating information it contains about all matters related to the Exhibition, encourages us to suggest that the author publish editions in French and German. This would be a great service to the guests of our country."

LADY'S NEWSPAPER.

LADY'S MAGAZINE.

"Mr. Peter Berlyn has produced a well arranged, clear, and concise hand book to this wonder of the world, in which he traces its origin, progress, and prospects, in a pleasing and interesting manner. This must have been a most difficult task, as the materials out of which he has formed his narrative are so widely scattered that it requires some one who perfectly and profoundly understands the subject (as we are convinced Mr. Berlyn does) to collect and arrange them in so satisfactory a manner. The ladies also will hail this work with pleasure, because, though containing every information on the subject, it is at the same time light, interesting, and infinitely superior to the dry and prosy style usually adopted in similar works. It is tastefully illustrated, has an elegant fancy binding, and forms a guide-book either for the library or the pocket."

"Mr. Peter Berlyn has created a well-organized, clear, and concise handbook about this wonder of the world, where he explores its origin, development, and future prospects in a pleasing and engaging way. This must have been a challenging task, as the information he gathered is so widely scattered that it takes someone who truly understands the subject (as we believe Mr. Berlyn does) to compile and present it so effectively. Women will also appreciate this work because, while it provides all the necessary information, it remains light, interesting, and far better than the dry and tedious style usually found in similar books. It’s beautifully illustrated, features an elegant binding, and serves as a guidebook for either the library or your pocket."

NOTES AND QUERIES.

Notes and Questions.

"A volume carefully compiled from authentic sources of information upon the several points set forth in its ample title page."

"A carefully put together book featuring reliable information on the various topics mentioned in its detailed title page."

GARDENER AND FARMERS' JOURNAL.

Gardener and Farmers' Journal.

"We do not go out of our province as horticultural journalists in noticing a work recently issued by Mr. Gilbert, of Paternoster-row. Our friends in the provinces will do well to study beforehand as many of the probable incidents of their trip as possible; and, though innumerable prints and tabular descriptions of the Exhibition Building have been issued, we have not had anything before like a connected history of the great project itself. The work before us is called 'A Popular Narrative of the Origin, History, Progress, and Prospects of the Great Exhibition of 1851; and we think the author, Mr. Berlyn, has treated his subject in perfect accordance with the title. More than this it is quite unnecessary to say as to the merits of the work; but we may just notice that the 'getting-up' has evidently been intrusted to careful hands. The binding is neat and tasteful, and, besides a ground-plan, a perspective view of the building is given."

"We, as horticultural journalists, aren’t stepping out of our area by mentioning a recently published work by Mr. Gilbert, from Paternoster-row. Our friends outside the city should prepare by considering as many likely events from their trip as they can. While countless images and descriptions of the Exhibition Building have been released, we haven’t seen anything like a comprehensive history of this major project before. The book we have here is titled 'A Popular Narrative of the Origin, History, Progress, and Prospects of the Great Exhibition of 1851,' and we believe the author, Mr. Berlyn, has handled the topic perfectly in line with the title. It's unnecessary to go into more detail about the quality of the work, but we should mention that the production has clearly been managed with care. The binding is neat and stylish, and it includes both a ground plan and a perspective view of the building."

MINING JOURNAL.

Mining News.

"This volume, which unostentatiously treats on the highly interesting subjects indicated in the title, is based on records of unimpeachable value. All speculation has been wisely avoided, and its pages present an unvarnished history of one of the most extraordinary undertakings of which the history of the world can boast; extraordinary in the fact of the people of this little island challenging the people of the universe to meet on its shores with specimens of their several productions of industry; and extraordinary in the magnitude, decidedly novel, and inconceivably rapid erection of the building for their reception. The history of every similar exhibition is traced back to its source; those of Manchester, Birmingham, London, and France are minutely recorded; the growing interest which followed every subsequent exposition statistically described, and every detail connected with the Royal Commission, the arrangements, the building, future rules, throughout a space of 200 pages, and finishing with a list of the local committees, conveys a vivid and correct picture of this vast national undertaking."

"This volume, which modestly discusses the fascinating topics mentioned in the title, is based on highly credible records. All speculation has been carefully avoided, and its pages offer a straightforward account of one of the most remarkable endeavors in world history; remarkable in that the people of this small island invited the entire world to come to its shores and showcase their various industrial achievements; and remarkable in the scale, unprecedented nature, and astonishing speed of the construction of the venue for their reception. The history of every similar exhibition is traced back to its origins; those in Manchester, Birmingham, London, and France are thoroughly documented; the growing interest that followed each subsequent exhibition is statistically described, and every detail related to the Royal Commission, the arrangements, the building, and future regulations is covered across 200 pages, concluding with a list of the local committees, which paints a vivid and accurate picture of this vast national project."

CHURCH AND STATE GAZETTE.

CHURCH AND STATE NEWSLETTER.

"A work that was wanted. It puts the public in full possession of every iota of intelligence in connexion with the Great Exhibition worth having, and has some very sensible remarks on the prospects of home exhibitors, especially at the forthcoming display. It is indispensable to all interested in the subject."

"A much-needed work. It gives the public complete access to all relevant information about the Great Exhibition and includes some insightful comments on the future of local exhibitors, particularly for the upcoming display. It's essential for anyone interested in the topic."

GUARDIAN.

Guardian.

"'A Popular Narrative of the Great Exhibition' was really needed, explaining its whole history from its first conception in the Prince Consort's brain, and Mr. Berlyn's book has amply supplied the need. It is a very smart volume, and the writer is duly impressed with the grandeur of his theme."

"'A Popular Narrative of the Great Exhibition' was truly needed, detailing its entire history from the initial idea in the Prince Consort's mind, and Mr. Berlyn's book has more than fulfilled this requirement. It's a very smart book, and the author is clearly struck by the significance of his subject."

LEIGH HUNT'S JOURNAL.

Leigh Hunt's Journal.

"We can hardly speak too highly of this elegant and useful volume. Mr. Berlyn has done his part admirably, and the publisher has seconded him in the business department no less satisfactorily. All the floating and disconnected accounts that have hitherto been brought before the public from time to time are here collected and arranged in a very popular and lucid manner, while a mass of fresh information, entirely new and authentic, renders this book the only complete compendium of the Exhibition in all its bearings. The history of its origin is written with a graphic power and a narrative vigour very surprising on such a subject. You are carried along with as much interest as if reading a work of fiction. The contents fully justify the ample title, and in that tact lies more of eulogy than columns of praise could say."

"We can hardly say enough good things about this elegant and useful volume. Mr. Berlyn has done an outstanding job, and the publisher has supported him just as effectively on the business side. All the scattered and unrelated accounts that have previously been presented to the public have now been collected and organized in a very popular and clear way. Plus, a wealth of new and reliable information makes this book the only complete overview of the Exhibition in all its aspects. The history of its beginnings is written with such vividness and storytelling energy that it's quite surprising for a topic like this. You'll find it as engaging as reading a work of fiction. The contents perfectly justify the extensive title, and that subtlety conveys more praise than pages of compliments could express."

THE EVENING EXPRESS.

THE EVENING NEWS.

"A neatly-printed volume on the History of the Exhibition; containing a careful digest of all the documents which the Commissioners have issued."

"A well-printed book on the History of the Exhibition, including a thorough summary of all the documents issued by the Commissioners."

THE TABLET.

The Tablet.

"Mr. Berlyn's book is an elegant volume by way of a guide to the Crystal Palace. It contains a well-condensed summary on everything connected with the subject of the Exhibition."

"Mr. Berlyn's book is a stylish guide to the Crystal Palace. It includes a concise summary of everything related to the Exhibition."

MORNING ADVERTISER.

MORNING ADVERTISER.

"A gaily-boarded volume, nattily emblazoned on the outside with colours, with a tinted frontispiece of the Glass House from the same familiar aspect. It is dedicated to Prince Albert, and contains an elaborate introduction, in which the by-past expositions of Paris, Birmingham, Manchester, Dublin, &c. are duly noticed. It is as a whole a neat mode of preserving all the 'printed gossip,' as well as weightier reports of Commissioners, relating to the preparations of the shell of the Exhibition."

"A brightly covered book, stylishly decorated on the outside with colors, featuring a colorful front illustration of the Glass House from the same well-known viewpoint. It is dedicated to Prince Albert and includes an elaborate introduction that acknowledges past exhibitions in Paris, Birmingham, Manchester, Dublin, etc. Overall, it serves as a tidy way of preserving all the 'printed chatter' alongside more serious reports from Commissioners about the setup of the Exhibition."

MARK-LANE EXPRESS.

MARK-LANE EXPRESS.

"A most interesting record of the history and opinions as to the probable results of the World's Fair, to be held in the Crystal Palace, Hyde Park. The author has condensed into a most readable work every transaction which has given rise to this exhibition of the choice products of the world."

"A fascinating account of the history and perspectives on the expected outcomes of the World's Fair, set to take place in the Crystal Palace, Hyde Park. The author has summarized in a very readable way every event that led to this exhibition of the finest products from around the globe."

THE BUILDER.

THE BUILDER.

"This book gives, in a concise and agreeable manner, a narrative of the progress of the scheme towards fruition, and an account of the building. The account is put together pleasantly, and makes a pretty book."

"This book provides a clear and enjoyable overview of the project's progress and a description of the construction. The narrative is well-crafted and results in a lovely book."

CHRISTIAN TIMES.

Christian Times.

"A valuable and elegant introduction to the Great Industrial Exhibition. It contains much useful information, lucidly and carefully arranged."

"A valuable and stylish introduction to the Great Industrial Exhibition. It includes a lot of useful information, clearly and thoughtfully organized."

NORTHERN STAR.

NORTH STAR.

"Mr. Berlyn's book is all it professes to be. It contains an ample and popular narrative of the circumstances connected with the conception and ultimate realisation or the idea; and incidentally throws much light upon the progress and effects of similar exhibitions abroad. The author deserves the greatest credit for the lively, interesting, and accurate manner in which he has recorded all the leading events connected with the Exhibition. In doing this we are happy to perceive also that he has the manliness to do justice to those who first introduced the idea of such Exhibitions into this country, and who had to struggle with all the difficulties which usually dog the footsteps of innovators and inventors. The first exhibitions had to encounter prejudice and apathy, and the funds for carrying them out were comparatively small, and difficult to be procured; they had not the prestige of princely and titled names, to give them acceptance with the vulgar herd, who eagerly copy the fashion set by the great. They were the production of a pure love of art, and science, and industry, and a desire to promote the improvement of public taste and skill. One of the first promoters 'of the plan of National Expositions, similar to those on the Continent,' was Mr. George Wallis, formerly master of the Manchester School of Design; of whose exertions Mr. Berlyn makes honourable mention. It is exceedingly interesting to have presented at one view the gradual expansion of the original idea, through a succession of varied phases, to its ultimate development as an Exhibition of the Industry of all Nations. It appears clear that Prince Albert is entitled to the merit of giving it this cosmopolitan character; other exhibitions have always been either local, provincial, or national. The idea of making that of 1851 universal is due to the Prince Consort alone. The circumstances under which Mr. Paxton conceived the idea of the structure which now attracts the admiration of every beholder, in Hyde Park, read more like a sketch of the imagination than a sober reality; and the almost incredible rapidity with which the plan has been translated into a great fact is one of the proudest testimonies that can be borne to the industrial resources, skill and enterprise of this country. Of all the marvels that will be exhibited at the World's Fair next May, none will be so marvellous as the structure in which they are collected; and we confidently commend Mr. Berlyn's book as an agreeable companion and guide to every visitor, as well as a record of the growth of the Exhibition, well deserving of preservation on account of its intrinsic merits and historical value."

"Mr. Berlyn's book is exactly what it claims to be. It offers a thorough and accessible account of the events related to the conception and eventual realization of the idea, and it also sheds light on the development and impact of similar exhibitions abroad. The author deserves great credit for the lively, engaging, and accurate way he has documented all the key events surrounding the Exhibition. We're pleased to see that he has the integrity to acknowledge those who first brought the concept of such Exhibitions to this country, who faced numerous challenges typically faced by innovators and inventors. The initial exhibitions had to deal with prejudice and indifference, and the funding for them was quite limited and hard to secure; they lacked the prestige of noble and titled figures, which would have made them appealing to the common public, who tend to follow the trends set by the elite. They emerged from a genuine love of art, science, and industry, and a desire to enhance public taste and skills. One of the early advocates for the idea of National Expositions, similar to those in Europe, was Mr. George Wallis, a former head of the Manchester School of Design; Mr. Berlyn gives him due recognition. It is fascinating to see how the original idea has gradually evolved through various phases to become the Exhibition of the Industry of all Nations. It is clear that Prince Albert deserves credit for giving it this global character; other exhibitions have typically been local, regional, or national. The vision of making the 1851 exhibition universal is solely attributed to the Prince Consort. The story of how Mr. Paxton envisioned the structure that now captivates everyone in Hyde Park sounds more like a fantasy than reality; and the astonishing speed at which this vision has become a significant reality is one of the proudest testaments to the industrial capability, skill, and ingenuity of this country. Of all the wonders to be showcased at the World's Fair next May, none will be as remarkable as the building housing them; and we wholeheartedly recommend Mr. Berlyn's book as a delightful companion and guide for every visitor, as well as a documented account of the Exhibition's evolution, deserving of preservation for its intrinsic merits and historical significance."

MANCHESTER EXAMINER AND TIMES.

MANCHESTER EXAMINER & TIMES.

"Mr. Berlyn (whom many of our readers will remember as an active and earnest promoter of the interests of our Athenæum, in his character of honorary secretary to that institution), having held an official situation in connexion with the Royal Commission for carrying out the business detail of the intended Exhibition, finds means to present us with an extremely able and instructive volume. His narrative is cleverly written, and affords ample information of the origin and progress of a movement which has already acquired a world-wide fame. The gradual advance of public opinion and feeling in reference to the study of art, and to the more general cultivation of a love for the ideal and the beautiful among the people, are care fully traced, and we have every reason to believe that credit is justly given to the humble but earnest workers in the cause."

"Mr. Berlyn (who many of our readers will remember as a dedicated and passionate promoter of our Athenæum’s interests, serving as its honorary secretary) has held an official role with the Royal Commission to manage the details of the upcoming Exhibition. He has managed to provide us with a highly competent and informative book. His story is well-written and offers extensive information about the origin and development of a movement that has already gained worldwide recognition. The gradual shift in public opinion and feelings regarding the study of art, along with the broader encouragement of an appreciation for the ideal and beautiful among the people, is carefully outlined, and we have every reason to believe that due credit is given to the humble yet committed individuals working in this cause."

LEEDS MERCURY.

LEEDS MERCURY.

"A popular narrative of the origin, history, progress, and prospects of the Great Exhibition, with a guide to the future rules and arrangements, by Peter Berlyn, has just been published by Gilbert, of Paternoster-row. It is a very able and useful volume, beautifully got up, and at a cheap rate."

"A popular story about the origin, history, development, and future of the Great Exhibition, along with a guide to upcoming rules and arrangements, by Peter Berlyn, has just been published by Gilbert, of Paternoster-row. It is a very skilled and helpful book, well presented, and affordably priced."

LEEDS TIMES.

Leeds Times.

"Mr. Berlyn's book supplies a desideratum. It is the first attempt, so far as we know, to give a consecutive narrative of the circumstances which have given birth to the great design, whose realisation is to illustrate the history of the present year. He has done his work well. The narrative is entirely derived from authentic and official sources, to which Mr. Berlyn, from his connexion with the undertaking, had peculiar opportunities of access. The author regards the Exhibition, not as a sudden individual thought, but as the natural result of certain industrial ideas and tendencies which have been gradually developing themselves during several years; and this view leads him to trace the history of various prior exhibitions on a minor scale in this country, such as the polytechnic exhibitions in different towns, and the exhibitions of art and manufactures which have taken place, many years, in Manchester, Birmingham, and the metropolis. The proceedings more immediately connected with the great World's Exhibition now in preparation are then related from the commencement, and in a manner at once concise and complete. Finally, we have a full account of the rules and regulations determined on for the conduct of this remarkable undertaking. The volume contains several excellent illustrations, is tastefully bound, and in a portable form."

"Mr. Berlyn's book provides a necessary resource. It is the first effort, as far as we know, to offer a detailed narrative of the events that led to the grand project aimed at showcasing the history of this year. He has done a great job. The narrative is based entirely on authentic and official sources, to which Mr. Berlyn had unique access due to his involvement with the initiative. The author sees the Exhibition not as a sudden individual idea, but as the natural outcome of certain industrial concepts and trends that have been slowly evolving over several years; this perspective enables him to outline the history of various smaller exhibitions in this country, including the polytechnic exhibitions in different towns, and the art and manufacturing exhibitions that have occurred for many years in Manchester, Birmingham, and the capital. The events directly related to the major World's Exhibition currently in preparation are then described from the beginning, in a way that is both concise and comprehensive. Lastly, we have a complete account of the rules and regulations established for managing this remarkable initiative. The book includes several excellent illustrations, is nicely bound, and is compact for easy handling."

LIVERPOOL COURIER.

LIVERPOOL COURIER.

"This is an exceedingly interesting and useful book. It has been got up as a hand-book for the visitors to the Great Exhibition, but its object is more to give a condensed account of the history of the event than to serve as a guide within the building. The writer, who treats his subject most clearly and ably, enters into a brief narrative of all that has been hitherto done, in this and other countries, to foster national taste in connexion with these public displays. In our own countries he goes on, at length, into an investigation of what may be termed the initiatory exhibition lately held at Birmingham, and which, in its results, far exceeded the expectations of its founders. He also gives a concise history of the proceedings relative to the 'Palace of Glass,' from the time that its erection was a dreamy idea until it rose in its gigantic transparency to astonish the world."

"This is an incredibly interesting and useful book. It was created as a handbook for visitors to the Great Exhibition, but its main goal is to provide a brief overview of the history of the event rather than just serving as a guide inside the building. The author, who presents the topic very clearly and effectively, offers a concise narrative of everything that has been done so far, in this and other countries, to promote national taste through these public displays. In our own country, he goes into detail about what can be called the initial exhibition recently held in Birmingham, which far exceeded the expectations of its founders. He also provides a brief history of the events related to the 'Palace of Glass,' from the time it was just a distant idea until it was built and wowed the world with its massive transparency."

LIVERPOOL ALBION.

LIVERPOOL FC.

"This is a book for the times and to the purpose. Its title-page tells with what object it has been written, and is well borne out by its contents. When we open it we find a concise and faithful account of the causes and progress of the world's gathering which is just upon us. In preparing his volume the author has taken care to avoid all 'culling of simples,' and to give only such information as may be depended upon, and which possesses more than ephemeral interest. It abounds also, in practical suggestions and philosophical observations. We will only say further that the publisher, although he does not puff the work by talking of giving it away, certainly comes as near as possible to that point in the price which he has fixed upon it. We can safely recommend it."

"This is a book that's relevant and purposeful for today. Its title page clearly states its intention and the content supports that. When we read it, we find a clear and accurate overview of the causes and developments of the global gathering happening right now. In putting this book together, the author has made sure to avoid any superficial discussions and only include reliable information that is worth more than temporary interest. It also includes practical advice and thoughtful insights. We only want to add that the publisher, while not promoting the book as a giveaway, has set a price that is as low as possible. We can confidently recommend it."

BIRMINGHAM JOURNAL.

Birmingham Journal.

"A cleverly-written and carefully-condensed little volume, containing all that has been done, and much that should be known, respecting the great event of the year. The author culls with great judgment from the addresses delivered at various meetings held throughout the country; the regulations issued by the Executive Committee are also introduced. Altogether, a more complete record, within the same amount of space, it would be impossible to find; it confers great credit upon the writer, who in addition is evidently an enthusiast in the work about which he writes so well."

"A well-written and concise little book that covers everything that's been done and a lot that needs to be known about the major event of the year. The author skillfully selects from the speeches given at various meetings across the country; the guidelines issued by the Executive Committee are also included. Overall, it's hard to find a more thorough record in the same space; it really highlights the author's talent, who clearly has a passion for the topic he writes about so effectively."

LEICESTERSHIRE MERCURY.

Leicestershire Mercury.

"This volume should be in the hands of all who take an interest in the great event of this annus mirabilis, 1851. What it promises in the title-page it performs in those which follow. It contains an accurate and deeply interesting record of the causes and progress of the preparation for that gathering of the nations of the earth which we are about to witness, and chronicles all the official information on the subject which is worth preserving. The practical suggestions and observations to be found in it are greatly to the credit of the writer. We must also give our praise to the publisher, Mr. Gilbert, for the manner in which he has brought it out, and the low price at which he offers it to the buyer."

"This book should be in the hands of everyone interested in the major event of this annus mirabilis, 1851. What it promises on the title page, it delivers in the pages that follow. It offers an accurate and fascinating account of the reasons behind and the progress of the preparations for the gathering of nations that we are about to witness, and it records all the official information on the topic that is worth keeping. The practical suggestions and insights it includes are a testament to the writer's skill. We also commend the publisher, Mr. Gilbert, for the way he has produced it and the affordable price at which he is offering it to buyers."

LIVERPOOL TIMES.

LIVERPOOL TIMES.

"Of course we are already deluged with hand-books, guide-books, &c., to the Exhibition. Such little works, properly compiled, will not only be interesting, but absolutely serviceable, to the country visitor. We have had oceans sent to us, varying in price as in truthfulness and English grammar. The best we have seen is a 'Popular Narrative of the Exhibition,' by Peter Berlyn, published by Gilbert, of Paternoster-row; a book distinguished not only by correctness and labour, but also by very considerable literary merit."

"Of course, we're already flooded with handbooks, guidebooks, etc., for the Exhibition. Well-organized little books like these will not only be interesting but also really helpful for visitors from the countryside. We've received tons of them, varying in price, accuracy, and grammar. The best one we've seen is a 'Popular Narrative of the Exhibition' by Peter Berlyn, published by Gilbert in Paternoster Row; it's a book marked not just by accuracy and effort, but also by significant literary quality."

LINCOLNSHIRE TIMES.

LINCOLNSHIRE TIMES.

"What the flower-garden is to the bees, attracting them to gather honey from its sweets, the Grand Exhibition has been to many a candidate anxious to take his place in the ranks of authorship. The book before us is one of the proofs of its stimulating powers. It fully and ably accomplishes all which the title-page leads us to expect, setting forth the causes and progress of that wondrous festival of industry at which the world is to meet in Britannia's Crystal Palace. The information which it contains may be relied upon as derived from the best sources; the practical suggestions are valuable; and the observations are penned in a highly philosophical spirit. We can safely recommend the work to our readers, and we are quite certain that everybody who buys it will be satisfied that his money has been well laid out. We speak not from our own authority only, but have our verdict backed by the opinion of persons competent to pronounce upon the merits of the volume before us."

"What the flower garden is to bees, drawing them to gather honey from its sweetness, the Grand Exhibition has been for many aspiring authors eager to find their place in the writing world. The book in front of us is one proof of its inspiring influence. It effectively meets all the expectations set by the title page, detailing the reasons and development of that extraordinary festival of industry where the world will gather in Britannia's Crystal Palace. The information it provides is trustworthy and comes from the best sources; the practical tips are useful; and the insights are written with a thoughtful, philosophical approach. We can confidently recommend this work to our readers, and we're sure that anyone who purchases it will feel that their money was well spent. Our endorsement is not just based on our own opinion, but is also supported by experts who have the authority to assess the value of the volume in front of us."

INVERNESS COURIER.

Inverness Courier.

"This little volume has a merit which belongs to but few books published in the present age. It is wanted. There has no doubt been a great deal written on the subject of which it treats, as well as a great deal spoken; but till now we have had only scattered and almost inaccessible information on the one hand, or mere catchpenny pamphlets on the other. Mr. Berlyn's excellence is, that he is honest; that his work fulfils the promise of its title-page. Officially connected from its outset with the great scheme which he describes, he has enjoyed peculiar facilities for this task, has known where to look for materials, and been able to judge of their relative usefulness and importance. Of these opportunities he has diligently availed himself, and the result is to be seen in the elegant book before us. Simple and popular in style, it is comprehensive and instructive in its contents; we therefore recommend it."

"This little book has a quality that few publications today can claim. It's needed. While there's been a lot written and said about its topic, until now, we've only had disjointed and hard-to-find information on one side, or just cheap pamphlets on the other. Mr. Berlyn's strength lies in his honesty; his work lives up to the promise of its title. Being officially involved from the beginning with the major project he discusses, he has had unique access to this task—he knows exactly where to find resources and can evaluate their usefulness and significance. He has made the most of these opportunities, and the result is the polished book we have here. It's straightforward and accessible in style, yet thorough and educational in content; we highly recommend it."


Beautifully printed in 8vo, price only 7s. 6d., or postage free, 8s. 6d., Illustrated by Eighty very splendid Pictures, engraved by George Measom,

Beautifully printed in 8vo, price only £7.50, or free shipping for £8.50, Illustrated with eighty stunning pictures, engraved by George Measom,

DEDICATED TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCE ALBERT,

DEDICATED TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCE ALBERT,

GILBERT'S DESCRIPTION

GILBERT'S DESCRIPTION

OF THE

OF THE

CRYSTAL PALACE,

CRYSTAL PALACE,

Its Architectural History and Constructive Marvels.

Its Architectural History and Constructive Wonders.

By PETER BERLYN & CHARLES FOWLER, Jun., Esqrs.

By PETER BERLYN & CHARLES FOWLER, Jr., Attorneys at Law.

The Engravings will depict the various peculiarities and novelties of this wonderful Building as well as the Machinery, &c., used in its construction. The combined efforts of the Proprietor, as well as the Authors and Artists, are to produce a work worthy to be purchased and preserved by every visitor to the Great Exhibition.

The engravings will show the different features and innovations of this amazing building, as well as the machinery, etc., used in its construction. The joint efforts of the proprietor, along with the authors and artists, aim to create a work that every visitor to the Great Exhibition will want to buy and keep.


GILBERT'S

GILBERT'S

VISITOR'S ILLUSTRATED MAP OF LONDON,

VISITOR'S MAP OF LONDON,

DRAWN ON A NEW PRINCIPLE,

BASED ON A NEW PRINCIPLE,

HAVING IN VIEW THE DEPICTING OF THE PRINCIPAL ROADS AND STREETS OF THE METROPOLIS,

HAVING IN VIEW THE DEPICTING OF THE PRINCIPAL ROADS AND STREETS OF THE METROPOLIS,

With Illustrations of its most Important Buildings and Sights,

With Illustrations of its most Important Buildings and Sights,

Engraved on their exact Localities.

Engraved on their exact locations.

This novel Map will be found an interesting, intellectual, and practical guide to all Visitors who may wish to proceed readily to the more Important Sights and Attractions of London. The price, in sheet, coloured, with Letter-press Keys and References, is 1s. 6d.; or in Case for the pocket, 2s.; postage free, 3s.

This novel map will be an interesting, informative, and practical guide for all visitors who want to easily access the key sights and attractions of London. The price for the unfolded version, in color with printed keys and references, is 1s. 6d.; or in a pocket-sized case, 2s.; postage included, 3s.


GILBERT'S

GILBERT'S

GUIDE TO THE STREETS OF LONDON,

GUIDE TO THE STREETS OF LONDON,

AS A COMPANION TO THE "VISITOR'S ILLUSTRATED MAP."

AS A COMPANION TO THE "VISITOR'S ILLUSTRATED MAP."

WITH FIVE THOUSAND REFERENCES;

WITH 5,000 REFERENCES;

Frontispiece and Tables of Cab Fares; the Rules and Laws relative to Metropolitan Conveyances; and Explanations in four Languages—to enable the Visitor to find his own way throughout the length and breadth of the Metropolis.—Price 6d; or postage free, 1s.

Frontispiece and Cab Fare Tables; the Rules and Regulations regarding City Transportation; and Clarifications in four Languages—to help the Visitor navigate the entire City. —Price 6d; or free shipping, 1s.


Price 1s. 6d., or 2s. bound; postage free, 6d. extra,

Price 1.5, or 2.0 bound; free shipping, 0.6 extra,

GILBERT'S GUIDE TO LONDON,

GILBERT'S GUIDE TO LONDON,

WITH MAP, &c.

WITH MAP, etc.

This original work, which has long been in full preparation for publication, is especially intended as a useful and indispensable pocket companion to every visitor to the Metropolis during the Great Exhibition of 1851.

This original work, which has been in the process of preparation for publication for a long time, is specifically designed to be a handy and essential pocket guide for every visitor to the Metropolis during the Great Exhibition of 1851.

*** Separate Editions of the book issued in the French and German Languages, price 6d. each extra.

*Understood. Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.* Separate editions of the book are available in French and German, priced at 6d each extra.


"Contains much useful information for residents as well as visitors. It has also a good Map, and is very moderate in price."—English Churchman.

"Contains a lot of useful information for both residents and visitors. It also includes a good map and is priced very reasonably." —English Churchman.

"A very useful companion throughout the streets and sights of London."—Lady's News.

"A really helpful guide while exploring the streets and attractions of London."—Lady's News.

"The distinguishing excellences of this guide are, that it is cheap, and that it is written especially for the benefit of the visitors to London during the Great Exhibition."—Standard of Freedom.

"The standout features of this guide are that it is affordable and written specifically for the benefit of visitors to London during the Great Exhibition."—Standard of Freedom.

"A publication prompted by the Great Exhibition: it is a plain and business-like affair, giving a good deal of information upon various subjects connected with the comfort of visitors, as well as directions for sight-seeing."—Spectator.

"A publication inspired by the Great Exhibition: it's straightforward and practical, providing a lot of information on different topics related to visitor comfort, along with guidance for sightseeing."—Spectator.

"This hand-book contains the most complete information connected with the localities, customs, public buildings, amusements, and resources of the capital city of this kingdom; and for travellers or foreigners we say it is an indispensable work, if they desire to possess an accurate knowledge of London during their visit to the Great Exhibition."—Mark-lane Express.

"This guidebook has the most comprehensive information about the places, customs, public buildings, entertainment, and resources of the capital city of this kingdom. For travelers or foreigners, we say it's a must-have if they want to have a clear understanding of London during their visit to the Great Exhibition."—Mark-lane Express.

"Unquestionably the most useful little work of its sort we have met with. It abounds with accurate, ample, and valuable information respecting London and its suburbs. We know of no more interesting or cheaper publication."—Catholic Standard.

"Without a doubt, this is the most helpful little book of its kind we've come across. It is full of precise, comprehensive, and useful information about London and its surrounding areas. We don't know of a more engaging or affordable publication."—Catholic Standard.


Price, on a large sheet, only 6d.; in case, 1s. 6d.; or on roller, varnished, 3s. 6d.,

Price, on a large sheet, only 6d.; in a case, 1s. 6d.; or on a roller, varnished, 3s. 6d.,

GILBERT'S KEY TO LONDON,

GILBERT'S KEY TO LONDON

ON ONE LARGE SHEET;

ON A SINGLE PAGE;

Containing particulars of its Palaces, Public Buildings, Religious Edifices, Hospitals, Inns of Court, Parks, Gardens, Bridges, Museums, Literary Institutions, Theatres, Public Amusements, Exhibitions, Cab Fares, Railway Stations, Ambassadors, Bankers, Hotels, Docks, Arcades, Private Galleries, Curiosities, Churches and Chapels, Cab, Omnibus, and Coach Rules and Laws, Omnibus Routes, Environs, Post-offices, Steamers, Foreign Money Tables, &c.

Containing details about its palaces, public buildings, religious sites, hospitals, law inns, parks, gardens, bridges, museums, literary institutions, theaters, public entertainment, exhibitions, cab fares, train stations, ambassadors, bankers, hotels, docks, shopping arcades, private galleries, curiosities, churches and chapels, as well as rules and regulations for cabs, buses, and coaches, bus routes, surrounding areas, post offices, ferries, foreign currency exchange tables, etc.


Price, coloured and mounted in cloth case for the pocket, only 1s.; or paper case, 6d.; in sheet, 4d.

Price, in a cloth case for the pocket, only 1s.; or in a paper case, 6d.; on a sheet, 4d.

GILBERT'S MAP OF LONDON,

GILBERT'S MAP OF LONDON

BEAUTIFULLY ENGRAVED ON STEEL,

Beautifully engraved on steel,

WITH A KEY TO THE STREETS AND PUBLIC BUILDINGS.

WITH A KEY TO THE STREETS AND PUBLIC BUILDINGS.


THE GREAT EXHIBITION IN 1851.

The Great Exhibition of 1851.


Just Published, size of the Engraving 18 inches by 10, printed on paper, size 21 inches by 14½,

Just Published, size of the Engraving 18 inches by 10, printed on paper, size 21 inches by 14½,

GILBERT'S NEW PICTORIAL VIEW

GILBERT'S NEW PICTORIAL VIEW

OF THE

OF THE

CRYSTAL PALACE,

CRYSTAL PALACE,

FOR THE

FOR THE

GREAT INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION, 1851.

GREAT INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION, 1851.

With several Hundred Scenic and Characteristic Figures, beautifully and accurately Drawn from the Official Documents,

With several hundred scenic and characteristic figures, beautifully and accurately drawn from the official documents,

BY JOSEPH PAXTON, ESQ., F.L.S.

BY JOSEPH PAXTON, ESQ., F.L.S.

With Statistical Details in English, French, and German.

With Statistical Details in English, French, and German.


The exciting interest which the Exhibition creates throughout the world, has prompted the production of this carefully-executed, large, and beautiful Illustration of the Exhibition Building. It is got up in first-rate style, printed on the best paper, and published at the low price of Sixpence; or coloured, One Shilling. The special object of its combined beauty and cheapness is not only to command sale in the United Kingdom, but to induce our Merchants, Manufacturers, and all interested in this glorious Institution to send this Illustration of the Building to every part of the world. It may also be had in a neat gilt frame and glazed, price only 5s.; or stretched on a frame and varnished, price 3s. Either of these two can also be had packed in a deal box for transit by railway, or other conveyance, at 1s. extra; or the 6d. and 1s. 6d. editions packed on roller, for transit by post free, at 8d. each extra.

The exciting interest generated by the Exhibition around the world has inspired the creation of this beautifully designed, large illustration of the Exhibition Building. It's produced in high quality, printed on the best paper, and sold at an affordable price of Sixpence; or in color, One Shilling. The goal of its appealing design and low cost is not only to boost sales in the United Kingdom but also to encourage our Merchants, Manufacturers, and anyone interested in this amazing Institution to send this illustration of the Building to every corner of the globe. It can also be purchased in a neat gilt frame and glazed for just 5s.; or stretched on a frame and varnished for 3s. Both of these options can be packed in a wooden box for shipping by rail or other methods for an additional 1s.; or the 6d. and 1s. 6d. versions can be rolled up for postal transit for an extra 8d. each.


GILBERT'S EXHIBITION LETTER-PAPER,

GILBERT'S EXHIBITION LETTERHEAD,

4to post size, of superior quality, with a beautiful Illustration of the Building printed in tints. Price 2s. per quire, or 34s. per ream.

4to post size, high quality, featuring a stunning illustration of the building printed in colors. Price 2s. per quire, or 34s. per ream.

GILBERT'S EXHIBITION NOTE-PAPER,

GILBERT'S EXHIBITION NOTE-PAD

8vo post, of superior quality, with a beautiful Illustration of the Building. Price 1s. 6d. per quire, or 21s. per ream.

8vo post, of high quality, featuring a beautiful illustration of the building. Price 1s. 6d. per quire, or 21s. per ream.

GILBERT'S EXHIBITION CARD,

GILBERT'S EXHIBITION CARD,

With a View of the Building. Price One Penny. Size, 4½ inches by 3.

With a View of the Building. Price: One Penny. Size: 4.5 inches by 3.

GILBERT'S LARGE EXHIBITION CARD,

GILBERT'S BIG EXHIBITION CARD,

With a View of the Building. Price Twopence. Size, 7 inches by 4½.

With a View of the Building. Price 2 pence. Size, 7 inches by 4.5 inches.


Just Published, in Thirty-Six Sheets, of different Subjects, at the extremely low price affixed,

Just published, in thirty-six sheets, on various topics, at the very low price listed,

JERRARD'S

JERRARD'S

COLOURED PICTURES

Colored Pictures

OF

OF

GROUPS AND BOUQUETS OF

GROUPS AND BUNCHES OF

FLOWERS, FRUITS, BIRDS, LANDSCAPES,

Flowers, fruits, birds, landscapes,

&c. &c.

etc. etc.


These beautiful Pictures are on folio-sized drawing-paper, and produced in the first-rate style, being most beautiful and successful imitations of Original Drawings. They are admirably adapted for framing; would also form a tasteful ornament to Ladies' Portfolios, or as patterns for Drawing in colours.

These beautiful pictures are on folio-sized drawing paper and created in a high-quality style, being stunning and successful imitations of original drawings. They are perfect for framing and would also make a stylish addition to women's portfolios or serve as patterns for drawing in colors.


Sheet 1, price only 2s.—Fruit: Peaches, Purple Grapes, Green Grapes.

Sheet 1, price only 2s.—Fruit: Peaches, Purple Grapes, Green Grapes.

Flowers: Moss Rose, Campanula (Canterbury-bell), Wallflower, Convolvulus.

Flowers: Moss Rose, Campanula (Canterbury Bell), Wallflower, Convolvulus.

Sheet 2, price 1s. 6d.—Poppy, Ranunculus, Pæonia, Hollyhock, Convolvulus, Anagallis, Rosebud.

Sheet 2, price 1s. 6d.—Poppy, Buttercup, Peony, Hollyhock, Morning Glory, Anagallis, Rosebud.

Sheet 3, price 1s. 6d.—White Rose, Red Rose, Anemone, Single Dahlia, Cineraria, Nastertium, Auricula, Veronica.

Sheet 3, price 1s. 6d.—White Rose, Red Rose, Anemone, Single Dahlia, Cineraria, Nasturtium, Auricula, Veronica.

Sheet 4, price 1s. 6d.—Passion Flower, Rose, Tulip, Geranium, Pinks, Convolvulus.

Sheet 4, price 1s. 6d.—Passion Flower, Rose, Tulip, Geranium, Pinks, Convolvulus.

Sheet 5, price 1s. 6d.—Anemone, Petunia, Mountain Aster, Heartsease, Viola Tricolor, Anagallis.

Sheet 5, price 1.5d.—Anemone, Petunia, Mountain Aster, Heartsease, Viola Tricolor, Anagallis.

Sheet 6, price 1s. 6d.—White Lilies, Tiger Lily, Tulip, White Fuschia.

Sheet 6, price 1s. 6d.—White Lilies, Tiger Lily, Tulip, White Fuchsia.

Sheet 7, price 2s.—Fruit: Peach, Apple, Pineapple, Purple Grapes, Green Grapes, Egg Plum, Red Currants, White Currants.

Sheet 7, price 2s.—Fruit: Peach, Apple, Pineapple, Purple Grapes, Green Grapes, Egg Plum, Red Currants, White Currants.

Flowers: Rose, Convolvulus.

Flowers: Rose, Bindweed.

Sheet 8, price 2s.—Fruit: Peach, Apple, Pear, Plums, Red Grapes, Green Grapes.

Sheet 8, price 2s.—Fruit: Peach, Apple, Pear, Plums, Red Grapes, Green Grapes.

Flowers: Lilium Lancifolium, Picotee, Fuschia, Scarlet Geranium, Marigold Sonicera.

Flowers: Lilium Lancifolium, Picotee, Fuchsia, Scarlet Geranium, Marigold Sonicera.

Sheet 9, price 1s. 6d.—Ipomæa Horsfallii, Ipomæa Rubro-cærulea.

Sheet 9, price 1s. 6d.—Ipomæa Horsfallii, Ipomæa Rubro-cærulea.

Sheet 10, price 1s. 6d.—Hibiscus Splendens.

Sheet 10, £1.50—Hibiscus Splendens.

Sheet 11, price 1s. 6d.—Ipomæa.

Sheet 11, price 1s. 6d.—Ipomoea.

Sheet 12, price 1s. 6d.—Yellow Hibiscus.

Sheet 12, $1.50—Yellow Hibiscus.

Sheet 13, price 2s.—Fruit: Peaches, Plums, Red Grapes, White Currants.

Sheet 13, price 2s.—Fruit: Peaches, Plums, Red Grapes, White Currants.

Flowers: Convolvulus Major, White Rose, Heartsease, Fumaria Anagallis.

Flowers: Convolvulus Major, White Rose, Heartsease, Fumaria Anagallis.

Sheet 14, price 1s. 6d.—Noisette Rose.

Sheet 14, price 1s. 6d.—Noisette Rose.

Sheet 15, price 1s. 6d.—Orange Lily, Geranium, White Pink, Mule Pink, Petunia, China Aster, Yellow Mallow, Anagallis, Malvi, Primula, Mouse-ear, Tropæolum.

Sheet 15, price 1s. 6d.—Orange Lily, Geranium, White Pink, Mule Pink, Petunia, China Aster, Yellow Mallow, Anagallis, Malvi, Primula, Mouse-ear, Tropaeolum.

Sheet 16, price 1s. 6d.—Anemones, Tulip, Jonquil, Aster, Marigold, Semi-double Rose, Yellow Rose, Convolvulus Minor, Auricula, Nastertium, White Rose.

Sheet 16, price 1s. 6d.—Anemones, Tulip, Jonquil, Aster, Marigold, Semi-double Rose, Yellow Rose, Convolvulus Minor, Auricula, Nastertium, White Rose.

Sheet 17, price 2s.—Fruit: Melon, Pomegranate.

Sheet 17, price 2s. — Fruit: Melon, Pomegranate.

Flowers: Tulip, Honeysuckle, Lily of the Valley.

Flowers: Tulip, Honeysuckle, Lily of the Valley.

Sheet 18, price 1s. 6d.—Pinks, Carnations.

Sheet 18, $1.50. —Pinks, Carnations.

Sheet 19, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Bullfinches, Nest, Eggs, and Flowers.

Sheet 19, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Bullfinches, nest, eggs, and flowers.

Sheet 20, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Greenfinches, Nest, Eggs, and Flowers.

Sheet 20, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Greenfinches, Nest, Eggs, and Flowers.

Sheet 21, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Goldfinches, Nest, Eggs, and Flowers.

Sheet 21, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Goldfinches, Nest, Eggs, and Flowers.

Sheet 22, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Titmouse on the Stump of a Tree.

Sheet 22, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Titmice on the stump of a tree.

Sheet 23, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Redstarts, with Nest, Eggs, and Flowers.

Sheet 23, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Redstarts, with nest, eggs, and flowers.

Sheet 24, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of Chaffinches, with Nest, Eggs, and Flowers.

Sheet 24, price 1s. 6d.—A pair of chaffinches, with nest, eggs, and flowers.

Sheet 25, price 1s. 6d.—A View of the Castle of Chillon, Lake of Geneva.

Sheet 25, price 1s. 6d.—A View of the Castle of Chillon, Lake Geneva.

Sheet 26, price 1s. 6d.—A View of Tintern Abbey.

Sheet 26, price 1s. 6d.—A View of Tintern Abbey.

Sheet 27, price 1s. 6d.—View of Caerphilli Castle and Vale.

Sheet 27, price 1s. 6d.—View of Caerphilly Castle and Vale.

Sheet 28, price 1s. 6d.—View of Snowdon from the Valley of Dolydellan.

Sheet 28, price 1s. 6d.—View of Snowdon from the Valley of Dolydellan.

Sheet 29, price 1s. 6d.—View of Llangollen, Castle Dinas-Bran.

Sheet 29, price 1s. 6d.—View of Llangollen, Dinas-Bran Castle.

Sheet 30, price 1s. 6d.—View of Fountain, St. Mary-le-Wigford, Lincoln.

Sheet 30, price 1s. 6d.—View of the Fountain, St. Mary-le-Wigford, Lincoln.


It must be distinctly observed that the whole of the above are in full colours, and most successful imitations of original drawings, the price of each sheet being also fixed at extremely low prices. A variety of other sheets are in active preparation.

It should be clearly noted that all of the above are in full color and are very accurate imitations of the original drawings, with each sheet priced at very low rates. A range of other sheets is currently in the works.


STEREOTYPED EDITION.

STEREOTYPED EDITION.

The 53rd Thousand, price only 1s. sewed, or 1s. 6d. bound (postage free, 4d. extra),

The 53rd Thousand, price only £1.00 sewn, or £1.50 bound (postage free, 40p extra),

With a very useful steel-plate Genealogical Chart of the Sovereigns of England,

With a helpful steel-plate Genealogical Chart of the Sovereigns of England,

OUTLINES OF ENGLISH HISTORY,

OUTLINES OF ENGLISH HISTORY

WITH INTERESTING

WITH INTERESTING

Remarks on Manners, Customs, Arts, Dresses, &c.

Comments on Manners, Customs, Arts, Clothing, etc.

BY HENRY INCE, M.A.

BY HENRY INCE, M.A.


*** In consequence of the rapidly extended sale and approval of this Work, every page of the present Edition has been carefully enlarged and much improved. By a judicious enlargement of the width and length of the page, one-third more letter-press is introduced without any increase of price.

*Understood. Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.* As a result of the growing popularity and acceptance of this work, every page in this edition has been thoughtfully expanded and significantly enhanced. By skillfully increasing the width and length of the pages, we've included one-third more text without raising the price.


"In the system of Education sufficient regard is not always paid to impressing on the pupil's mind the leading points in a branch of study. His memory is confused with a too great variety of details. This manual of Mr. Ince's is well calculated to counteract this defective method, by affording a well-digested outline, which should be carefully committed to memory, and afterwards filled up by means of oral instruction or reference to larger works. Lively chapters of historical memoranda, and brief sketches of manners and customs, are appropriately introduced. We can cordially recommend this well-digested manual."—Sharpe's Magazine.

"In the education system, enough attention isn't always given to making sure students grasp the main points in a subject. Their memory gets overwhelmed by too many details. Mr. Ince's manual is designed to fix this issue by providing a clear outline that should be memorized and then expanded through oral instruction or by referencing bigger texts. Engaging chapters of historical notes and short overviews of customs and traditions are included. We wholeheartedly recommend this well-organized manual."—Sharpe's Magazine.

"A neat and accurate compendium, and written with perspicuity. The events of each reign are arranged under different heads, so as to give at a glance a comprehensive view of the whole."—Athenæum.

"A tidy and precise summary, written clearly. The events of each reign are organized under various headings, providing a quick and comprehensive overview."—Athenæum.

"A new edition, with improvements. It is a little 'Rapin' in its way, a history condensed into a nutshell; and we feel assured will, with its companion works, form the future text-books of the young of both sexes. Works intended for the mental culture of the young are sure to meet our approval when properly deserving it; and in the present instance we feel inclined to extend the usual limit of our remarks in favour of the lucid and well-arranged books which Mr. Ince has issued for the rising generation. We could not forbear a smile, on glancing over their contents, at the recollection of the sundry fat quartos and huge folios through which in boyhood we were obliged to wade for the acquirement of a less amount of information than is here presented within the space of one hundred pages."—The Mirror.

"A new edition with improvements. It's a bit 'Rapin' in its style, a history packed into a nutshell; and we’re confident that, along with its companion works, it will become the future textbooks for young people of all genders. Works aimed at the intellectual development of the youth are sure to earn our approval when they truly deserve it; and in this case, we feel inclined to go beyond our usual remarks in praise of the clear and well-organized books that Mr. Ince has published for the next generation. We couldn’t help but smile, looking through their contents, recalling the various hefty quartos and massive folios we had to wade through in our childhood to gather less information than what's presented here in just one hundred pages."—The Mirror.

"Well-digested and useful outlines of our History, and deserves to be a standard educational work."—Eclectic Review.

"Well-organized and helpful summaries of our History, and deserves to be a standard educational work."—Eclectic Review.

"Superior to anything of the kind; here is a clear and comprehensive outline of the whole History of England. We cordially recommend it."—Wesley Banner.

"Better than anything of its kind; here is a clear and complete outline of the entire History of England. We highly recommend it."—Wesley Banner.

"The leading points are clearly traced, and adapted for easy transmission to the mind."—Mark-lane Express.

"The main points are laid out clearly and designed for easy understanding."—Mark-lane Express.

"A valuable addition to those books specially designed for education."—Bell's Messenger.

"A great addition to those books specifically made for education."—Bell's Messenger.

"These 'Outlines' are particularly well done."—Bankers Magazine.

"These 'Outlines' are really well done."—Bankers Magazine.

"A good compendium; it contains the essence of very many volumes, serving not only as helps for the education of youth, but as refreshers to the memory to those who are old."—Sunday School Magazine.

"A great collection; it captures the core of many books, acting not only as a resource for educating young people but also as a reminder for the older generation."—Sunday School Magazine.

"This book is not undeserving of the popularity it has obtained: it is full of information, and contains the substance of more knowledge of the social progress, manners, and customs of our ancestors than many works of far larger pretensions."—The third review of the Athenæum.

"This book truly deserves the popularity it has gained: it is packed with information and has more insights into the social progress, habits, and customs of our ancestors than many much larger works."—The third review of the Athenæum.

"A great deal of information in a small compass, and the author has availed himself of the latest authorities. We prefer the form of Outlines to Catechisms. It contributes to the formation of more logical views, both by the teacher and scholar. Catechisms are the school-books of parrots."—Spectator.

"A lot of information in a small space, and the author has used the latest sources. We prefer Outlines over Catechisms. They help develop more logical perspectives, both for the teacher and the student. Catechisms are just textbooks for parrots." —Spectator.

"Both the plan and style are perspicuous; it is admirably adapted for what it is intended."—The Times.

"Both the plan and style are clear; it is perfectly suited for what it is meant to be."—The Times.

"Contains a vast amount of interesting and useful knowledge, and admirably adapted as helps to parents and teachers of youth."—Tait's Magazine.

"Contains a wealth of interesting and useful knowledge, and is well-suited as a resource for parents and teachers of young people."—Tait's Magazine.

"A well-digested little book."—Literary Gazette.

"A thoughtfully written little book."—Literary Gazette.

"A very useful book for the instruction of youth, being a complete resumé of the whole History of England."—Metropolitan.

"A very helpful book for educating young people, offering a complete summary of the entire History of England."—Metropolitan.

"Well adapted for the education of the young."—New Monthly Magazine.

"Well suited for educating young people."—New Monthly Magazine.

"The brief statements of the principal events of each Sovereign's reign are neat and succinct."—The Economist.

"The short summaries of the main events during each Sovereign's reign are clear and to the point."—The Economist.

"An improved edition of Mr. Ince's very useful book."—The Rambler.

"An updated version of Mr. Ince's extremely helpful book."—The Rambler.

"Ince's 'Outlines' is a very excellent book to put into the learner's hands: it is clear and well-arranged."—Author's Institute Circular.

"Ince's 'Outlines' is a great book for learners: it's clear and well-organized."—Author's Institute Circular.


In 18mo, price 1s., 1s. 6d. bound (postage free, 4d. extra),

In 18 months, price £1, £1.50 bound (postage free, £0.04 extra),

THE SIXTH EDITION OF

THE 6TH EDITION OF

OUTLINES OF FRENCH HISTORY,

FRENCH HISTORY OUTLINES,

WITH NOTICES OF

WITH NOTICES OF

THE MANNERS, CUSTOMS, ARTS, ETC., OF THE DIFFERENT PERIODS.

THE MANNERS, CUSTOMS, ARTS, ETC., OF DIFFERENT PERIODS.

BY HENRY INCE, M.A.

BY HENRY INCE, M.A.

"It affords a very pleasing view of the whole History of France. The author being gifted with a philosophical mind and a classical taste, the subjects, though treated in a detached, are far from being treated in a dry and unentertaining manner."—The Times.

"It provides a really nice overview of the entire history of France. The author, who has a philosophical mindset and a classical taste, presents the topics in a separate way, but they are definitely not dry or boring."—The Times.

"It is embellished with some capital engravings, and abounds in the narration of those romantic events which form the groundwork of so many delightful works."—The Mirror.

"It features some impressive engravings and is filled with stories of the romantic events that serve as the foundation for so many enjoyable works."—The Mirror.

"Mr. Ince is not of those men who speak much without saying anything; he says much in a few words."—French Paper.

"Mr. Ince isn't one of those guys who talks a lot without saying anything; he says a lot in just a few words."—French Paper.

"A very useful educational work."—Literary Gazette.

"A very helpful educational resource."—Literary Gazette.


Price 1s. sewed, or 1s. 4d. bound (postage free, 4d. extra), the Eleventh Thousand of

Price 1s. sewn, or 1s. 4d. bound (free shipping, 4d. extra), the Eleventh Thousand of

OUTLINES

OUTLINES

OF

OF

GENERAL KNOWLEDGE.

GENERAL KNOWLEDGE.

By Henry Ince, M.A.

By Henry Ince, M.A.


*** This Edition has been very much extended and improved; by an enlargement of the size of the page, and careful arrangement of the type, a very great quantity of highly valuable information has been added.

*Understood! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.* This edition has been significantly expanded and enhanced; with a larger page size and a thoughtful layout of the type, a substantial amount of valuable information has been included.


"The 'Outlines of General Knowledge' embrace a great variety of facts connected with the natural sciences. Even the names of all the divisions into which the moderns have classified knowledge fill no inconsiderable space. Add to them the names and height of mountains, and names and length of rivers, the names of constellations, the names of the chemical elements, the amount of population of the different kingdoms of the world, the amount of their respective taxation per head, &c. &c., and the mere nomenclature seems calculated to fill a tolerably large book. All this, and more than this, is collected in Mr. Ince's 'Outlines,' and those not accustomed to the art of the author will wonder how one small head could carry all he has brought together."—The Economist.

"The 'Outlines of General Knowledge' cover a wide range of facts related to the natural sciences. The names of all the categories that modern scholars have defined for knowledge alone take up a significant amount of space. When you add the names and heights of mountains, the names and lengths of rivers, the names of constellations, the names of chemical elements, the population figures for various countries, the amount of their respective taxes per person, etc., the list of terms alone seems enough to fill a pretty large book. All this, and even more, is compiled in Mr. Ince's 'Outlines,' and those who aren't familiar with the author's method may wonder how one person could hold so much information."—The Economist.

"Well-digested 'Outlines,' which should be committed to everybody's memory."—Sharpe's Magazine.

"Well-absorbed 'Outlines' that everyone should remember."—Sharpe's Magazine.

"A capital book, deserving especial attention."—Family Friend.

"A significant book, worthy of special attention."—Family Friend.

"Contains for its size a remarkable quantity of interesting and well-arranged information. It would make a valuable present to Sunday Schools and lending libraries."—Athenæum.

"Contains a surprisingly large amount of interesting and well-organized information for its size. It would make a great gift for Sunday Schools and lending libraries."—Athenæum.

"A vast amount of condensed information."—The Rambler.

"A ton of condensed information."—The Rambler.

"Contains a considerable amount of information of a very valuable kind, on a variety of subjects, that in ordinary routine of education are too much overlooked, an acquaintance with which is every day becoming more and more indispensable. They are germs which cannot fail to vegetate in the mind, to fructify in the head, and eventually to produce a fourfold reward to him who labours in the acquisition of them."—Sunday School Magazine.

"Contains a significant amount of valuable information on various topics that are often overlooked in the typical education system, but knowing them is becoming increasingly essential. They are seeds that will definitely grow in the mind, blossom in the head, and ultimately provide great rewards to anyone who works to learn them."—Sunday School Magazine.

"Calculated to instruct anyone of common intelligence on every known topic of importance, and to start him with a mind stored with the accumulated learning of 6000 years."—The Mirror.

"Designed to teach anyone with average intelligence about every important topic and to fill their mind with the knowledge accumulated over 6000 years."—The Mirror.

"A valuable little publication, full of information in a small compass, creating an appetite for deeper investigation."—Bell's Life.

"A great little publication, packed with info in a small format, sparking interest for further exploration." —Bell's Life.


A NEW SERIES OF PENNY MAPS.

A NEW SERIES OF PENNY MAPS.


Now publishing in Monthly Parts, price only 4½d., or 8½d. coloured (each Part to contain four Maps),

Now available in Monthly Parts, priced at only 4½d., or 8½d. for colored versions (each Part includes four Maps),

PHILIPS'

PHILIPS'

PENNY ATLAS OF THE WORLD,

PENNY WORLD ATLAS,

IN A

IN A

Series of fifty-two Imperial Quarto Maps, Engraved on Steel,

Collection of fifty-two Imperial Quarto Maps, engraved on steel,

INCLUDING

INCLUDING

FIVE ANCIENT MAPS, ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE IMPORTANT EVENTS IN ANCIENT HISTORY,

FIVE ANCIENT MAPS, SHOWING KEY EVENTS IN ANCIENT HISTORY,

WITH A COPIOUS CONSULTING INDEX OF PLACES.

WITH A COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF LOCATIONS.


Geographical Knowledge was to a considerable extent an essential necessity even in the early periods of our world, cultivated indeed at first for almost purely social purposes, yet in the same proportion as our progenitors increased in numbers, so also did their extended range of observation instil into their minds the necessity of more practical observations on the relative bearings of the districts through which they passed, noting at the same time the numerous changes of hill and dale, rivulet and stream, and the countless varieties of the wonderful products with which it pleased Almighty God to bless its various regions. Hence progressively arose the Topographical and Geographical Delineations with which the Scriptures abound; to a similar cause may also be traced the contributions which the savage tribes have at various periods of our World's History added to the branches of Geographical science.

Geographical knowledge was essential even in the early days of our world. Initially, it was developed mostly for social reasons, but as our ancestors grew in number, their broader experiences made it clear that they needed practical observations about the areas they traversed. They noted the many changes in the landscape, from hills and valleys to streams, and the diverse range of amazing resources that God bestowed upon different regions. This led to the emergence of the topographical and geographical descriptions found throughout the Scriptures. Similarly, the contributions made by tribal communities at various points in our world's history can also be linked to the development of geographical science.

Now, in the same proportion as any people forming a Nation develope their commercial and intellectual strength, in the same ratio has it pleased Providence to render it necessary that its inhabitants should not only become acquainted with the Topographical and Geographical features, relative distances and bearings, of their own and neighbouring nations, but of every portion of the known world, even extending their researches to unknown regions. Indeed, no member of a commercial nation, especially in one where education is much diffused, is qualified to act his part aright as one of its people, unless he is able to form a tolerably accurate notion of the names of Nations, Places, Seas, Rivers, Mountains, &c., their relative position and extent, as well as to learn how richly the Creator of the Earth has endowed them all with the means of ministering to those comforts and pleasures of which man in every state of society and climate so much stands in need.

Now, just as any group of people forming a nation develops their commercial and intellectual strength, it has pleased Providence to make it essential for its residents to not only understand the topographical and geographical features, relative distances and directions of their own and neighboring countries, but to also learn about every part of the known world, even extending their inquiries into unknown areas. In fact, no member of a commercial nation, especially one where education is widespread, can effectively fulfill their role within society unless they are able to form a reasonably accurate understanding of the names of nations, places, seas, rivers, mountains, etc., their relative positions and extents, as well as to recognize how richly the Creator of the Earth has provided for them all with the means to bring about the comforts and pleasures that people in every society and climate so greatly need.

These reflections might be much extended, but the limits of a prospectus will not permit it. Suffice it to say that every Englishman, be he rich or poor, should have access to modern Maps of the various portions of the World, in order to possess the means of cultivating a knowledge of its divisions, the names of the chief Nations, Places, &c. &c., as well as to be able to form intellectual and commercial ideas of its numerous products, and the respective regions from whence come the countless varieties of foreign substances now in use among us as articles of ornament or necessity.

These thoughts could go on for much longer, but the limits of a prospectus won’t allow it. It’s enough to say that every English person, whether wealthy or not, should have access to modern maps of different parts of the world. This way, they can cultivate an understanding of its divisions, know the names of the main nations and places, and form ideas—both intellectual and commercial—about the many products and the various regions from which the countless foreign items we use for decoration or necessity come.

Now, though a Modern Atlas of the World is so essential to every family in this kingdom, still it has been almost limited in its possession, on account of the high price at which all really good and practical works have hitherto been issued. To remove this difficulty has been the principal motive which has induced the Proprietors of "Philips' Penny Modern Atlas" to issue a work which they feel satisfied will be universally admitted to be surprisingly cheap, and not surpassed in usefulness by any attempt hitherto made to extend the knowledge of Geography.

Now, even though a Modern Atlas of the World is essential for every family in this country, its availability has been limited due to the high prices of quality and practical works that have been published so far. Reducing this barrier has been the main reason that prompted the owners of "Philips' Penny Modern Atlas" to create a product that they believe will be widely recognized as surprisingly affordable and unmatched in its usefulness compared to any previous efforts to broaden the understanding of Geography.


LIST OF THE MAPS

MAPS LIST

Which will appear in Philips' Penny Atlas, any of which may now be had separately, price One Penny each Plain, or Twopence Coloured:—

Which will appear in Philips' Penny Map, any of which can now be purchased separately for One Cent each for plain, or Two pence for colored:—

MODERN MAPS.

MODERN MAPS.

01. Western Hemisphere.

Western Hemisphere.

02. Eastern Hemisphere.

2. Eastern Hemisphere.

03. World on Mercator's Projection—Double Map.

03. World on Mercator's Projection—Double Map.

04. Arctic Regions.

Arctic Regions.

05. Europe—General Map.

05. Europe—Overview Map.

06. British Isles.

British Isles.

07. England and Wales.

07. England and Wales.

08. Scotland.

Scotland.

09. Ireland.

09. Ireland.

10. France, in Provinces.

France, in Regions.

11. France, in Departments.

11. France, in departments.

12. Belgium.

12. Belgium.

13. Holland.

13. Netherlands.

14. Prussia.

Prussia.

15. Poland.

Poland.

16. Sweden, Denmark, and Norway.

Sweden, Denmark, and Norway.

17. Denmark.

Denmark.

18. Russia in Europe.

Russia in Europe.

19. Germany.

Germany.

20. Austria.

20. Austria.

21. Switzerland.

Switzerland.

22. Spain and Portugal.

Spain and Portugal.

23. Italy.

Italy.

24. Turkey in Europe, and Greece.

24. Turkey in Europe, and Greece.

25. Asia—General Map.

25. Asia - General Map.

26. Turkey in Asia.

Turkey in Asia.

27. Russia in Asia.

Russia in Asia.

28. Persia and Cabool.

28. Persia and Kabul.

29. Hindostan.

29. India.

30. China.

China.

31. East India Islands and Australia.

31. East India Islands and Australia.

32. New South Wales.

New South Wales.

33. Tasmania, or Van Dieman's Land.

33. Tasmania, also known as Van Diemen's Land.

34. New Zealand.

New Zealand.

35. Africa—General Map.

Africa—Overview Map.

36. Egypt.

Egypt.

37. America—General Map.

37. USA—General Map.

38. North America.

North America.

39. United States.

USA.

40. Canada.

40. Canada.

41. Mexico, Guatimala, and Texas.

41. Mexico, Guatemala, and Texas.

42. West Indies.

West Indies.

43. South America.

South America.

ANCIENT MAPS.

OLD MAPS.

44. Palestine.

Palestine.

45. Orbis Veteribus Notus.

Known to the Ancients.

46. Orbis Romani Pars Occidentalis.

Western Roman Empire.

47. Orbis Romani Pars Orientalis.

47. Eastern part of the Roman world.

48. Græcia Antiqua.

Ancient Greece.

49. Table of the Comparative Height of Mountains.

49. Table of the Comparative Height of Mountains.

50. Ditto of bhe dittoCompar Length of Rivers.

50. Ditto of bhe ditto Length of Rivers.


THE CHEAPEST MAPS EVER ISSUED.

THE CHEAPEST MAPS EVER RELEASED.


PHILIPS' SERIES

PHILIPS' SERIES

OF

OF

LARGE SIXPENNY MAPS,

LARGE SIXPENNY MAP

Size—Full Sheet Imperial, 22 by 27 Inches, Full Coloured.

Size—Full Sheet Imperial, 22 by 27 inches, Full Color.

Engraved in the best style, and embracing all the recent Geographical Discoveries.

Engraved with the highest quality and including all the latest geographical discoveries.


LIST OF THE MAPS.

MAP LIST.

01. The World on Mercator's Projection.

01. The World on Mercator's Map.

02. Th"W Northern Hemisphere.

02. Th"W Northern Hemisphere.

03. Th"W Southern ditto.

ditto.

04. Th"W Eastern ditto.

ditto.

05. Th"W Western ditto.

05. Th"W Western same here.

06. North Horizontal ditto.

6. North Horizontal same.

07. South ditto.

07. Same for the South.

08. Europe.

08. Europe.

09. Asia.

09. Asia.

10. Africa.

Africa.

11. America—General Map.

11. U.S.—General Map.

12. North America.

12. North America.

13. South America.

South America.

14. England.

14. England.

15. Scotland.

Scotland.

16. Ireland.

Ireland.

17. British Isles.

British Isles.

18. The Channel Islands, including Isle of Man and Isle of Wight.

18. The Channel Islands, including the Isle of Man and the Isle of Wight.

19. Chart of the Baltic Sea.

19. Map of the Baltic Sea.

20. Sweden and Norway.

Sweden and Norway.

21. Denmark.

Denmark.

22. Germany—Northern part.

22. Northern Germany.

23. Germany—Southern part.

23. Germany—Southern region.

24. Holland.

24. Netherlands.

25. Belgium.

Belgium.

26. France, in Departments.

26. France, by Departments.

27. France, in Provinces.

France, in regions.

28. Spain and Portugal.

Spain and Portugal.

29. Chart of the Mediterranean.

29. Mediterranean Map.

30. Turkey in Europe and Greece.

30. Turkey in Europe and Greece.

31. Italy.

Italy.

32. Venetian States.

Venetian Republic.

33. Milanese States.

Milanese Republics.

34. Tuscany and the States of the Church.

34. Tuscany and the Papal States.

35. Naples and Sicily.

Naples & Sicily.

36. Switzerland.

Switzerland.

37. Austria.

Austria.

38. Prussia.

Prussia.

39. Poland.

39. Poland.

40. Russia in Europe.

Russia in Europe.

41. Russian Empire.

Russian Empire.

42. Tartary.

Tartary.

43. Corea and Islands of Japan.

43. Korea and the Islands of Japan.

44. China.

China.

45. East India Islands.

East Indies.

46. Hindostan.

46. India.

47. British India—Northern part.

Northern British India.

48. British India—Southern part.

Southern British India.

49. Birman Empire.

Birman Empire.

50. Persia.

50. Iran.

51. Turkey in Asia.

Turkey in Asia.

52. Arabia.

Arabia.

53. Egypt and Abyssinia.

Egypt and Ethiopia.

54. Palestine.

Palestine.

55. North and South Africa.

North and South Africa.

56. Atlantic Islands.

Atlantic Islands.

57. Chart of the Atlantic.

Atlantic Chart.

58. Canada, Nova Scotia, &c.

58. Canada, Nova Scotia, etc.

59. United States.

59. USA.

60. California, Mexico, &c.

60. California, Mexico, etc.

61. Panama, Guatimala, &c.

61. Panama, Guatemala, etc.

62. West Indies.

Caribbean.

63. Isles of Bermuda, Bahama, and Cuba.

63. Islands of Bermuda, the Bahamas, and Cuba.

64. Jamaica.

64. Jamaica.

65. St. Domingo and Virgin Isles.

65. St. Domingo and the Virgin Islands.

66. St. Christopher's, with Nevis and St. Lucia.

66. St. Christopher's, along with Nevis and St. Lucia.

67. Antigua, with Guadaloupe, &c.

67. Antigua, along with Guadeloupe, etc.

68. Dominico, with Martinico, &c.

68. Dominico, with Martinico, etc.

69. Barbadoes and St. Vincent.

69. Barbados and St. Vincent.

70. Trinidad, Grenada, Tobago, and Caraçoa.

70. Trinidad, Grenada, Tobago, and Caraçoa.

71. Peru, Chili, and La Plata.

71. Peru, Chile, and La Plata.

72. Caraccas and Guiana.

Caracas and Guyana.

73. Islands in the Pacific.

73. Pacific Islands.

74. Australia.

Australia.

75. New South Wales and Van Dieman's Land.

75. New South Wales and Tasmania.

76. South Australia.

76. SA.

77. New Zealand.

New Zealand.

78. Chart of the North-west Passage between Europe and America.

78. Chart of the Northwest Passage between Europe and America.

79. Chart of the Discoveries of Ross, Parry, and Franklin in the Arctic Regions.

79. Chart of the Discoveries of Ross, Parry, and Franklin in the Arctic Regions.

80. Table of the comparative Height of Mountains.

80. Table of the Comparative Height of Mountains.

81. Ditto of bhe dittoCompar Length of Rivers.

Ditto of bhe ditto Length of Rivers.


*** This series of Maps is by far the largest, best, and cheapest ever offered for separate sale. Persons desirous of having a specimen of the series, can order a single Map, through their booksellers, or remit 10d. in postage-stamps to the Publishers, who will send any Map named, postage free.

** * This collection of maps is definitely the largest, highest quality, and most affordable ever available for individual purchase. Anyone interested in getting a sample from the series can request a single map through their local booksellers or send 10p in postage stamps to the publishers, who will send any specified map without charging for shipping.


Just published, complete in 400 very large and full pages, Demy 8vo,

Just published, complete in 400 very large and fully filled pages, Demy 8vo,

Containing matter equal in quantity to 1,500 pages of ordinary 8vo volumes, Price only 4s., or postage free, 5s., strongly and neatly bound in cloth,

Containing material equal in quantity to 1,500 pages of standard 8vo volumes, Price only 4s., or postage paid, 5s., strongly and neatly bound in cloth,

GILBERT'S COPIOUS SERIES OF PAMPHLETS

GILBERT'S EXTENSIVE SERIES OF PAMPHLETS

ON THE

ON THE

ROMAN CATHOLIC QUESTION;

CATHOLIC CHURCH QUESTION;

CONTAINING

INCLUDING

Important Documents of Permanent Historical Interest having reference to the re-Establishment of the

Important Documents of Lasting Historical Significance related to the re-Establishment of the __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

CATHOLIC HIERARCHY IN ENGLAND,

CATHOLIC HIERARCHY IN ENGLAND,

1850-1.

1850-1.

The Editor of these Pamphlets deems it almost superfluous to dwell on the paramount importance of every respectable family possessing this volume of very special present and permanent interest. During the discussion of the exciting matters now at issue in this all-absorbing question, there can be no questioning the well-recognised fact that the possession of this copious and cheap volume is essential to every thoughtful and inquiring person in our beloved country. For those who are as yet unaware of the immense mass of interesting and important documents that are in its pages, AN INDEX OF ITS CONTENTS IS ISSUED FOR GRATUITOUS DISTRIBUTION—this will abundantly testify to the fact; and the Editor, thinks it only necessary to state that, with scarcely an exception, the whole of the documents are printed, verbatim, as they originally appeared, and in very numerous cases they have had the additional advantage of the direct and special revision of the authors.

The Editor of these Pamphlets thinks it’s almost unnecessary to emphasize how crucial it is for every respectable family to have this volume, which is particularly relevant and timeless. While discussing the engaging issues currently at stake in this all-consuming topic, it’s clear that having this extensive and affordable volume is essential for every thoughtful and curious individual in our cherished country. For those who are still unaware of the vast amount of interesting and significant documents contained within its pages, An index of its contents is provided for free distribution.—this will clearly demonstrate the fact; and the Editor believes it’s only important to mention that, with hardly any exceptions, all the documents are published exactly as they originally appeared, and in many cases, they have also benefited from direct and special review by the authors.

The Editor expresses his conviction that all the important facts and documents relative to the "Roman Catholic Question" have appeared in the pages of these pamphlets. Doubtless, during the progress of the Ecclesiastical Titles Assumption Bill through the Houses of Parliament speeches of interest will be made; still the Editor thinks they will be merely elaborations of the materials already in these pages, devoid of original facts or documents.

The Editor believes that all the key facts and documents related to the "Roman Catholic Question" have already been presented in these pamphlets. Certainly, as the Ecclesiastical Titles Assumption Bill moves through Parliament, there will be some noteworthy speeches; however, the Editor thinks these will just be expansions on the content already here, lacking any new facts or documents.

*** Any persons who may wish to possess the Series or sheet containing specific articles particularised in the Index, will be at liberty to purchase it separately, at One Penny or Three-halfpence each sheet respectively, or at Twopence each extra post-free, through the publisher. Series 1 to 17 sell at 1d., and 18 to 25 at 1½d. each; but it must be observed that each sheet or Series contains several documents.

*Understood! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.* Anyone who wants to have the Series or the sheet containing specific articles listed in the Index can buy it separately for One Penny or Three-halfpence for each sheet, or at Twopence each with free postage, through the publisher. Series 1 to 17 are priced at 1d., and Series 18 to 25 at 1½d. each; however, it’s important to note that each sheet or Series includes several documents.


Just Published, demy 18mo, sewed, Price 2s. 6d., or accompanied by a large and accurate Map, and bound in Cloth, Price 5s.

Just Published, demy 18mo, sewn, Price £2.50, or with a large and accurate map, and bound in cloth, Price £5.00.

THE TRAVELLER'S HAND-BOOK

THE TRAVELER'S GUIDE

AND NEW GUIDE FOR

AND NEW GUIDE FOR

EMIGRANTS THROUGH THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

EMIGRANTS IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

Containing a description of the States, Cities, Towns, Villages, Watering-places, Colleges, &c.; with the Railroad, Stage, and Steam-boat Routes; the distances from place to place; and the Fares on the great Travelling Routes.

Containing a description of the States, Cities, Towns, Villages, Resorts, Colleges, &c.; with the Train, Bus, and Boat Routes; the distances between locations; and the Fares on the major Travel Routes.

By J. CALVIN SMITH.

By J. Calvin Smith.


Just Published, in a neat Cover,

Just Published, in a sleek cover,

PHILIPS'

PHILIPS'

SHILLING ATLAS OF MODERN GEOGRAPHY,

Shilling Atlas of Modern Geography

CONTAINING NINE IMPERIAL QUARTO MAPS,

FEATURING NINE IMPERIAL QUARTO MAPS,

ENGRAVED ON STEEL, & CONSTRUCTED FROM THE MOST RECENT AUTHORITIES.

ENGRAVED ON STEEL, & BUILT FROM THE LATEST SOURCES.

CONTENTS.
EASTERN HEMISPHERE.
WESTERN HEMISPHERE.
EUROPE.
ASIA.
AFRICA.
AMERICA.
ENGLAND.
IRELAND.
SCOTLAND.

Lately Published, price 2s.; or 2s. 6d. bound in Cloth,

Recently published, price £2; or £2.50 for a cloth binding,

PHILIPS' YOUNG SCHOLAR'S ATLAS,

PHILIPS' YOUNG SCHOLAR'S ATLAS,

CONTAINING

ENCOMPASSING

Thirteen Large Quarto Maps, Full Coloured.

Thirteen large quarto maps, fully colored.

CONTENTS.
EASTERN HEMISPHERE.
WESTERN HEMISPHERE.
ENGLAND.
SCOTLAND.
IRELAND.
FRANCE.
EUROPE.
ASIA.
AFRICA.
NORTH AMERICA.
SOUTH AMERICA.
PALESTINE.
UNITED STATES.

Just Published, Price 3s. 6d. in Sheets, carefully coloured; 4s. 6d. in case; or 7s. 6d. mounted on black rollers and varnished,

Just Published, Price £3.60 in Sheets, carefully colored; £4.60 in a case; or £7.60 mounted on black rollers and varnished,

A NEW TRAVELLING

A NEW JOURNEY

MAP OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,

MAP OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,

BEAUTIFULLY ENGRAVED ON STEEL,

Beautifully engraved on steel,

AND COMPILED FROM THE MOST RECENT AMERICAN GOVERNMENT SURVEYS AND OTHER AUTHENTIC SOURCES,

AND COMPILED FROM THE LATEST AMERICAN GOVERNMENT SURVEYS AND OTHER RELIABLE SOURCES,

Showing the whole of the Railways, Canals, &c., to the present time, and the distances from place to place in hundreds of miles, taking the City of New York as the centre.

Showing the entirety of the Railways, Canals, etc., up to the present time, and the distances from one place to another in hundreds of miles, using the City of New York as the center.

The Publishers can, with confidence, recommend this Map of the United States as the most authentic and elaborate Map that has ever been produced.

The Publishers confidently recommend this Map of the United States as the most authentic and detailed map ever created.


*** The works on this and the fifteen preceding pages are published by JAMES GILBERT, 49, Paternoster-row, London, wholesale and retail bookseller, publisher, and newsvendor.

*** The works on this page and the fifteen pages before it are published by JAMES GILBERT, 49 Paternoster Row, London, wholesale and retail bookseller, publisher, and news vendor.

Foreign Orders will be executed by J. GILBERT on liberal terms; or they can be either sent to any wholesale bookseller or stationer; or to any of the numerous merchants and manufacturers who export to all parts of the world.

Foreign orders will be fulfilled by J. GILBERT on flexible terms; they can also be sent to any wholesale bookseller or stationer, or to any of the many merchants and manufacturers who export worldwide.

It will be necessary, however, to order GILBERT'S Editions, Published at 49, Paternoster-row, London.

It will be necessary, however, to order GILBERT'S Editions, published at 49, Paternoster Row, London.


SALISBURY, PRINTER. PRIMROSE HILL, SALISBURY-SQUARE, FLEET-STREET.

Salisbury, Printer. Primrose Hill, Salisbury Square, Fleet Street.


Notes.

Notes.

[1]

A complete list of the names of all the competitors, together with those selected by the Committee, will be found in the Appendix; also a description and views of the two designs specially referred to.

A complete list of all the competitors' names, along with those chosen by the Committee, can be found in the Appendix; it also includes a description and images of the two designs that were specifically mentioned.

[2]

This "memorandum" will be found in the Appendix.

This "memorandum" can be found in the Appendix.

[3]

The figures quoted are not quite correct, as will be seen hereafter.

The numbers mentioned aren't entirely accurate, as will be shown later.

[4]

The surface covered by the Basilica of St. Peter's at Rome amounts to 223,900 square feet, the Cathedral at Milan occupies 124,100, and St. Paul's, London, 114,900 square feet.

The area of St. Peter's Basilica in Rome is 223,900 square feet; Milan Cathedral covers 124,100 square feet, and St. Paul's in London spans 114,900 square feet.

[5]

It is perhaps necessary to mention here, that the leakage of the roof which was at first much complained of was owing to incomplete construction, and not to any defect in the principle, or in the manner in which it has been carried out.

It’s worth noting that the roof leak that was initially a major concern was due to incomplete construction, not because of any flaw in the design or how it was executed.

[6]

About three hundred planks were passed through the machine in a working-day of ten hours, allowing the necessary stoppages for sharpening the cutters; and if only three widths of sash-bar were produced out of each blank, the quantity finished per diem would amount to about two miles and three quarters. This machinery, as well as that for grooving and moulding the ridges, was worked at the Phoenix Saw-mills, Cumberland-basin, Regent's Park, belonging to Mr. Birch.

About three hundred planks were processed through the machine during a ten-hour workday, including time taken for sharpening the cutters. If only three widths of sash-bar were produced from each blank, the total finished each day would be around two and three-quarters miles. This machinery, along with the equipment for grooving and molding the ridges, was operated at the Phoenix Saw-mills, Cumberland-basin, Regent's Park, owned by Mr. Birch.

[7]

A This piece of machinery is only novel in its application, as it is similar to that used by brush-makers for drilling a number of small holes in close and regular arrangement.

A This piece of machinery is only new in how it's used, as it is similar to what brush-makers use for drilling several small holes in a close and regular pattern.


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!